Class D F jHJL 
 Book B4_ _ 
 Copyright N° 
 
 COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT. 
 
ASTROLOGY 
 
 SCIENCE OF KNOWLEDGE AND REASON 
 
 A TREATISE ON THE HEAVENLY BODIES IN AN 
 EASY AND COMPREHENSIVE FORM 
 
 ysl— 
 
 ELLEN H. BENNETT 
 
 NEW YORK 
 PUBLISHED B Y THE AUTHOR 
 
 1897 
 
 t? 
 
 V 
 
 ADDRESS : 761 SIXTH AVE., NEW YORK CITY 
 Price, f3.00 
 

 Copyrighted, 1896, by 
 ELLEN H. BENNETT 
 
THE SOUL'S OUTLOOK. 
 
 Dedicated to the Author by Leila S. Frost. 
 
 Upward toward Heaven's silent starry splendor 
 
 The soul looks through life's bars, 
 Intent as though some secret sweet and tender 
 
 "Were hidden by the stars. 
 Will ye reveal the secrets of your glory 
 
 To seer or to sage ? 
 Ye who have mused in silence o'er Earth's story 
 
 And read Life's tear-stained page ? 
 
 Ye told man of Our Saviour's birth, most holy : 
 
 'Twas Heaven's brightest star 
 That flashed the signal-light to shepherds lowly, 
 
 And spread Love's message far. 
 Is there no sign for us in all thy shining, 
 
 No lesser light of love. 
 To teach us to look up midst our repining, 
 
 And raise the soul above ? 
 
 Onward ye move in state from hour to hour, 
 
 We follow too at the same God's command. 
 Is there a mortal of us who hath power 
 
 To loose one glittering hand ? 
 Yet may be read in starry scrolls of splendor 
 
 Man's destiny — his works, done and undone : 
 Fate's menaces — Love's promise, true and tender, 
 
 Life's lessons and their rich rewards unwon. 
 
 Tracing these out amid their starlit courses 
 I see a slight form stand ; 
 It scatters wisdom from those high, pure sources, 
 That woman's slender hand ! 
 
Vi THE SOUL'S OUTLOOK. 
 
 While round her throng the sad and weary-hearted — 
 Dear E. H. B,— she soothes each stricken soul, 
 
 Reading the secrets of a past departed 
 From Heaven's own starry scroll. 
 
 Or following the future course unerring 
 
 With prescience reflected from above, 
 The symboled truths of Life and Love averring 
 
 With simplest words of love. 
 Yes, Love can teach where earthly wisdom falters. 
 
 Untaught the heedless yield to Nature's sway : 
 Earth's idols crumble on their ruined altars 
 
 Love follows Truth along her star-paved way. 
 
 Seeker ! sad, curious, or longing, 
 
 Listen and heed the truths she will impart. 
 Ponder them well nor wonder at this thronging, 
 
 For few have learned this Heaven-imparted art. 
 The charlatan and impostor have trifled 
 
 And mocked Astrology with lies too long, 
 Until too many mortal ears are stifled, 
 
 And cannot hear the stars' harmonious song. 
 
 But now she comes — a woman fair and tender — 
 
 With gentle words to teach this Heaven-writ lore ; 
 She sees beyond the silent starry splendor 
 
 The Future's open door. 
 Look through ! and smile to see thy woes departing ; 
 
 Look through ! and see the years that bring thee peace ; 
 Look through! and dry the tears of love quick-starting ; 
 
 For Heaven alone can give Earth's woes surcease. 
 
 Dear E. H. B., our own devoted Seer, 
 
 Who lifts for us that mystic starry veil 
 Which screens the Future — sweet thy mission here 
 
 Which cannot ever fail ! 
 'Tis hers to show amid Life's tangled mazes 
 
 Of dark and dangerous ways, the way of Love. 
 On Earth she walks, but ever upward gazes 
 
 On Heaven's pure lights above. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 This work has been compiled after years of careful, 
 critical study, to demonstrate that we are all members of 
 one great body, and therefore have the same great privi- 
 lege to study and become wise, for knowledge is ours. 
 We, therefore, should digest and assimilate it, and make it 
 part and parcel of ourselves, as there is no more certain 
 way of invigorating the mind than to go into study, which 
 will awaken muscle and soul-force, and will be so bound- 
 less and infinite that we shall soon become happy and 
 wise in ourselves. A zealous study of science brings in- 
 creasing happiness and honor, and a wise man will never 
 cease to learn and become distinguished in his own knowl- 
 edge of good and evil. He will by that means inflict less 
 wrongs on others. The present age embraces such a vast 
 line of study that all can learn what of the morrow. The 
 great number of books that are within reach of all gives to 
 all the opportunity to learn and become wise within them- 
 selves regarding present events, as well as what is coming, 
 so that they may be the better able to protect themselves, 
 and not to cry in the hour of midnight that all is lost, or 
 that they are standing on sandy ground waiting for help ; 
 for each one has within himself a mountain of strength, 
 and only by learning can be brought out the wisdom that 
 
Vill PREFACE. 
 
 each person possesses to a greater or less degree. The 
 same world, with its sun, moon, and stars, exists as thou- 
 sands of years ago, as has been stated by wise writers since 
 the creation of the world ; and the planets do direct the 
 influence of the mind on the body and bring mental emo- 
 tion which, in a brief space of time, induces death in per- 
 fectly healthy people, as is freely admitted by science. 
 Therefore it devolves on us to know ourselves, what .we 
 should eat, drink, and wear, and what complaints we are 
 liable to. By that means we can help ourselves and assist 
 physicians in their grand study and work, for it should not 
 be a belief in what your doctor can do, but a fact in what 
 you yourself can do to help him by understanding yourself 
 and family. Many a wise and learned physician is at a 
 stand- still what to do first to help the patient, when with a 
 little assistance from your knowledge, he would at times 
 save the dear one from death. Now, if parents would study 
 their own and their children's horoscopes, they would be 
 led to pursue a course of mild medicine which would, to a 
 great extent, counteract, if not wholly eradicate, the ten- 
 dency to disease. Our emotions should be as completely 
 under the control of reason as our intellectual processes 
 and actions are. Each one of us has his destiny to fulfil. 
 Few, indeed, endeavor to ascertain what that particular 
 destiny may be. Fewer still, having ascertained the nature 
 of their destiny, are inclined to submit to it. Although 
 life has been defined as "irritability," the excess of the 
 irritable nature tends to shorten life, and quarrelling with 
 one's destiny is as unwise as it is injurious. 
 
PREFACE. IX 
 
 By referring to the diagram of the solar man in this 
 book will be seen the signs that belong to the human body, 
 showing their relatedness to the respective functions of the 
 human system as ruled by the twelve signs of the Zodiac. 
 And by referring to the seven planets in their respective 
 position, one can soon ascertain the nature of the troubles 
 that may be located in the nervous system, whether in mind, 
 anxiety, or bodily disease. 
 
 I would like to call attention to Horary Astrology, a 
 subject in this work which may be speedily learned by any 
 person of even moderate education, and may, as far as re- 
 gards its elementary difficulties, be mastered in a few days' 
 study. It may be well understood and reduced to con- 
 stant practice in less than three months, and no one will 
 find himself at a loss for occasions to test its reality or its 
 utility, for his own avocations, and the affairs of his 
 friends, will offer these almost daily. If a proposition of 
 any nature be made to any individual, about the result of 
 which he is anxious, and therefore uncertain whether to 
 accede to it or not, let him but note the hour and minute 
 when it was first made, and erect a figure of the heavens, 
 as herein taught, and his doubts will be instantly resolved. 
 He may thus, in five minutes, learn infallibly whether the 
 affair will succeed or not ; and, consequently, whether it is 
 prudent to adopt the offer made or not. To make Horary 
 Astrology more easy, it is necessary to ascertain the hour 
 of sunrise in whatever p'art of the world one may be, which 
 can be found in the almanac or the daily newspaper, and 
 so follow the hour of sunrise during each day of the week. 
 
X PREFACE. 
 
 After many years' experience I have found the laws of 
 Astrology unfailing, and in editing this work my chief ob- 
 ject has been to render it useful to the student in Astrol- 
 ogy, and so, by forwarding the science, to promote the 
 general interests of humanity. 
 
 By referring to Chapter XL., page 309, the reader will 
 find a full explanation of all the signs and characters used 
 in Astrology, which will enable him to study the various 
 subjects to advantage. 
 
 Hoping this book will be of use and service to the many, 
 with every good and kindly wish to the readers, 
 Your Friend in Science, 
 
 Ellen H. Bennett. 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Frontispiece, ii 
 
 The Soul's Outlook, Dedicated to the Author, . . v 
 
 Preface, vii 
 
 Introduction, xv 
 
 I. An Historical Review, 1 
 
 II. Origin of the Days of the Week, .... 8 
 
 III. Chronology, or the Art of Measuring Time, . 17 
 Chronological Periods. 
 
 IV. Cosmogony, or Creation of the World, . . .30 
 Table of the Ages of Adam, Seth, and their Children. 
 
 V. The Ancient God Saturn, or Kronos, . . 38 
 Orphic Hymn to Kronos, or Saturn. 
 
 VI. Destiny, 46 
 
 Time and Chance. 
 
 VII. The Months and Weeks, 53 
 
 VIII. Saturn and the Sabbath of the Jews, . .57 
 
 IX. Greek Mythologists, 62 
 
 X. Eleusinian Mysteries, 67 
 
 XI. The Heavens, 71 
 
 The Planets — Ancient Zodiac of Thebes — The Signs of 
 the Zodiac — Diagram of Sun's Motion in the Zodiac 
 — The Dragon's Head and Tail — The Part of Fortune — 
 Erecting a Figure of the Heavens — Of the Aspects. 
 
If 
 
 Xii CONTENTS. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 XII. Of the Twelve Houses, their Nature and 
 
 Signification, 86 
 
 XIII. The Planets and their Significations, . . 93 
 The colors of the Planets and Signs. 
 
 XIV. Observations and Predictions, .... 101 
 A Ship and her Safety or Destruction — Parts of a Ship 
 
 Ruled by the Signs — Lawsuits and their Success — How 
 the Parties Shall Agree after Marriage — Sickness, and 
 Length of Time before Recovery. 
 
 XV. Astrology and Medicine, ... . . . Ill 
 
 XVI. The Principles of Wisdom on which the Science 
 
 of Astrology is Founded, . . . .115 
 
 Rationale of the Astrological Aspect — Climacteric Years. 
 
 XVII. The Essential Dignities of the Planets, . . 122 
 Table — Explanation of the Table — Considerations before 
 Judgment. 
 
 XVIII. What Significator, Querent, and Quesited, are ; 
 and an Introduction to the Judgment of a 
 Question, 128 
 
 To know Whether a Thing Demanded will be Brought to 
 Perfection — Of the True Time of Erecting a Figure — 
 Of the Planets which Hinder the Tbing Demanded in any 
 Question. 
 
 XIX. Elementary Motions of the Twelve Signs, . 135 
 The Planets Ruliug the Seven Days of the Week. 
 
 XX. Planets in their Own Houses, and in Those of 
 Each Other, as They are Lords of a Na- 
 tivity, 140 
 
 Saturn — Jupiter— Mars— The Sun— Venus — Mercury — The 
 Moon. 
 
 XXL Horary Inquiries, 150 
 
 The Planet Neptune — Rules to Find the Time the Moon 
 Forms an Aspect in the Heavens — Members of Body the 
 Planets Influence. 
 
CONTENTS. Xlll 
 
 PAGE 
 
 XXII. Trigonometrical Formulae for Working Astro- 
 nomical Problems, 157 
 
 XXIII. Spiritual Affinities, ..... .171 
 
 Instructions in Making Horoscopes. 
 
 XXIV. Description of Persons in Each of the Twelve 
 
 Signs, 177 
 
 Saturn in the Twelve Signs — Jupiter in the Twelve Signs — 
 Mars in the Twelve Signs — The Sun in the Twelve Signs 
 — Venus in the Twelve Signs — Mercury in the Twelve 
 Signs — The Moon in the Twelve Signs. 
 
 XXV. Effects of the Aspects Between the Signif- 
 
 icators, 205 
 
 XXVI. The Natures of the Planets, .... 223 
 Observations on the Effects of Directions— Specific Rules — 
 Final Observations. 
 
 XXVII. The Signs of the Zodiac Ruling the Twelve 
 
 Months, 245 
 
 Aquarius — Pisces — Aries — Taurus — Gemini — Cancer — Leo 
 — Virgo — -Libra— Scorpio — Sagittarius — Capricornus. 
 
 XXVIII. The Moon in the Human Body as She Passes 
 
 Through the Twelve Signs of the Zodiac, 259 
 
 XXIX. Countries Ruled by the Twelve Signs, . . 261 
 
 XXX. The Seventh House and Its Questions, . . 264 
 
 XXXI. The Tenth House and Its Questions — Prefer- 
 ment, Trade, or Professions, . . . 268 
 Whether a Person Shall Remain in the Office He Holds or 
 Not. 
 
 XXXII. The Nature and Effects of the Fixed Stars, . 271 
 
 XXXIII. Description of Persons— Their Temperament, 
 Disposition, and Disease Under the Twelve 
 
 Signs of the Zodiac, 273 
 
 Characters of the Planets — Aspects and their Character. 
 
XIV CONTENTS. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 XXXIV. Rules for Judging Lawsuits, .... 280 
 
 Winning Testimonies— Losing Testimonies— When to Sell 
 Land or Property. 
 
 XXXV. Planetary Influences on Nature, . . . 282 
 Marriage — Fortune of Marriage — Riches and Advantages in 
 
 Marriage— Signs of Late Marriage— Marriage of Women — 
 Riches and Good Fortune by Marriage— Signs of Late Mar- 
 riage—The Form of Body, Stature, and General Char- 
 acter of Wife or Husband. 
 
 XXXVI. Astrological Hints to Farmers, . . . 294 
 
 XXXVII. Aids to the Foretelling of the Weather, . 298 
 Fortunate Days in the Week. 
 
 XXXVIII. The Goddess Cali, 301 
 
 XXXIX. The Character and Number of the Believers 
 
 in Astrology, Since the World Began, . 303 
 
 XL. Explanation of Terms Used in this Work, . 309 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Through the minds of many great men we find that As- 
 trology has been tanght and read far back into remote 
 ages. Illustrations of this are to be found spread over the 
 vast depths of antiquity, especially among the ancients 
 spoken of by Claudius Ptolemy, one of the ancient sages of 
 Egypt, to whom we are indebted for our present knowl- 
 edge of this science ; and subsequently among the Arabians, 
 Spaniards, French, Italians, Germans, and English, during 
 the Middle Ages ; and finally it was established by the 
 practice of such able men as Kepler, and piit on public 
 record by William Lilly, Ramesey, and numerous other 
 such writers. Even the forty years' experience of Zadkiel 
 himself can hardly be said to have afforded but a small 
 number of the demonstrations of the truth of this grand 
 science. 
 
 The following list of ancient and modern men of note in 
 Science, who have been well known as Astrologers, may be 
 useful to place in the hands of sceptics, since it has been 
 the custom of many to revile Astrology, as having no men 
 of authority in Science among its supporters. We have 
 here a galaxy of talent which no other Science can boast, 
 and which has shed its light on the beauties of Astral Doc- 
 trines from among all the most celebrated nations of the 
 
XVI INTRODUCTION. 
 
 world. Among the Jews, Indians, Persians, etc., we find 
 Zoroaster, Vicra Maditya, Josephus, Berosus, Buddha and 
 all his learned priests. Among the Greeks : Thales, b.c. 
 640, who first foretold eclipses ; Anaxhnander, b.c. 610, of 
 whom Pliny says, " He foretold the earthquakes which 
 overthrew Lacedemon — he was also the inventor of globes ; 
 Pythagoras, b.c. 580, whose fame was so well known that at 
 the Olympic Games he was saluted by the name of the 
 "wise man ;" Anaxagoras, b.c. 500, who predicted that one 
 day a stone would fall from the sun, which, it is said, really 
 fell into the river Argos ; Socrates, b.c 400 ; Plato, of 
 whose greatness it is needless to say anything ; Eudoxus, 
 b.c 368, was distinguished for a knowledge of Astrology, 
 Medicine, and Geometry, and was the first who regu- 
 lated the year among the Greeks ; Aratus, whom St. Paul 
 quotes ; Hippocrates, b.c. 361 ; Aristotle, b.c. 322, who was 
 called by Plato the "Philosopher of Truth ;" Porphyry. 
 a.d. 304, " a man of universal information ; " Proclus, a.d. 
 410, a celebrated mathematician. And among the Romans : 
 Propertius, b.c. 40 ; Pliny, a.d. 113 ; Galen, a.d. 193 ; Ma- 
 crobius, a.d. 415 ; Virgil; Horace ; Nigidius Figulus, who 
 was the most learned man of Rome. The book of Daniel, 
 48th verse, 2d chapter, also states that Daniel was a teacher 
 of Astrology. 
 
ASTROLOGY. 
 
 AN HISTORICAL REVIEW. 
 
 "The use recently made of astrology in the practical machinery of 
 certain works of genius (which are of the highest popularity, and 
 above all praise) seems to have excited in the world at large a desire 
 to learn something of the mysteries of that science which has, in all 
 former ages, if not in these days, more or less engaged reverence and 
 usurped belief." 
 
 The above language was used by Mr. J. M. Ashmand, in 
 1822, by way of apology for offering to the public an Eng- 
 lish translation of that ancient astronomer and geographer, 
 Claudius Ptolemy, on the influence of the stars. Presum- 
 ing that these words are fully as applicable to the circum- 
 stances existing to-clay, the writer proposes to offer a few 
 reflections upon the ancient science of astrology, in the 
 progress of which it would seem meet to give a condensed 
 history of its rise and progress, followed by a brief ex- 
 planation of the general principles upon which the science, 
 is founded, and the supposed effects of the more simple 
 positions and motions of the planetary orbs. 
 
 That the public will be interested in this subject, even 
 though (as is generally the case) they are disbelievers in its 
 truthfulness, there is but little doubt, that, of all sciences 
 which have at any time engaged the attention of the world, 
 there is not one of which the real or assumed principles 
 
2 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 are less generally known in the present age than those 
 of astrology. 
 
 The oldest work which has come clown to our clay upon 
 astrology is the " Tetrabiblos, or Quadripartite " of Claud- 
 ius Ptolemy, which was written about A.D. 133 ; indeed, 
 this work, as an eminent writer remarks, "is the entire 
 groundwork of those stupendous tomes in folio and quarto 
 on the same subject which were produced in myriads dur- 
 ing the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries." Ptolemy, 
 however, does not claim to have invented, or rather dis- 
 covered, the principles of astral influence, but to have com- 
 pleted, as he says, " the rules of the ancients, whose ob- 
 servations were founded in nature." Indeed, astrology 
 can be clearly traced in Egypt, the ancient seat of learning, 
 as far back as Hermes Trismegist, who lived anterior to 
 Moses. He wrote four astrological books, and the books 
 of Ptolemy are four in number ; and as the latter writer 
 frequently alludes to the " rules of the ancients," "ancient 
 writings," and of doctrines " handed clown and recommend- 
 ed in the writings of the Egyptian authors," it has been 
 supposed, with a great deal of probability, that Ptolemy's 
 writings on this subject were actually founded on these 
 very ancient works of Hermes himself. Be this as it may, 
 that the belief in the doctrines of astrology can be traced 
 to a very early age cannot be denied, and that these doc- 
 trines were very universally diffused throughout the world 
 long preceding the birth of Christ is equally well authenti- 
 cated. It is quite probable, however, that the science took 
 its rise in Egypt. Sir Isaac Newton says that astrology was 
 studied in Babylon seven hundred and fifty years before 
 Christ. The science flourished in Persia in the time of 
 Zoroaster, who was himself a star-worshipper ; and to this 
 day it is held in great repute in that country, as high as 
 six million livres being paid to astrologers annually by the 
 
AN HISTORICAL REVIEW. 3 
 
 Persian kings. According to Pliny, who himself believed 
 in stellar influences, Anaximander, the friend and disciple 
 of Thales, by the rules of astrology "foretold the earth- 
 quake which overthrew Lacedemon." This was in Greece, 
 nearly six hundred years before Christ. Auaxagoras, a fa- 
 mous philosopher of Greece, and preceptor of Socrates, is 
 said to have devoted his whole life to astrology. Pythagoras, 
 Plato, Porphyry, Aristotle, and the great Hippocrates, the 
 Father of Medicine, were all supporters of the doctrines of 
 this ancient science. In Rome the science was equally as 
 popular at an early day among the most cultivated and en- 
 lightened. Among others who speak in its favor may be 
 mentioned Virgil, Cicero, and especially Horace. Macro- 
 bius wrote a poem on astrology. The name of the most 
 learned proctor of Rome, Nigidius Figulus, should not be 
 omitted, as he was a most gifted philosopher and astrologer. 
 In Arabia, China, India, and among the Buddhists, astrology 
 was first established centuries before the Christian era ; 
 and even in Mexico traces of this ancient science are found 
 on the ruins of massive temples and crumbling pyramids 
 built by a race long since extinct. Space will only permit 
 a mere allusion to the astrological history of the ancients, 
 which is indeed inexhaustible and deeply interesting ; but 
 enough has been said to show that the science is as old as 
 history, and was widely diffused over the leading countries 
 of the world at a very early period- We now come to the 
 rise and progress of astrology in England and the United 
 States. 
 
 As we have heretofore remarked, the source of all astro- 
 logical knowledge among the moderns is the "Quadripartite " 
 of Ptolemy. This work was, however, but little known in 
 England before the fifteenth century ; and during the six- 
 teenth and seventeenth centuries numerous systems made 
 their appearance, founded upon the writings of Ptolemy, 
 
4 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 to be sure, but so tinctured with the superstitions of the 
 Arabs, and crowded with errors resulting frequently from 
 the ignorance of the authors themselves, that but little re- 
 liance could be placed upon these productions. Ptolemy's 
 work was not translated into English until 1701, and that 
 edition has been long removed from sale, owing to the 
 gross misinterpretations of its author. Numerous pro- 
 fessors of the astral science sprang up in England soon 
 after the appearance of this work ; but, of course, as their 
 foundation was in error, they proved stumbling-blocks to 
 the candid investigator. No reliable English translation of 
 the four books of Ptolemy was made till 1822, when Mr. 
 Ashmand's work appeared. This translation was made 
 from Proclus's Greek Paraphrase of Ptolemy's original text, 
 and is pronounced by critics as a very accurate rendering, 
 and therefore reliable. 
 
 In 1647 Placidus de Titus, an Italian monk and cele- 
 brated mathematician, published a work entitled "The 
 Primum Mobile," devoted to a demonstration of the prin- 
 ciples of astrology as taught by Ptolemy, and which is ex- 
 emplified by thirty nativities of the most eminent men of 
 Europe. This work has been pronounced the most suc- 
 cessful attempt to reduce the teachings of Ptolemy's four 
 books to practice ever made. It is certainly a work of 
 deep research, and proves the author to have been a man 
 of uncommon observation and possessed of rare mental 
 endowments. It was written in Latin. Several astrologers 
 wrote upon the science in England, even after the produc- 
 tion of this great work by Placidus, founding their doc- 
 trines thereon ; but it is singular that no reliable translation 
 of the entire treatise was made before the present century. 
 In 1816 a Mr. John Cooper rendered it into English. This 
 work and Ptolemy's "Quadripartite," translated „ by Ash- 
 mand, are now considered standard works upon astrology. 
 
AK HISTORICAL REVIEW. 5 
 
 It is remarkable that from the days of the Conquest 
 down to the time of Lord Bacon, almost every man of note 
 as a mathematician was an astrologer ; which shows how 
 universal was the belief in the science at that age. There 
 was Oliver of Malmesbury, 1060, who is the oldest known 
 writer on mathematics ; then comes Herbert of Lorraine, 
 1095, and Roger Bacon, born in 1214. In 1256 died the 
 celebrated John of Halifax, whose true name was Holy- 
 wood, and who, before Newton, was one of the ablest men 
 of England — he too was a writer on astrology. From the 
 middle of the thirteenth century we will pass by a host of 
 noted men who believed in the truth of planetary influ- 
 ence, and come down to King Richard I., 1392, who wrote 
 " something on astrology." The poet, Geoffrey Chaucer, 
 wrote a treatise on the astrolabe, an instrument used at 
 that period for making stellar observations for astrological 
 purposes. The Duke of Gloucester, in 1440, composed as- 
 trological tables to aid in the computing of " directions." 
 Robert Recorde, the founder of the school of English 
 writers, the first man who wrote on arithmetic in English, 
 the first writer in English on geometry, and who intro- 
 duced algebra into England, was also a believer in astrol- 
 ogy. Lastly should be mentioned the Viscount St. Albans, 
 Lord Verulam, the noted Bacon. He was a firm believer 
 in judicial astrology, if we can believe the editors of Cham- 
 bers's Journal. Bacon, it will be remembered, is called the 
 founder of the new or inductive philosophy — a philoso- 
 phy based wholly on observation and experiment ; conse- 
 quently it is natural to suppose, being himself such a 
 close observer of nature's operations, he became a convert 
 to the doctrines of astrology only after a careful compari- 
 son of theory with facts ; at least, so astrologers would 
 have us think. With Lord Bacon should be ranked the 
 prince of mathematicians, Baron Napier, who invented 
 
■ 
 
 6 
 
 ASTEOLOGY. 
 
 logarithms. He speaks of astrology as a true science. 
 To another mathematician, the great Kepler, modern as- 
 trologers are indebted for the discovery of several new as- 
 trological "aspects." 
 
 Of the more modern professors of astrology, space will 
 only allow the mention of a few of the most notorious. 
 First of all is William Lilly. He commenced the practice 
 of astrology in London in 1641, and soon became known all 
 over the kingdom and on the continent. A universal be- 
 lief in his powers soon pervaded all ranks, and during the 
 civil wars which prevailed in his day he was consulted with 
 the utmost confidence by both parties. On health, jour- 
 neys, the gaining of wealth and honors, love, courtships, 
 marriages — on any and all affairs of life — his decisions 
 were sought for with avidity by high and low, rich and 
 poor, and believed with the utmost credulity. Even kings 
 consulted him ; vide King Charles I. He is said to have 
 published some very remarkable prophecies, among them 
 the great plague of 1651, and the great fire in 1666 which 
 destroyed the greater part of London. He wrote several 
 works on astrology. He died June 9, 1681, at the age of 
 seventy-nine. 
 
 A Mr. Partridge gained a considerable notoriety in Eng- 
 land about the commencement of the eighteenth century 
 as an astrological writer. He published an almanac for 
 many years, and several books, the most important of 
 which are the "Opus Reformatum " and the "Defectio 
 Geniturarum," both made up from Placidus. They con- 
 tain numerous examples. In 1795, in England, Mr. R. C. 
 Smith was born. He began the study of astrology at an 
 early age, and commenced its practice while young in 
 years, in 1822. Indeed he was soon considered quite a 
 vara avis, as since the days of Lilly most professors of the 
 science had been wofully illiterate. In 1824 he com- 
 
AN HISTOEICAL KEVIEW. 7 
 
 menced the publication of the "Straggling Astrologer," 
 afterward known as the "Astrologer of the Nineteenth 
 Century;" This work gave him a great notoriety, and he 
 afterward received the visits of nobles, and even of the 
 greatest man in the realm. In 1826 he brought out his 
 " Prophetic Messenger," which met with a rapid sale. He 
 was also the author of several minor works on his favorite 
 study. We should add that Mr. Smith was almost uni- 
 versally known as "Raphael," a cognomen he assumed in 
 all his astrological writings. He died at the early age of 
 thirty-seven. 
 
 During the early part of this century an English gentle- 
 man, of no mean reputation as an astronomer, has devoted 
 much of his time to the production of works on the an- 
 cient science of the stars, under the cognomen of " Zad- 
 kiel." Indeed, so carefully has he disguised himself be- 
 hind this assumed name, that but few even in England 
 are aware who is the talented author of the many astrolog- 
 ical works which have from time to time made their 
 appearance in that kingdom during the past fifty years. 
 For several years Zadkiel edited a periodical entitled the 
 " Horoscope : a Miscellany of Meteorology, the Celestial 
 Science of Astrology, and Literature." He has also pub- 
 lished several treatises explanatory of the science, and in 
 1842 edited a new edition of Lilly's "Introduction to 
 Astrology," written in 1647. Zadkiel was born the same 
 year as " Raphael," and published two extensive works on 
 different branches of his favorite science. This talented 
 writer did a great deal to call the attention of the intelli- 
 gent to this long-neglected science, so popular among the 
 ancients, and he seemed perfectly sanguine that astrology 
 would at an early day take its place with the more popular 
 sciences. 
 
n. 
 
 ORIGIN OF THE DAYS OF THE WEEK. 
 
 Wherever we look into the customs of ancient nations re- 
 garding the origin of the names given to the days of the 
 week we discover a unity of purpose. Everything shows 
 a common source, a similar intention or meaning, in de- 
 voting the seven days of the week each to one of the seven 
 planets. Thus we find that not only did the English 
 names derive their origin from the Saxon names for the 
 same days, which were the names of the Sclavonian gods, 
 the planets, but the French, Spanish, and Italian nations 
 have taken exactly the same names as the ancient Romans 
 had for the seven days.* These were derived by that peo- 
 ple from the oriental names long after the original cause 
 of those names had been forgotten. The first day they 
 called Dies Dominicus or Dominica, the " Lord's " Day, 
 meaning the " Lord " Sun ; for the Sun was always called 
 Dominus Sol, the "Lord Sun." Thus, the Persians called 
 their god Mithra (the Sun), "the Lord Mithra ;" and the 
 Syrians gave their epithet of Adonis, which equally means 
 Lord, to the Sun. This word is derived from the Hebrew 
 P^IN], Adonai, the name of God ; the root of the word be- 
 ing [j~i], Dan, a ruler or judge. And no doubt the term 
 
 *"We find from time immemorial," says the learned President Goguet, "the 
 use of this period among all nations, without any variation in the form of it. 
 The Israelites, Assyrians, Egyptians, Indians, Arabians, and, in a word, all the na- 
 tions of the East, have made use of a week consisting of seven days. We find the 
 same custom among the ancient Romans, Gauls, Britons, Germans, the nations of 
 the North, and of America."— Origin of Laws, etc., vol. i., B. ill., p. 230. 
 
 "The months (of the ancient Scandinavians) were divided into weeks of seven 
 days ; a division which hath prevailed among almost all the nations we have any 
 knowledge of, from the extremity of Asia to that of Europe."— MalleVs Northern 
 Antiquities, vol. L, p. 357. 
 
ORIGIN OF THE DAYS OF THE WEEK. 9 
 
 was often applied among the Hebrews to the great light of 
 heaven, the Sun ; it signified, as Baal or Molech did also, 
 the Lord, or Prince of the planets. Porphyry, in a prayer 
 to the Sun, calls him Do-minus Sol ; and, in short, all the 
 oriental nations gave the Sun the title of Lord, or Master. 
 Though the Romans called the first day of the week the 
 day of the Lord Sun, or briefly Dies Dominica, " the Lord's 
 day," they merely called the others by the simple names of 
 the planets to which they were dedicated. Thus, they 
 named the 
 
 1st day, Dies Dominica, the day of the Lord Sun . . O 
 
 2d day, Dies Lunce, the day of the Moon J) 
 
 3d day, Dies Martis, the day of Mars 5 
 
 4th day, Dies Mercurii, the day of Mercury 9 
 
 5th day, Dies Jovis, the day of Jupiter % 
 
 6th day, Dies Veneris, the day of Venus $ 
 
 7th day, Dies Saturni, the day of Saturn ^ 
 
 The seven principal deities among the Saxons were, the 
 Sun, the Moon, Tuisco, Woden, Thor, Frea, Seater. These 
 were the five planets following the Sun and Moon in the 
 same order as among the Romans, with one exception, 
 where Mercury and Mars change places. They did not 
 originate those names, as the Scandinavian nations had no 
 knowledge of astronomy ; but they had borrowed their 
 gods from the orientals originally, as these had arranged 
 the order of the rule of the planets over the days according 
 to the law of their relative motions in the heavens, as will 
 presently appear. 
 
 The Buddhists, the most numerous of the Indian nations, 
 who still count two hundred millions of people, divide their 
 weeks in the same way, and name the days accordingly. 
 Thus, they say, Hiru, the Sun, rules Sunday ; Kandu, the 
 Moon, Monday ; Angaharu, Mars, Tuesday ; Budahu, Mer- 
 
10 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 cury, Wednesday; Braspaty, Jupiter, Thursday; Sicura, 
 Venus, Friday ; and Henaharu, Saturn, Saturday. 
 
 These people, the most learned of all the modem Indian 
 nations, equally with the Scandinavian nations, the Romans, 
 Chaldeans, Persians, Hebrews, Arabs, and Egyptians, all 
 devoted the seven days to the seven planets, in the order of 
 their several rates of motion in the zodiac. This had been 
 determined by the observations of the earliest astrologers. 
 By these the day was divided into twelve hours, not equal 
 hours of sixty minutes each, but each being one-twelfth 
 part of the time from sunrise to sunset ; and the night, also, 
 into twelve hours. These are the planetary hours, of which 
 the first was devoted to the planet that governed the day. 
 The order of motion of the planets is this : Saturn, Jupiter, 
 Mars, Sol, Venus, Mercury, Luna. Hence, if we begin with 
 the first day of the week, Sunday, and apply the first hour 
 to the Sun, the second will be that of Venus, the third that 
 of Mercury, the fourth that of Luna, the fifth that of Sat- 
 urn, the sixth that of Jupiter, the seventh that of Mars ; 
 and then the eighth hour will recommence the rotation 
 with the Sun, as seen on the opposite page. 
 
 Here it is seen that the seven days of the week fall neces- 
 sarily in the order we have them, as each day begins with 
 the planetary hour of that planet after which the day is 
 named ; for if the hours were devoted to, or ruled over by, 
 the planets, in the order of their motion (Saturn slowest and 
 the Moon swiftest), then the several days must needs fall 
 in the exact order they now do, and ever have done, among 
 all nations who had any knowledge of astronomy. This 
 order was not, therefore, arbitrary or accidental, but 
 founded in facts observed in nature. Nor could the day 
 and night have been divided into any other number of 
 hours consistent with a iveek of seven days; which must, 
 therefore, have existed from the earliest dawn of astronomy. 
 
 
Hour 
 
 of the 
 
 Day, 
 
 &c. 
 
 Sun- 
 day. 
 
 
 
 2 
 3 
 
 1) 
 1? 
 % 
 $ 
 
 ? 
 g 
 
 Mon- 
 day . 
 
 Tues* 
 day. 
 
 fVednes- 
 day. 
 
 TAwr$- 
 day. 
 
 Fri- 
 day. 
 
 Satur- 
 day. 
 
 *1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 4 
 5 
 6 
 
 7 
 *8 
 
 9 
 10 
 11 
 12 
 
 B ' 
 
 1? 
 
 it 
 
 $ 
 
 
 
 $ 
 
 D 
 
 
 & 
 
 $ 
 5 
 B 
 % 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 • ? 
 $ 
 
 3) 
 
 3) 
 J? 
 
 
 ? 
 5! 
 
 B 
 
 3f 
 
 
 $ 
 $ 
 B 
 
 $ 
 O 
 ? 
 5 
 
 ? 
 $ 
 D 
 h 
 U 
 & 
 
 
 ? 
 
 B 
 1? 
 
 $ 
 
 
 
 ? 
 
 B 
 
 
 ? 
 
 13 
 14 
 
 ♦15 
 16 
 17 
 18 
 19 
 20 
 21 
 
 *J22 
 23 
 24 
 
 & 
 
 O 
 
 D 
 J? 
 
 $ 
 Q 
 ? 
 3 
 
 B 
 
 v. 
 
 
 ? 
 $ 
 
 B 
 
 O 
 ? 
 
 D 
 1? 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 ? 
 $ 
 D 
 
 
 ? 
 $ 
 B 
 
 D 
 J? 
 
 2{ 
 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 D 
 
 if 
 
 O 
 
 © 
 
 ? 
 
 SI 
 B 
 
 if 
 
 © 
 
 ? 
 
 B 
 
 5 
 B 
 
 
 
 $ 
 $ 
 
 B 
 
 h 
 
 * 
 
 TABLE OF PLANETARY HOURS. 
 
 * The weekly order of the days is shown to be that of the 1st, 8th, 15th, and 22d 
 hour of the twenty-four hours. This points out © day, D day, t day, 8 day, n 
 day, s day, and *> day, as the natural order, which really exists. The 0, the chief 
 object in the Heavens, having had the first day and the first hour allotted to him ; 
 because he was observed to have chief influence in that day. 
 
\2 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 I shall now show that the fact of the seven days of the 
 week being so devoted to the seven planets, was known 
 at the first formation of the Hebrew language. Because 
 the names of the first seven cardinal numbers were all formed 
 in reference to that fact ; and they must, therefore, have 
 been so spoken by Adam, as they were certainly so written 
 by Moses. 
 
 The seven Hebrew words which express the seven first 
 cardinal numbers are all formed of one syllable that signi- 
 fies a star, and of one or more others that imply the char- 
 acter or quality of that star. 
 
 The following table expresses the seven numbers, the 
 stars they refer to, and days of the week they rule over, or 
 influence 
 
 1. inx Atched, or Ash-shed ; Sol, © , Sunday. 
 
 2. WW Shenim, or Ash-nem ; Luna, J) , Monday. 
 
 3. whlV Shelesh, or Ash-lesh ; Mars, $ , Tuesday. 
 
 4. ysix Arabo, or Ar-rabo ; Mercury, $ , Wednesday. 
 
 5. WOn Chemash, or Chem-ash ; Jupiter, U, Thursday. 
 
 6. WW Shish, or Ash-Ish ; Venus, ? , Friday. 
 
 7. J?2^ Shebo, or Ash-Shebo ; Saturn, *> , Saturday. 
 
 1. "iriN Atched, one, is a corruption of the words Wit Ash, 
 fire, and ~\W Shed, to pour forth ; whence "H^ Sheddai, the 
 name of God, the "All Bountiful ;" and the words signify 
 "The All-bountieul Fire ; " which is perfectly characteris- 
 tic of the Sun. The word alludes in various ways also to 
 the same idea; signifying "Ash," "heat," "brightness," "a 
 hearth," etc., derived from the original Wrt ash, fire, and 
 "\1V shed, to pour forth. It is, then, a direct reference to 
 the sun, whose rule was, and still is, over "inN CV iaum 
 atched, "day one." 
 
 2. np}W Shenim, two, or Ash-nem, is compounded of Wtf 
 Ash, fire (the stars being termed the fires of heaven), and 
 
OEIGIN OF THE DAYS OF THE WEEK. 13 
 
 CJ Nem, slumber, meaning " the star of slumber ; " which 
 distinctly applies to ^he Moon, as the ruler of the night, 
 the time for dumber. ■ From this word others were formed, 
 referring to the Moon's power, character, or influence. 
 Thus, r\2W Shenah, to repeat, to do again, to change ; and 
 C^W Shenim, elephant's teeth, because they change them ; 
 and, as a verb, to alter or disguise one's self, all alluding to 
 the character of the changeful Moon. Again, WW, with a 
 formative k, becomes Ash-anim, or Ash-ani "the star of 
 ships," alluding to the Moon's power over ships and the sea. 
 Again, ijny Shini, urine, alludes to the Moon's influence 
 over the bladder ; both old astrological doctrines. Thus, 
 Shenim, tivo, clearly pointed to the rule of the Moon over 
 "day two." But the word "two," in the feminine, was 
 C^nif, Shethim, or Ash-Thim, formed of Ash, the fire or star, 
 and Thim, from the Chaldaic root en Them,* a wonder, a 
 miracle, etc., from which the Greeks had Themis, the God- 
 dess of Oracles, and .^-Temis, Diana, the Moon ! where the 
 Ar is merely an expletive particle. The oracle of Themis 
 was the most ancient, and was consulted by Deucalion after 
 the flood. Among the oldest of the Orphic hymns is one 
 addressed to the Moon, under this title : 
 
 ArOYSA KAAOY'2 KAPHOY'2 dirb yai V s. 
 Thou bringest from the earth the goodly fruits. 
 
 This proves the ancient belief in the Moon's power over 
 vegetation, a fact beyond question. Thus we have ample 
 and abundant proof that these Hebrew words for " two," 
 alluded to the Moon's influence over the second day, Moon- 
 day. 
 
 * The root CH Them, is found in the names of the precious stones worn by 
 Aaron. The Urim were the lights, or stars, and the Thummim were the oracular 
 stones, the crystals, in which visions are to be seen to the present day, and which 
 all the old astrologers declare to be influenced by the Moon, 
 
14 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 3. wbw Shelesh, three, is formed of ^n Ash, fire, and 
 'tifo Lesh, a flame ; signifying the fire or star of flame, or 
 flaming stak : the exact description of Mars, the red and 
 flaming star. Shelesh means also a general or commander 
 of an army ; most appropriate to Mars, " the god of war," 
 who influences all military men. 
 
 4. J?2"1N Arabo, four, is compounded of ~]tf Ar, light, i.e., 
 the light or star ; and yn^ Eabo, activity, business or em- 
 ployment : thus meaning " the active star," or " star of em- 
 ployment : " alluding to the doctrine that Mercury rules 
 over business and employment, and influences activity. 
 Arabo means a finger, and also a locust; both influenced, 
 astrologically, by Mercury. The name of the wandering 
 Arabs is taken from this word, all persons born under 
 Mercury's influence being fond of moving about. 
 
 The root of the word ^"1 Rab, means to strive or contend 
 in words, to dispute ; as do all Mercury men. It is the 
 root, also, of the word signifying increase, or progeny. And, 
 again, Mercury rules over children. All which shows that 
 the word Arabo, four, alluded to Mercury, who rules over 
 " day four." 
 
 5. W12Pi Chemash, five, is obviously formed of ion Chem, 
 warmth, and ft/K Ash, a star ; thus meaning " the star of 
 warmth ; " the very character of Jupiter, " in whom," says 
 Ptolemy, "warmth is predominant." By transposing the 
 first two letters we have r\WO Meshech, to anoint with oil, 
 the root being cognate with flD Mech, fat ; whence the 
 term iTItflD Meshich, the anointed, "the Messiah ;" because 
 anointing with oil was a part of the ceremony of appoint- 
 ing priests as well as kings. Here we have the reference 
 to the influence of Jupiter (who rules the fifth day) over 
 priests, religion, and holy things ; and olive oil was used 
 generally, because the olive is under that planet's influence. 
 Again, piD^ Shemach, formed from Chemash, by transpos- 
 
ORIGIN OF THE DAYS OF THE WEEK. 15 
 
 ing the first and last letter, signifies Joy, and is a direct 
 corruption of Ash-Mach, literally "the Star of Joy," which 
 is the emphatic title of " Jove ;" whence we derive "jovial," 
 "jolly," "joy," etc. Here is ample evidence that the word 
 five alluded to the day of Jupiter, who rules " day five." 
 
 6. w Shish, si'#, is an abbreviation of W-ttfN Ash-Ish, 
 "the star of Being or Existence;" the precise character of 
 Venus, who rules over procreation. The word Shish means 
 to be brisk, cheerful, and Shishan implies hilarity and tri- 
 umphant joy : the characteristics of Venus people. It 
 means, also, fine white linen, and ivhite marble, and the 
 white lily (so called from its vivid cheerful whiteness), for 
 Venus influences the lily and all ivhite colors. On this sixth 
 day the Creation was finished ; and Job says (xxxviii. 7) 
 " the morning stars sang together ; and all the sons of God 
 shouted for joy." Venus influences music and singing. All 
 these things prove that the influence of Venus was recog- 
 nized over "day six." 
 
 7. J72ty Shebo, seven, is composed of lyx Ash, a star, and 
 2Ef Sheb, old age ; thus expressing the chief character of 
 Saturn as " the star or old age." Sheb signifies, also, " to 
 turn from one state to another," "to return," and "to go 
 into captivity," a state of sorrow, which Saturn produces. 
 Sheb, to return, or to restore, is applied (1 Sam. vii. 17) to 
 the end of the year and its beginning again ; so it implies 
 the end of a week of days and its beginning again. It 
 means, also, "hoary hairs," which are under Saturn's sad 
 influence. Shebo signifies, also, to be full, or have plenty, 
 in allusion to Saturn's rule over the produce of the earth ; 
 just as the Latins had saturo, to sate or saturate, from Sat- 
 urnus. In allusion to this power of the star of agricult- 
 ure, recognized by all astrologers, Virgil calls a sickle, 
 Saturni dens curvus, the crooked tooth of Saturn, whence 
 
 f? , the planet's character. 
 
16 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 Wherefore we have ample proof that the word Shebo, 
 seven, had reference to Satubn, the ruler of "day seven." 
 The following table gives a summary of these facts and 
 names : 
 
 >. 
 
 d 
 
 ll 9 I I i 1 § M 
 
 *| « g s f J £ I 
 
 rt 
 
 «' '—"^ — ' 
 
 ^ S a 
 
 O M ^ 
 
 o ^ £ 
 
 Ph fa fa 
 
 o o o 
 
 « « « 
 
 < < < 
 
 H H H 
 
 m m tJi 
 
 fa fa fa fa fa 
 
 w w w w w 
 
 H H H H H 
 
 E» 
 
 « 
 
 p*"! 
 
 w 
 
 J 
 
 fa 
 
 P 
 
 § 
 
 
 P 
 
 M 
 
 hi 
 
 P, 
 
 fa 
 
 9< 
 
 o 
 
 f ?' 
 
 « 
 
 hi 
 
 ■a) 
 
 fa 
 
 H 
 
 <! 
 
 C£ 
 
 fa 
 
 o 
 
 < 
 
 
 Sz; 
 
 
 go 
 
 h- 1 
 
 p 
 
 p 
 
 w 
 
 j 
 
 m 
 
 M 
 
 O 
 
 pE| 
 
 fa 
 
 & 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 fa 
 
 fa 
 
 « 
 
 < 
 
 «: 
 
 <! 
 
 H 
 
 H 
 
 Eh 
 
 cc 
 
 02 
 
 GO 
 
 fa 
 
 fa 
 
 fa 
 
 w 
 
 W 
 
 a 
 
 H 
 
 H 
 
 H 
 
 'S « 2 ^ » * o § 
 
 ££ r u £j & & g ^ 
 
 Here we have decisive and extraordinary evidence that 
 the first seven Hebrew cardinal numbers, which must have 
 been among the earliest words used, did express the fact 
 that the seven days of the week were named after the seven 
 planets. 
 
III. 
 
 CHRONOLOGY, OR THE ART OF MEASURING TIME. 
 
 It will be interesting to many of my readers to be in- 
 formed of the origin and meaning of several of those terms 
 they find in Almanacs, having reference to the measure of 
 time, such as cycle, epact, era, period, etc. 
 
 A cycle implies a circle, from early astronomers having 
 observed that the heavenly bodies move in circles, which 
 for all common practical purposes they may be conceived 
 to do ; thus a day is a cycle or circle of hours ; and a week 
 is a cycle or circle of days ; which when finished recom- 
 mences its continual revolution. The same may be said of 
 any other measure of time. The word period is generally 
 applied to those cycles which, from having been noticed 
 and brought forward by certain individuals, bore their 
 names ; thus there is the Period of Meton, who observed 
 that in nineteen years the Sun and Moon returned together 
 to the same place, nearly, in the heavens ; also the CaUp2^ic 
 Period, from Calippus, who having observed the error of 
 that of Meton, thought he should correct it by fixing on a 
 period of seventy-six years, as that, when the new and full 
 Moons would return exactly at the same time. But he was 
 wrong ; and his error still amounted to eighteen hours at 
 the end of his seventy-six years. It was not till the Period 
 of Hipparchus, one hundred and fifty years before Christ, 
 that the really correct period of three hundred and four, or 
 still more exactly three hundred and twelve, years was es- 
 tablished. He was the first genuine astronomer among the 
 Greeks, for all their knowledge of astronomy before Hip- 
 parchus was undoubtedly borrowed from the Babylonians 
 and Egyptians. 
 2 
 
18 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 The use of a cycle was the application of the motions of 
 the heavenly bodies to chronology without having any frac- 
 tions. It was to avoid mentioning odd days and hours, etc., 
 cycles were invented, in which the motions of the Sun and 
 Moon were thought to be stated in integral numbers. The 
 cycle of the Moon which has been most in use is that of 
 Meton, containing nineteen solar years. 
 
 The cycle of the Sun is twenty-eight years, which have 
 nothing to do with the Sun's motion, but refer to the Sun- 
 day letters in the calendar, which after that time return in 
 the same order as before. The use of the Sunday letters, 
 A, B, C, D, E, F, G, is to find Easter Day (on which depend 
 all other church festivals). 
 
 The cycle of Indiction is fifteen years. It has nothing to 
 do with the heavenly bodies, but is believed to have been 
 first established by the Romans, about three hundred and 
 thirteen years after Christ, to fix the payment of some par- 
 ticular tax, or other civil purpose. 
 
 These are the three chief cycles, which, on being multiplied 
 into each other, produce the number 7,980, which is called 
 the Julian Period. This is of use in reducing the years of 
 one period to those of another. The value of it is, that 
 there can be no possible mistake about the time that any 
 event happened, if it be stated in any year of this period ; 
 and the reason of that is, that throughout all the period of 
 7,980 years, there are no two years in which the years of all 
 the three cycles, the Solar, Lunar, and Indiction, do agree, 
 or have the same numbers. This period was invented by 
 the famous Joseph Scahger, and has the name of Julian, 
 because it is adapted to the Julian year. It began seven 
 hundred and nine years before the creation, according to 
 Archbishop Usher's computation ; and as this present year 
 is the 6,610th of the Julian Period, it wants 1,370 years 
 of being completed ; after which the second Julian Period 
 
THE ART OF MEASURING TIME. 19 
 
 will commence ; and so after every 7,980 years a new one, 
 until the end of time. Yet it is possible that when the 
 solar period or cycle ceases to be required to mid Easter 
 Day, if that should ever happen, a better method of com- 
 puting by the revolutions or years of the planet Uranus may 
 be adopted. But the science of astronomy is now so per- 
 fect that the world can never again fall into chronological 
 errors. 
 
 The next thing to explain is the meaning of the word 
 Epact, which is but little understood. The word signifies 
 added days. The lunar year, or length of twelve Moons, is 
 three hundred and fifty-four days, or eleven days less than 
 the solar year ; and it is this difference which constitutes, 
 or rather creates, the epact. This is carried through all 
 the nineteen years of the lunar cycle ; and the epact of any 
 year is the age of the Moon on January 1st of that year. 
 The epact of the first year of the cycle is eleven, that of the 
 second year twenty-two, and that of the third year thirty- 
 three, or three times eleven ; but as this exceeds a whole 
 month, or thirty days, they intercalate a month, and count ' 
 the odd three days the epact for the year. And so they go 
 on, adding eleven days for every year and intercalating a 
 month when they exceed thirty, until the end of the nine- 
 teen years, when they add twelve instead of eleven days, 
 and the epact then becomes thirty, or rather nothing, and 
 the cycle recommences. The use of the epact is to find the 
 day on which the new Moon will fall, for the regulation of 
 Easter and other church festivals. The rule is, add to the 
 epact the number of the month (counting March the first 
 month) and take the sum from thirty, or, if over thirty, 
 from sixty, and the remainder is the day of the month on 
 which the new Moon happens. But as the error of the 
 lunar cycle makes a whole day, by accurate calculation, in 
 three hundred and twelve years, one day is thereby added 
 
20 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 to every epact in that time. At the time of the Nicene 
 Council, when the calendar was arranged by the golden 
 number, the science of astronomy was at a discount, and 
 they did not know of this error of one day ; and it has since 
 gone on increasing, so that the new moons now happen 
 about five days sooner than they should do according to 
 the rule. But the Church of England, and, I believe, the 
 Church of Rome, still go on computing lunations in the 
 old way. It is the character of some institutions to dread 
 change more than error. 
 
 We proceed to consider eras or epochs. These are cer- 
 tain fixed points of time, made remarkable by some event, 
 from which it becomes the custom to reckon the ensuing 
 years. 
 
 We reckon from the era of the incarnation of the Re- 
 deemer, or the Christian era, as it is termed. This is 
 counted, not from the day of the supposed birth of Christ, 
 but from the day of his supposed circumcision, the first 
 day of January, in the fourth year (the middle of that year), 
 of the 194th Olympiad, the 753d of the building of Rome, 
 the 747th of the kingdom of Babylon being founded by 
 Nabonassar, and the 4,714th of the Julian Period. If these 
 four numbers be committed to memory by young persons, 
 they will find it very useful in their historical studies. 
 The first person who proposed to adojDt this era was Pan- 
 odorus, an Egyptian monk ; but it was not followed till the 
 time of the Roman Abbot Dionysius Exiguus, in the sixth 
 century. Before that time Christian nations adopted vari- 
 ous other eras, the most common being that of the build- 
 ing of Borne. This was variously stated by ancient writers ; 
 but it has been fully determined to have been B.C. 753, 
 commencing on April 21st. Still we are not to under- 
 stand by this that no building existed in Rome before 
 that day ; in all probability there may have been people 
 
THE ART OF MEASURING TIME. 21 
 
 residing there ages before ; for the story of Romulus and 
 the wolf is a mere fable. 
 
 The Era of the Creation. — This, as might be expected, has 
 been fixed at various periods. The Jewish computation 
 made it B.C. 3,761 ; the ancient Greek historians made 
 it 5,500 years, the latter Greeks, and the Russians, 
 make it 5,508 ; the same by the era of Antioch was 
 ten years later ; but the Bishop Eusebius made it 4,228 
 B.C., and modern chronologers have adopted Archbishop 
 Usher's chronology, and fixed it at 4,004 years before that 
 event. If we take Faber's account of the Chronology of 
 the Deluge as B.C. 2,938, and add thereto Josephus's ac- 
 count of the time before it, which is the Bible account, we 
 have 4,594 years for the era of the Creation before Christ. 
 These accounts differ vastly, and I fear that we must con- 
 fess that we do not know the age of the world. To pro- 
 ceed with the Epochas : we find these very numerous ; but 
 it will not be necessary to mention them all. 
 
 The Era of Seleucides, or the Syro-Macedonian Epocha, 
 was that fixed at the time that Seleucus Nicanor, one of the 
 generals of Alexander the Great, established himself in 
 Syria. This was twelve years after the great conqueror 
 died, and three hundred and twelve years before Christ ; 
 and is the Epocha dated from in the Book of Maccabees and 
 by Josephus. The Jews were compelled to adopt this era, 
 being then subjects of the kings of Syria ; and they con- 
 tinued to use it for 1,800 years, until the fifteenth century, 
 when they adopted that which they now use, " the era of 
 the creation of the world." Some of them pretend that 
 they have always used the latter era ; but this is an error, 
 as the names of their months, being nearly all those of the 
 Syrian months, bespeak their origin, and also that of the 
 Jewish era. 
 
32 
 
 
 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 
 JEWISH MONTHS. 
 
 SYRIAN MONTHS. 
 
 Tisri. 
 
 
 Tisri (1st). 
 
 Ghesvan. 
 
 
 Tisri (2d). 
 
 Ghisleu. 
 
 
 Canun (1st). 
 
 Thebet. 
 
 
 Canun (2d). 
 
 Shebat. 
 
 
 Shabat. 
 
 Adar. 
 
 
 Adar. 
 
 Nisan (or 
 
 Abib). 
 
 Nisan. 
 
 Jyar. 
 
 
 Icar. 
 
 Sivan. 
 
 
 Haziran. 
 
 Thamuz. 
 
 
 Tamuz. 
 
 Ab. 
 
 
 Ab. 
 
 EM. 
 
 
 Eloul. 
 
 The Era of the Hegira, or flight of Mahomet from Mecca, 
 is that of the Turks aiid other Mahometans. It began 
 on Friday, July 15, A.D. 622 ; hence the Turkish Sabbath 
 is held on a Friday. The Persians have their era of Gey- 
 degird III. from the date of that monarch taking his seat 
 on the throne on June 16, A.D. 632. These nations at 
 first copied the ancient year of the Egyptians, which had 
 taken the name of the year of Nabonassar. This King of 
 Babylon began to reign on Wednesday, February 26th, in the 
 3.967th year of the Julian Period ; that is, in the year B.C. 
 747. This is the best established and most important of 
 all eras, as regards chronology. It was used by Ptolemy 
 and other writers, and "by it all other epochs are con- 
 nected and adjusted." The years were those of ancient 
 Egyptians, and the first month, the Thoth, began on the 
 day just named. 
 
 The last era I shall name is that called the Gregorian 
 Epocha, from Pope Gregory XIII., who introduced a ref- 
 ormation in the Calendar in the year of our Lord 1582. 
 The Julian method of computing the years, invented by 
 
THE ART OP MEASURING TIME. 23 
 
 Sosigenes, was a beautiful proof of the astronomy at that 
 time existing in Egypt ; but, though nearly correct, it was 
 not quite so. It assumed that a year was exactly 365^ 
 days. But this is not correct, as there is a slight differ- 
 ence, which, in the course of 900 years, creates an error 
 of seven days. This error caused the days of the Equi- 
 noxes to creep away from the 21st of March and Septem- 
 ber, where they were fixed at first ; and, after much pro 
 and con demand for reform, it was resolved on by the 
 before-named Pope. 
 
 On October 4, 1582, it was ordained that ten days 
 should be struck out, and that the following day, in- 
 stead of being reckoned the 5th, should be called the 15th. 
 The Catholic countries immediately adopted the reformed 
 Calendar ; but not so the Protestants ; they retained the 
 old Calendar, and though in England on March 16, 1585, 
 a bill was brought into the House of Lords to amend the 
 Calendar, it had too much of the reform spirit in it to 
 render it necessary to say that it died a natural death. 
 In fact, the " New Style," as it was termed, was not intro- 
 "duced into England until the year 1752 ; in which year 
 an act passed, that " the natural day next immediately 
 following September 2, 1752, shall be called and reckoned 
 as the fourteenth day of September, omitting the eleven in- 
 termediate nominal days of the common Calendar." 
 
 Up to the year 1699 the difference between the Old 
 Style and the New amounted to ten days ; after 1700 it was 
 eleven days, and after 1800 it was twelve days ; so that 
 January 1, 1800, of the Old answered to January 13th of 
 the New Style. 
 
 It was not till the year 1836 that the New Style was 
 adopted by the Russians, nor is it as yet in most of the 
 countries of the East. 
 
 The year in England was held to begin on March 
 
24 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 25th, up to the year 1751 ; that year, however, was not 
 suffered to expire, but was cut short by 1752 commencing 
 on January 1st — a custom which already prevailed in most 
 parts of the Continent. 
 
 I blush to say that "England was the last European 
 nation to admit the claims of truth and utility over error 
 and confusion," and to reform its Calendar. And when 
 this was done it gave great offence to most part of the 
 people, who appear to have possessed great prejudice, 
 though they enjoyed that brilliant acquisition, so much 
 lauded nowadays, called " the wisdom of our ancestors." 
 
 It may be interesting here to explain the principle of that 
 reform in the Calendar to which we have just been attend- 
 ing. The tropical year is continually varying, yet we are 
 obliged to use it in our computations of time ; but it is 
 not so much its variation as its incommensurability with the 
 only invariable period of time, a sidereal day, that creates 
 a difficulty. 
 
 The day is a certain measure of time, always the same ; 
 but the year consists of a number of days and a fraction of 
 hours, minutes, and seconds, which we are obliged, after a 
 time, to turn over to another year, when they make up one. 
 
 The Gregorian rule for this taking in the fractions is 
 very simple, and almost exactly correct. It treats the 
 years after the birth of Christ as of two kinds, one contain- 
 ing 365 days and the other 366. Every year which may 
 not be divisible by 4, without a remainder, has 365 days ; 
 but every year which may be so divided, but not divided 
 by 100, has 366. Every year divisible by 100, but not by 
 400, has again 365 ; but if it may also be divided by 400, 
 it has 366 days. 
 
 Thus, the year 1848 may be divided by 4 without a re- 
 mainder ; it therefore had 366 days ; the year 1850 cannot 
 be divided by 4 without a remainder ; it will therefore have 
 
THE ART OF MEASURING TIME. 25 
 
 365 days. The year 1800 could be divided by 4, and 
 would therefore have had 366 days ; but as it could also be 
 divided by 100, and not by 400, it contained only 365 
 days ; so that from 1796 until the year 1804 no leap year 
 occurred. In the same way 1900 will not be a leap year, 
 but will contain 365 days, because it may not only be 
 divided by 4 but by 100, and yet not by 400. Now the 
 year 2000 may be divided by 4, by 100, and by 400 ; it 
 will, therefore, contain 366 days. 
 
 If we look to the result of this system, to see how long- 
 it will keep the legal year in agreement with the real tropi- 
 cal year, we shall see that there will be an error accrue of 
 about 22 seconds every year, which in 1,000 years will be 
 only 5 hours and 41 minutes, and only 17 hours and 3 min- 
 utes in 3,000 years. This seems to be sufficient for all the 
 purposes of society ; yet this trivial error will recpaire cor- 
 rection in the course of time. For in the period of 50,000 
 years the error will again be 13 days, just one day more 
 than what it was at the commencement of this century. 
 
 As regards the commencement of the year, I may here 
 add that in England, so late as the thirteenth century, the 
 year was reckoned from Christmas-day ; but that, in the 
 twelfth century, the Anglican Church began the year on 
 March 25th, which was soon after adopted by civilians. We 
 sometimes find dates thus expressed, 1648-49, which sig- 
 nifies that the event took place between the commencement 
 of the civil and of the historical year, between January 1st 
 and March 25th of the latter year. 
 
 In various countries of Europe, the year, until after the 
 introduction of the "New Style," began at Easter, or Lady- 
 day, or August 12th, or Christmas-day, or January 1st ; and 
 these various ways of counting the years caused much error 
 and confusion. The reason of January 1st having been 
 chosen by Sosigenes, who corrected the Calendar for Julius 
 
26 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 Csesar, was, because the new moon after the Sun passed the 
 tropic (the neomenia or new moon of the year) happened 
 on that day at the time of the Julian year commencing. 
 But the custom of beginning the year on January 1st has 
 no astronomical basis ; and it would have been better 
 that, when they did reform the calendar, they had fixed 
 on the time of the Sun crossing the equator or passing the 
 tropic ; and so made the year to begin, for example, on the 
 shortest day, December 21st ; or otherwise, when the Sun 
 crosses the equator, on March 21st ; which was done in 
 ancient times.* In this case, of course, the days of the 
 months would have begun accordingly with those events. 
 
 I have now to offer a suggestion to those young persons 
 who are desirous of having a general idea of the chronology 
 of the world in their heads, without overmuch labor or the 
 expenditure of time. The plan I recommend is to commit 
 to memory seventeen dates of events before Christ, and 
 nineteen dates subsequently. These are in all thirty-six 
 dates, which may be learned in a few hours with ease ; and 
 any person having them fixed well in his memory, when 
 reading history, will find them, like milestones in a long 
 journey, at least useful to remind him of his whereabouts, 
 if not thought to be very ornamental. 
 
 I shall here state them, for the benefit of my young 
 readers : 
 
 CHRONOLOGICAL PERIODS. 
 B.C. 
 
 2230. Celestial Observations made about this time at Baby- 
 lon. 
 
 2060. The kingdom of Assyria established. 
 
 1820. Memnon, the Egyptian, said to have invented the 
 Alphabet, which was certainly in existence about this 
 time. The Chinese letters long before. 
 
 * Hence some very ancient nations worshipped the Goat and others the Ram, All 
 idolatry arose from corruption of Astrology. 
 
THE ART OF MEASURING TIME. 27 
 
 B.C. 
 
 1570. The Birth of Moses, and the founding of the kingdom 
 of Athens by Cecrops, who brought a colony of Egyp- 
 tians from Sais ; and they, having worshipped as their 
 chief deity Athena, so named their new city. 
 1220. The Olympic Games celebrated by Hercules. 
 
 900. Homer and Hesiod, the first two Poets, flourished. 
 
 820. Fall of the empire of Assyria, under Sardana/palus, 
 and beginning of the kingdom of Macedonia. 
 
 776. Corcebus conquers at Olympia, and this forms the 
 period of the Olympiads.. 
 
 753. The building of Rome and the beginning of the 
 Prophecies of Isaiah. 
 
 747. The Era of Nebonassar. 
 
 587. Jerusalem taken by Nabuchadnezzar. 
 
 540. Babylon taken by Cyrus, whose son overran Egypt 
 and destroyed most of its monuments. The Chinese 
 philosopher Confucius flourished at this time. The 
 following were his two most famous maxims : " He 
 who has offended God has no longer any protector ; " 
 and " A good heart leans toward kindness and indul- 
 gence ; a contracted heart goes no farther than patience 
 and moderation." 
 
 320. Death of Alexander the Great. Seleucus takes 
 Babylon, and the Era of the Seleucidoe commences, 
 and the reign of the Ptolemies in Egypt. 
 
 170. The fall of the Macedonian empire, and the first 
 Library established at Rome by means of books 
 brought from the plunder of Macedonia. 
 45. The correct Calendar of Sosigenes begins to be used 
 
 at Rome. 
 31. The Battle of Actium, and the commencement of 
 
 the era of Roman Emperors. 
 30. Egypt reduced into a Roman province. 
 
28 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 The before-mentioned seventeen dates I have given mostly 
 in round numbers, as best retained in the memory ; but 
 those subsequent to our Saviour's time I shall give more 
 accurately, according to Usher's Chronology. 
 
 A.D. 
 
 40. The name of Christians first given to the followers 
 
 of Jesus at Antioch. 
 70. Jerusalem destroyed by Titus, as foretold by our 
 Saviour. 
 
 207. Severus came to Britain, and built a wall from the 
 Frith of Forth to keep off the Scots. 
 
 230. Artaxerxes, King of Media, overthrew the Parthian 
 empire ; the remnant of that people found their way 
 to India, where they are termed Parsees. 
 
 328. The seat of empire removed by Constantine from 
 Rome to Byzantium, which he named Constantinople. 
 
 426. The Romans take their final departure from Britain. 
 
 500. Christianity embraced in France. 
 
 600. The Saxon Heptarchy began in England, and St. 
 Augustine preached the religion of Rome. 
 
 622. Mahomet fled from Mecca, and established his re- 
 ligion. 
 
 800. Charlemagne crowned Emperor of Rome and the 
 Western Empire. 
 
 807. The Council of Saltzburg held on January 26th, 
 wherein it was decided that "Tithes ought to be di- 
 vided into four portions — the first for the Bishop, the 
 second for the Priests, the third for the Poor, and the 
 fourth for the repair of the Church." 
 
 816. Almamon, the Saracen Prince, made observations on 
 the Sun and encouraged learning ; and ordered the 
 Almagest of Ptolemy to be translated into Arabic soon 
 after. 
 
THE ART OF MEASURING TIME. 29 
 
 A.D. 
 
 900. Death of Alfred. 
 1002. A general mdssacre of the Danes in England on 
 
 November 13th. 
 1035. The kingdoms of Castile and Aragon began. 
 1050. The Turks invade the Koman empire. 
 1060. Oliver of Malniesbury, the first English Mathematical 
 writer. 
 
 1065. The Turks take Jerusalem from the Saracens. 
 
 1066. On October 14th the celebrated battle of Hastings, 
 and the Conquest of England by William the Bastard, 
 Duke of Normandy. 
 
IV. 
 
 COSMOGONY, OR CREATION OF THE WORLD. 
 
 According to the few authors who have treated of cos- 
 mogony among the Chaldseans, Alorus is said to have been 
 the first man. They state that he reigned 10 Sari, or 
 36,000 years of days. This number is exactly 100 years, 
 or 36,000 divided by 360 (the number of days in the Chal- 
 dsean year, as used by Daniel the prophet), and to be re- 
 duced to Julian years of 365^ days, the 100 years must be 
 brought to 98 years and six months. The following table 
 gives the reigns of the rulers in the race of Cain : 
 
 Table I. 
 
 Nantes. Reigned. Years of Days. Prophetic Year. 
 
 Alorus 10 Sari 36,000 100 
 
 Alaparus 3 Sari 10,800 30 
 
 Amillarus 13 Sari 46,800 130 
 
 Amenon 12 Sari 43,200 120 
 
 Megulanus .... 18 Sari 64,800 180 
 
 Daus 10 Sari....'. . 36,000 100 
 
 Anodaphus . . . . 18 Sari 64,800 180 
 
 840 
 
 Apollodorus makes Acdoreschus the last named. In 
 this table we find two persons who reigned one hundred 
 and eighty prophetic years, or one hundred and seventy- 
 seven Julian years. This seems a great age, and throws a 
 considerable doubt on the whole statement ; yet these old 
 
COSMOGONY, OR CREATION OP THE WORLD. 31 
 
 men were but children when compared with the asserted 
 ages of the children of Adam, through Seth, as the follow- 
 ing table demonstrates : 
 
 Table II. 
 Table of the Ages of Adam, Seth, and their Children. 
 
 Names. Born A.M. Died a.m. Aged. 
 
 Adam 1 931 930 
 
 Seth 131 1,043 912 
 
 Enos 236. 1,141 905 
 
 Cainan 326. 1,236 910 
 
 Mahalaleel 396 1,291 895 
 
 Jared 461 1,423 962 
 
 Enoch 623 988 365 
 
 Methuselah 688 1,656 968 
 
 Lamech 875 1,651 776 
 
 Noah 1,057 2,007 950 
 
 8,573 
 
 According to this table, founded on the Hebrew chronol- 
 ogy, the average age of these men was 857 years and up- 
 ward. 
 
 Before we make any remark on this account, we will ex- 
 amine briefly the mode of calculating, which was followed 
 by the ancient Chaldseans. They made use of three periods, 
 viz., the Sosos of 60 days, the Neiros of 600 days, and the 
 Saros of 3,600 days. The two former being multiplied into 
 each other give just ten times the latter ; for 60 x 600 — 
 36,000. Also 60 x 60 = 3,600 ; and 3,600 divided by 600 
 = 6 ; which last number seems to have been the key to their 
 cipher. To them no doubt the world is indebted for the 
 division of the circle into 360 degrees. 
 
 The most ancient system of calculating time, all over the 
 
32 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 oriental world, was by a cycle of 60 ; and there can be lit- 
 tle doubt that the Chaldseans adopted it early, if they did 
 not really invent it. 
 
 It will appear clearly that they had no term, or word, to 
 denote what we usually call a year. They must have spoken 
 of it as six sosi, that is, 6 x 60 days. It is a fact that the ear- 
 liest copies of the Hebrew accounts of the flood and the an- 
 tediluvian ages, etc., were based on a similar system, which 
 gave 30 days to the month. For we are told in Gen. vii. 24 
 that " the waters prevailed upon the earth an hundred and 
 fifty days," which are equal to 5 months of 30 days each. 
 And in Gen. viii. 4 it says that " the ark rested in the sev- 
 enth month, on the seventeenth day of the month ; " but 
 in Gen. vii. 11 we learn that " in the second month, on 
 the seventeenth day of the month, the same day were all 
 the fountains of the great deep broken up," etc. Hence 
 from the second month to the seventh month was just five 
 months, and that was 150 days ; giving 30 days to a month, 
 or 360 to the year. 
 
 Now after the people of Israel, and all the inhabitants of 
 Jerusalem, were carried away captive and held in captivity 
 for 70 years, they lost sight of the ancient writings of Moses. 
 This is evident in Nehemiah viii. 17, where it is recorded 
 that they kept the feast of tabernacles, which they had for- 
 gotten since the days of Joshua, the son of Nun, or from 
 A.M. 2560 to AM. 3551, a space of 991 years. It follows 
 that they had, during their captivity, adopted the Chaldaean 
 notation, and had been in the habit of reading a sai'os in- 
 stead of a year. This, and only this, will explain how it 
 was that they read 930 years for the age of Adam, instead 
 of 93 years, and so 968 years for Methuselah, instead of 96 
 years, and 956 years for that of Noah, instead of 95 years. 
 Taking this view of the case, we get rid of a great difficulty ; 
 inasmuch as it is found extremely hard to believe that any 
 
COSMOGONY, OE CREATION OF THE WORLD. 33 
 
 man, born of a woman, could ever have reached the enor- 
 mous age of 968 years ! It is, if true, a standing miracle 
 of the highest class and character. Yet we seek in vain 
 for the slightest hint at the fact, all through the poetical 
 book of Job, which treats on very many of the wonders of 
 the Almighty. In like way David, in all his Psalms, in 
 which he enlarges on the miraculous history of the Israel- 
 ites, never seems to remember the wondrous ages of the 
 patriarchs. A like silence reigns all through the Scriptures ; 
 nor have we any confirmation anywhere of the wondrous fact. 
 If we take the sum total of the ages in the last table at one- 
 tenth of the sum, we shall find that the patriarchs lived each, 
 on an average, only 84 years and 3 months. And surely it 
 is much more rational to conclude that Noah lived 50 years, 
 instead of 500 years, before he took a ivife and begat Shem, 
 Ham, and Japheth. Let us consider the sort of being he 
 must have been, if he were 600 years old, when called on to 
 undertake the active, stirring office of preparing and con- 
 trolling and managing the ark and all its various contents. 
 Besides the fact that this gives 855^ears as the total of 
 ages from Adam to the death of Noah, which comes very 
 near to the period of 840 years in Table I., there is another 
 argument against these immense ages, in the Scripture 
 account of the death of Moses. We read in Deut. xxxiv. 8 
 that " Moses was an hundred and twenty years old when 
 he died : his eye was not dim, nor his natural force 
 abated." But, surely, this death, being only 547 years 
 subsequent to that of Noah, at the supposed age of 950 
 years, there was nothing surprising in the matter, to call 
 for observation. 
 
 The following table is taken from the Septuagint version 
 of the Bible, which must have been made from Hebrew 
 copies of much older date than any now existing, or that 
 have existed for many ages : 
 
34 
 
 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 Table III. 
 
 Names. Before Generation. 
 
 Adam 23 . years 
 
 Seth 20.5 " 
 
 Enos 19.0 " 
 
 Cainan 17.0 " 
 
 Mahalaleel 16.5 " 
 
 Jared 16.2 " 
 
 Enoch 16.5 " 
 
 Methuselah 16.7 " 
 
 Lamech 18.8 " 
 
 Noah 50.0 " 
 
 Added 10.0 " 
 
 224.2 
 Adam in innocency . 817 . 
 
 years 
 
 Total Ages in 
 Prophetic Years. 
 
 93.0 
 91.2 
 90.5 
 91.0 
 89.5 
 96.2 
 36.5 
 96.9 
 75.3 
 95.0 
 
 855.1 
 
 = 85.5 average. 
 
 10 
 
 Year of the Flood . 1041 . 2 
 
 The reason for adding 817 years for the time that Adam 
 lived in innocency, is because there was a very general 
 legend abroad in the East that such was the case. That 
 Adam had born to him Cain and Abel before Seth is well 
 known ; but the periods of their birth are not known. The 
 difficulties that arise as to the great professed ages of his 
 sons do not arise in his case, because he was not "of 
 woman born," but was created. Of course his mortal sys- 
 tem was very different from that of his sons, who were born 
 to die only ; and they could not have lived to the age of 
 many hundred years without a miracle, which, if it had ex- 
 isted, must have been known to the Chaldseans, the descend- 
 ants of Cain ; yet they make no mention of the matter, nor 
 
COSMOGONY, OR CREATION OP THE WORLD. 35 
 
 do they claim any such length of life for their rulers. 
 Neither do the Egyptians, Indians, or Chinese make any 
 such claim. 
 
 The country of Phoenicia has been supposed to be named 
 from the Greek for a palm-tree ; but it is clear that it had 
 a name before Greece was peopled, and that name was, in 
 the old language, Feine-ce, in which the c is sounded hard, 
 like k, there being no soft c in that language. The word 
 meant " the land of husbandmen ; " and we have the au- 
 thority of Pliny for saying that Phoenicia was a term for 
 oats and barley. A sad thought it is, that, though Josephus 
 says of the Phoenicians, " so great was their care that the 
 memorial of past transactions should not be lost, that their 
 wisest men continually preserved them in public records 
 sacredly," there are now but very slight remains of all their 
 history. One tribe of these people was certainly the He- 
 brews, of whose history we have tolerable records. One 
 other only, called the Gaal Sciot Ib-eir, is in possession 
 of chronicles, from which we learn that they emigrated 
 from Iber (in Ardmenia), by the way of Sidon and the 
 Mediterranean, to the northwest quarter of Spain ; that 
 when this tribe had sojourned two hundred and fifty years 
 in Gaelag,* a colony, led by Eocaid, crossed the Pyrenees 
 and called the land Eocaid-tan ; from which name the 
 Romans formed Aquitonia ; that when they had dwelt 
 four hundred and fifty-three years in Gael-ag, certain 
 Sidonians passed the Breo-cean of Gaelag and discovered 
 an island to which they gave the name of Breo-tan, the 
 present Britain ; that when this tribe had resided four 
 hundred and eighty-four years in Gaelag, Sesostris came 
 from Egypt and overran Spain ; that the Gaal Sciot Ib-eAr, 
 rather than live in subjection, did (in the year B. C. 1006) 
 abandon their land and homes and quitted Gaelag, and 
 •Now Galicia. 
 
36 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 steered their course to the west of Breo-tan to an island 
 called Fodla, to which they gave the name of Eri. 
 The system that these people followed was : 
 Government by a single chief, elected ; An armed people ; 
 Public assemblies ; Possession of lands, not individual, 
 but tribal ; Dwelling in tents. 
 
 The people were Sabians, or fire- worshippers, in religion, 
 and paid adoration to the Sun, called Baal, and to the Moon, 
 called Re, and to the Stars, like as did all the Scythian race, 
 who had no idols. Their veneration for fire is not yet quite 
 extinguished. An acquaintance with their history as a 
 tribe of Scythians will enable any one to understand tvhy 
 Cyrus, the Elamite, or Persian Scythian (whose mother was 
 Mandane, daughter of Astyages, the Median Assyrian), was 
 called a Mule ; also, why Daniel, the Hebrew Scythian, ad- 
 hered to Cyrus, the Scythian, and enjoyed the favor of 
 that prince ; and why the decree authorizing the Hebrew 
 Scythians, captivated by the Assyrians, to return to their 
 own land, and rebuild their temple had been issued. The 
 language in which the chronicles of these people are writ- 
 ten is, at this day, called Bearla-Feine, which signifies the 
 Phoenician language ; their ancestors having been instructed 
 by the Phoenicians. Their unwritten or spoken dialect is 
 called Gneat Bearla, which means "unwritten vernacular, 
 or native tongue ; " also Gaelag, or language of the Gael, or 
 tribe, or kindred. Their letters, as taught to Eolus, in Si- 
 don, were sixteen, namely, A, B, C, D, E, F, G, I, L, M, N, 
 O, K, S, T, U. And it is clear that the story of the Irish 
 being taught letters by St. Patrick is false, because he was 
 said to be a priest from Rome, and he would, of course, 
 have taught them the Roman alphabet of twenty-three let- 
 ters. Their language is the same as the Gaelag, spoken by 
 the Scotch, which was Phoenician, they being descended 
 from the ancient Gaal Sciot Ib-eir, who conquered Ireland. 
 
COSMOGONY, OK CREATION OF THE WORLD. 37 
 
 It is a curious relic, venerable for its antiquity, though now 
 only spoken by the poor and ignorant in Ireland and the 
 Highlands of Scotland. It was first written in Gaelag, 
 B. C. 1365. 
 
 It was necessary to introduce these preliminary remarks 
 before explaining the cosmogony of these people. In the 
 writings of Eolus we find it clearly indicated that the earth 
 was existing originally under the waters. " Who can de- 
 clare at what time the waters were rolled from off this 
 earth?" he asks; "Who hath informed man how he was 
 made — how long his dwelling was in the bosom of the vast 
 deep — how, or when, he ceased to breathe that element ? 
 None." This idea is quite consonant with the Hebrew : 
 " And God said let the waters under the heavens be gathered 
 together into one place, and let the dry land appear " (Gen. 
 i. 9). It is evident that the Scythians fancied that man and 
 all animals had originally been inhabitants of the waters. 
 It is remarkable that the Hebrew names for Adam and Eve 
 were Isch and Ischa ; and these, in the language of Eri, 
 mean a male and female fish. That the Hebrew language 
 is a dialect of the Scythian, of which also the language of 
 Eri was a dialect, has been satisfactorily proved. Lastly, 
 we learn from Herodotus that the Persians, " from his own 
 knowledge, had neither statues, temples, nor altars; but 
 offered on the tops of the highest mountains sacrifices to 
 Jove (by which they meant the deity of the air) ; that they 
 adored the sun, moon, earth, fire, water, and the winds ; 
 that they gave the preference to teepoil, whereon they laid 
 their offerings ; that they ate sparingly of flesh, but drank 
 profusely." When we consider them as a remnant of the 
 ancient Scythians, like as were the Gael Sciot Ib-eir the 
 progenitors of the Irish, we are struck with the fact of the 
 trefoil being the true Irish shamrock, to say nothing of 
 the little meat eaten by the Irish, who, however, are de- 
 cidedly given to " drink profusely." 
 
THE ANCIENT GOD SATURN, OR KRONOS. 
 
 The ancients — by whom I do not mean the poets of 
 Greece and Rome, but the ancient inhabitants of India, 
 Phoenicia, and Egypt — these men seem to have paid very 
 early attention to the planet Saturn, and to have comprised 
 in their esoteric doctrines a very extensive knowledge of 
 the nature of the influences observed to emanate from that 
 planet. It may be instructive, therefore, as well as inter- 
 esting to throw together a few of the facts we gather from 
 mythology and history upon this matter, as, by doing so, 
 we may hope to break down some of the prejudices and 
 root up some of the ignorance which prevails most ex- 
 tensively in modern days, touching this remarkable sub- 
 ject. The root of the name Saturn is clearly the ancient 
 Hebrew term Sater, to hide or conceal. There is ample 
 evidence of this fact ; and it is proved, also, by the subse- 
 quent fable of the Roman poets, that when Jupiter drove 
 his father Saturn from Heaven, the latter took refuge 
 with Janus, whose kingdom was hence called Latium, from 
 Latere, to lie hid or concealed. We may see the original 
 idea of being hidden or concealed, or, in fact, of secrecy, 
 was found among the most ancient people of the East, the 
 Indians and the Phoenicians, as evidenced by the Orphic 
 Hymn to Kronos or Saturn, the vast antiquity of which 
 is indisputable ; and, also, among the Western European 
 nations, the Saxons having, probably, formed their god 
 Seater (whose name has been given to our Saturday) from 
 the Roman Saturnus. The ancient astrologers, the Chal- 
 dees, who extended over all the East, observed that the 
 
THE ANCIENT GOD SATURN, OR KRONOS. 39 
 
 influence of Saturn, when potent in a nativity, rendered 
 the person then born "mystical," and "confederate in 
 secrecy" these bein'g the very words made use of to ex- 
 plain the nature of Saturn by Claudius Ptolemy, in the 
 tenth chapter of his " Tetrabiblos," published in the second 
 century. Of course, there are other qualities, such as 
 cruelty, observed to arise from this planet ; but the chief 
 or leading characteristic was the great love of secrecy, 
 mystery, and concealment ; whence he derived his name of 
 Sater or Seater, which signified the god of secrecy, etc. 
 The same term in the Chaldee signified to destroy or to 
 demolish ; and as it was (as it still is) observed that infants 
 born when Saturn is powerfully placed, invariably die in 
 infancy, the fable arose that Saturn devoured his own 
 children. It was in this way that priests, aided by the 
 poets, continued to personify the doctrines they taught, 
 and, in fables and apologues, to hand down, probably long 
 anterior to the invention of letters, the major portion of 
 their celestial knowledge. And although they have been 
 accused of practising this kind of thing as mere priestcraft, 
 and to deceive and delude the vulgar, I really do not see 
 that it is at all proved that such was the original object or 
 intention of the custom, whatever corruption might and 
 did afterward arise, when priests and princes began to 
 increase and multiply. 
 
 The other name of the planet, Kronos, seems to have 
 arisen also from the Hebrew word Kron, a horn, which be- 
 came very early the emblem of power in the East ; whence 
 the great power of Saturn (perhaps one of the first things 
 that becomes obvious in the study of astrology) led to his 
 receiving the name or title, and appears to have been why 
 the symbol of Saturn has ever been the crook (thought 
 by some to be a sickle), in reference to his being the god 
 of corn, but by others, more truly, conceived to have been 
 
40 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 originally the horn of the goat, because in that sign exists 
 his chief power. In time this planet came to be wor- 
 shipped as a god ; which was the great error into which 
 •the Chasdim fell, who, observing the irresistible fact of the 
 power of the planets, thought they must be gods, and so 
 fell to worshipping them. The extent to which this was 
 carried may be seen by the following 
 
 OEPHIC HYMN TO KEONOS, OR SATURN. 
 
 " Illustrious or cherishing father, both of the immortal 
 gods and of men, various of counsel, spotless, powerful, 
 mighty Titan ; who consumest all things, and again thyself 
 repairest them ; who hoklest the ineffable bands through- 
 out the boundless world ; Kronos, thou universal parent of 
 successive being ; Kronos, various in design, offspring (or 
 rather fructifier) of the earth and of the starry heavens ; 
 birth, growth, consumption ; husband of Rhea ; dread 
 Prometheus, who dwellest in all parts of the world, author 
 of generation, tortuous in counsel, most excellent, hearing 
 our supplicant voice, send of our life a happy, blameless 
 end." 
 
 The latter words of this prayer had evident reference to 
 the idea which prevailed among the Chasdim, very gener- 
 ally, that Saturn had ruled over the "end" of all men. 
 Hence Ptolemy says, " Saturn, moving in the last sphere, 
 regulates the final old age." 
 
 This kind of adoration or worship of the Heavenly Host 
 aj)pears to have existed a long time, many ages, and per- 
 haps thousands of years, before mankind began to make 
 " graven images of things in heaven," for, as a veiy learned 
 author has observed, " originally in Rome, Greece, and 
 Egypt, which conveys with it India, there was no idolatry, 
 except it was simply the Linga, as the emblem of the cre- 
 ative power." 
 
THE ANCIENT GOD SATURN, OR KRONOS. 
 
 41 
 
 A description of the Saxon Seater, or Saturn, is given, 
 which declares him to be an old man, standing on a fish, 
 with a basket of fruits and flowers in his right hand, and a 
 wheel in his left. I think this connects him clearly with 
 the old Sidonian idol, Dagon, of which we read in the 
 Scriptures. For the term " Dagon " im- 
 plies corn of all sorts, and it is known 
 that Saturn ruled over agriculture, and 
 of course over "corn." Hence, the fish 
 on which Seater stands appears to be 
 equivalent to the "fishy parts," or lower 
 parts, of Dagon. The fruits and flowers 
 in the hand of Seater have evident ref- 
 erence to the rule of this planet (Saturn) 
 over the produce of the earth generally ; 
 an old astrological doctrine, which gave 
 birth to the myth that Saturnus was born 
 of Terra, the earth. The wheel which he 
 carries in his left hand is generally taken 
 as an emblem of revolution, or change ; 
 but I think at first the emblem was 
 chosen to show that the great and im- 
 portant hebdomadal period was com- 
 pleted by him, or on his day, the sev- 
 enth day of the week, and that then the week recommenced. 
 I would here observe that the planet Saturn not only 
 had rule, as before said, over the " end " of every man, 
 but over old age generally ; and that whenever Saturn de- 
 notes any person in astrology, it is always an aged person. 
 Now, the word signifying old age in the Hebrew is Shib ; 
 and it is remarkable that this very root enters into all the 
 terms that seem to have any reference to Saturn. Thus, 
 Shib implies to return, to cause to return ; it so expresses 
 the completion of the period of time, as in theshuba he- 
 
42 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 shina, the return of the year. And the day of Saturn com- 
 pletes the week, when its commencement returns. The 
 word Shiba denotes gray hairs, referring to the period of 
 life ruled by Saturn. The word Shibat denotes the 
 eleventh month, when the sun is in the sign of Aquarius, 
 the house or special domain of Saturn. Again, Shibeleth 
 is an ear of corn, which is under the rule of Saturn, in his 
 character of Dagon. Then there is the word Shibel, the 
 leg and foot, ruled by the sign Aquarius, already named 
 as the house of Saturn, and Shibu, the Turquoise stone, 
 said to be ruled by Saturn. The term Shibong implies 
 enough, full, to saturate, in reference to the abundance of 
 corn produced by Saturn. The same word Shibong is 
 used for a week of seven days ; and when in regimine, it is 
 Shiboth ; and we find Shibeth to be the verb signifying to 
 cease, leave off, or rest from work. As a noun, Shibeth is 
 a cessation from labor, a rest from work, a Sabbath ; 
 whether that of the seventh day, the tenth day, or the sev- 
 enth month, or that of the seventh year. In all these terms, 
 therefore, Ave find a reference to the planet Saturn, who 
 ruled over the seventh day among the ancient Egyptians, 
 which reference is too clear, too decided, too often re- 
 peated, to be the result of mere accident. It follows, 
 therefore, that Moses, who was skilled in all the learning 
 of the Egyptians, designedly adopted the day of Saturn 
 for his sacred day, or sabbath. I do not say that he did 
 this wholly in compliment to that planet ; but I do con- 
 ceive that the belief among the Egyptians and the Hebrew 
 people, that Saturn's evil influence was upon all works be- 
 gun upon that day, made it appear a more fit day than any 
 other of the days of the week to be declared a sabbath, or 
 day of rest, when no works or labors should be carried on. 
 Hence, in Scotland, noone will marry on that day. 
 
 There are numerous other Hebrew and Arabic terms into 
 
THE ANCIENT GOD SATUKN, OK KEONOS. 43 
 
 which this root Shib enters, which it would be tedious to 
 mention ; but I may name one other which frequently oc- 
 curs, namely, mtjshib, a dwelling or habitation, which in 
 astrology is entirely under the influence of Saturn, who 
 rules houses or buildings. But if there were any doubt 
 that this root had reference to Saturn, it would be de- 
 stroyed by the fact that the name of this planet among the 
 ancient Hebrews was Shibetai ; which, although it may not 
 be met with in some modern Hebrew lexicons, is beyond 
 dispute, because Scaliger himself, a very learned man, 
 quotes it from Rabbi Moses, to whom he gives this testi- 
 mony : Primus inter Hebroeos nugari desivit ; and from 
 R. Aben-Esra, whom he calls Magistrum Judceum et homi- 
 nem supra captam Judceorum. And it is found in R. Isaac 
 Hazan, whom the Jews conceive to have been the author of 
 the Astronomical Tables of Alphonsus ; also in R. Abarbanel, 
 R. Isaac Israelita, R. Jacob Raphael Ben Samuel, Aben-Are, 
 and R. Ghomer, and others of the most learned men of the 
 Hebrew nation. I can only conceive the reason of its 
 omission by Parkhurst, and other lexicon-writers, to have 
 been their prejudice against the whole science of astrology. 
 I must make one exception, however, for we find that the 
 celebrated Spanish Jew, Jacob Rodrigues Moreira, three 
 hundred years ago, in his " Kehilath Jahacob," has given in 
 the list of the " Seven Planets, and their power in the 
 seven days of the week," in Hebrew, " Shibet Ium Shibe- 
 tai," in English, " Saturn, Saturday," and in Spanish, " Sa- 
 turno, Sabado." 
 
 It has been generally imagined that the Hebrew and 
 other of the earliest nations of the East offered their chil- 
 dren in sacrifice to Saturn, under the title of Molech or 
 Moloch ; but I think it has been clearly shown that they 
 never did anything of the kind. I observe, in limine, that 
 nowhere through the Scripture, is any phrase used, when 
 
44 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 speaking of the custom among the Hebrews, which signi- 
 fies either to burn, or kill, or put to death ; but the matter 
 is never alluded to without the term heobik, which imports 
 only to " pass over," and this is sometimes used alone ; and 
 even when the full phrase is used, which is heobir bash, the 
 word bash is as correctly rendered "by the fire," as "in the 
 fire ;" and since to say " to pass over by the fire " is sense, 
 and to say " to pass over in the fire " is nonsense, I should, 
 for that reason alone, prefer the former. This leads me to 
 believe that the idolatrous Hebrews had the same custom of 
 making their children and their cattle pass over by or be- 
 tween' the fires, which has existed among many Eastern 
 nations in honor of the great king, or Moloch, which was 
 evidently the sun, because it was done, and still is done, 
 on St. John's Day, Midsummer-day, when the sun (their 
 great god) attains his highest point in the heavens. The 
 ancient Celtic colonies, who came from Phoenicia, brought 
 this custom into Ireland and Scotland, where it is yet 
 existing ; for on St. John's Day children and cattle are 
 still made to pass over the fire of St. John in these coun- 
 tries. The custom — formerly so prevalent that it was con- 
 demned by a council held at Constantinople — prevailed 
 generally in France in the seventeenth century, and was 
 found even in America, among the Brazilians. James 
 Gaff ar el, in his work translated into English in 1650, says, 
 " Christian mothers do yearly cause their children to pass 
 over the fire of St. John to this day." 
 
 A writer in a valuable periodical says, in reference to 
 this subject: "The late Lady Baird, of Ferntowers, in 
 Perthshire, told me that every year at ' Beltane ' (on May 
 1st), a number of men and women assembled at an ancient 
 Druidical circle of stones, on her property, near Crieff. 
 They light a fire in the centre, each person puts a bit of 
 oatcake in a shepherd's bonnet ; they all sit down and 
 
THE ANCIENT GOD SATUEN, OR KRONOS. 45 
 
 draw blindfold a piece of cake from the bonnet. One piece 
 has been previously blackened, and whoever gets that piece 
 has to jump through the fire in the centre of the circle, 
 and to pay a forfeit. This is, in fact, a part of the ancient 
 worship of Baal ; and the person on whom the lot fell was 
 formerly burnt as a sacrifice ; now the passing through the 
 fire represents that, and the payment of the forfeit redeems 
 the victim. It is curious that stanch Presbyterians, as 
 the people of that part of Perthshire now are, should un- 
 knowingly keep up an observance of a great heathen festi- 
 val." 
 
 There is, however, a philological mistake here ; for Bal- 
 tane is wrong, and should be Bel-teine — i.e., " The Fire 
 of Baal." 
 
 Can we believe that Solomon murdered little children by 
 burning them in the fire, because it says of him, " colebat 
 Solomon Astharten, Deam Sidoniorum ; et Moloch idolorum 
 admonitorum ? " On the other hand, when speaking of the 
 Sepharites (2 Kings xvii. 31), the record says distinctly, 
 Seraphim Bash, they turned their children in fire to 
 Adee Melech, " the glorious King ; " meaning still, as I 
 conceive, the Sun, and not Saturn. Yet I do not deny that 
 the Ammonites may have had a brazen statute of Saturn, 
 to which they sacrificed young children, as the Rabbins 
 assure us ; nor that the Carthaginians, when besieged by 
 Agathocles, tyrant of Sicily, did, as Diodorus states, sacri- 
 fice the best of their own children to Kronos ; for he men- 
 tions the words Kpovov x a ^«ov<;, brazen Kronos. Yet I doubt 
 whether this brazen statue may not have been, after all, 
 the same as the Jove Meilichius, represented by a pyramid, 
 so called by the Greeks, from Hvp, fire. Indeed, the 
 Roman Mulciber was another name for Vulcan, the god of 
 fire, and both are derived from the Hebrew, Melech, the 
 King, and Boa, fire ; id est, the god of fire — the Sun. 
 
VI. 
 
 DESTINY ! 
 
 " I felt in my own heart I was forced back upon a career that in 
 these more rational moments I loathed. I laid the blame upon my 
 destiny, that convenient scapegoat on which a weak spirit places all 
 the misfortunes and miseries brought about by its own incapacity 
 or misconduct. Destiny, indeed ! as though Providence had not 
 arranged that every man should be the frarner of his own destiny, 
 and that the strong, firm mind, the unblenching, fearless heart, 
 should shape its course, steady and persevering to the end, though 
 exposed to the storms of obloquy and buffeted by the waves of mis- 
 fortune."— Digby Grand : by G. J. Whyte Melville. 
 
 The above is a specimen of the way in which our modern 
 fashionable writers treat the great point in philosophy in- 
 volved in a right consideration of the question of destiny. 
 The hollow argument, the inconsistent assertion, found in 
 these few lines, are a sample of the kind of mental food 
 offered to the novel-reading public. The writer states that 
 "misfortunes and miseries "are brought about by inca- 
 pacity and misconduct ; which to a certain degree is true ; 
 for, at least, those evils are aggravated and rendered more 
 unbearable by "misconduct." But when he tells us that 
 Providence has arranged that every man should be the 
 framer of his own destiny, he simply tells us what is glar- 
 ingly false. For, if it were true, every man would, of 
 course, frame for himself a very prosperous destiny. Who 
 would subject themselves to "the proud man's contumely," 
 or who would bear with "the oppressor's wrong" if he 
 could, by his own efforts, frame to himself a better destiny ? 
 Does the orphan child, who, ignorant of its grievous loss, 
 smiles at the pomp and glitter that attend its parent to the 
 
DESTINY ! 47 
 
 grave, frame for itself that bitter and unhappy destiny ? 
 Does the weeping willow, who sees her only support — him 
 who found bread for her little ones — accidentally and sud- 
 denly swept away from the face of the earth, select for her 
 own drinking that bitter cup from the hand of destiny ? 
 Are not a vast majority of " the ills that flesh is heir to " 
 totally independent of any line of conduct followed by 
 those who suffer therefrom ? How can we control the con- 
 duct of others, even though too often there arises therefrom 
 a fearful amount of blight to our hopes, and destruction to 
 our prospects in life ? These miserables, who make a bold 
 assertion, and, like the coiner of false money, adopt a dash- 
 ing style to put off the counterfeit, imagine that mankind 
 have only to be told the untruth with a daring face, and 
 that it will then needs go down and work all the evil of 
 their poisonous intentions. But let me ask the writer of 
 this piece of philosophical buffoonery why he mentions "the 
 waves of misfortune ? " How inconsistent is this ! If there 
 be no adverse " destiny " for the " strong, firm mind " he 
 mentions, how can it meet with " misfortune ? " Why 
 should "the unblenching, fearless heart" not frame its 
 destiny free from the waves of misf ortune while about the 
 task? Surely, there is no mark of truth in this insane 
 rhapsody. The writer merely panders to the vile spirit of 
 pride exhibited by the fortunate rich, who, as David ex- 
 presses it, come not into trouble like other men. They 
 fancy that their success in life is due to their own strength 
 of mind, and their own unblenching, fearless hearts ; and 
 then they begin, like the unreasoning novel-writer, to ex- 
 claim, " I shall not be moved, for I shall never be in ad- 
 versity." How different the argument of Whyte Melville 
 to that of the wise man of old, who declared that "the race 
 is not t" the swift, nor the battle to the strong, neither yet 
 bread to the wise, nor yet riches to men of understanding, 
 
48 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 nor yet favor to men of skill, but time and chance happen- 
 eth to them all." The words here rendered "time and 
 chance " are Ki-oth upegong iqurah ath-calam, literally 
 meaning, "But time of good events and of evil events hap- 
 peneth to them all." 
 
 But do not let me be understood to advocate the doctrine 
 of blind fate, or inevitable destiny being over all a man 
 does, which would reduce him to a mere machine, and 
 render him no longer justly responsible for his deeds in 
 this life. This view of the case is the opposite extreme, 
 and just as far from the truth as that of Whyte Melville. 
 The truth lies between these extremes. Of the stars we 
 may say, Agunt, non cogunt ; they act or incline, but nowise 
 compel. Every man has held out to him the evil and the 
 good : he has free will to choose, and may, if he will, eschew 
 the evil and accept the good, and, according to the light 
 given him, must he be responsible for the deeds done in the 
 body. The stars of their own power decree not future 
 events ; they are merely the instruments of their and our 
 Creator ; but we have reason whereby we may withstand 
 the inclinations of the elements and of all things com- 
 pounded of them. But never, perhaps, do they so fatally 
 triumph over the weakness of human nature, as when they 
 carry away the vain mind of a mortal man, and lead him to 
 exclaim, in the direct language of Providence, " I will be 
 the framer of my own destiny ! " 
 
 TIME AND CHANCE. 
 
 We may affirm that all mankind have each, more or less, 
 a certain share of wisdom, power, or wealth, wherewith they 
 occupy themselves in this life, and carry forward all their 
 undertakings. Thus we see some men, by means of riches, 
 cunning, or contrivance, grow mighty, and prosper, as if 
 
DESTINY ! 49 
 
 nothing could impede the full accomplishment of their 
 designs ; and yet we find there are two things which con- 
 found the wisest, the greatest, and proudest of them all, 
 in the very summit of their glory : these are Time and 
 Chance — two mighty lords upon earth, which bring to pass 
 many strange and marvellous events. Time is that motion 
 of space which proceeded out of eternity when the world 
 began, and holdeth on unto eternity, which is to succeed 
 at the world's end. Out of this one long time are en- 
 gendered infinite spaces of time, of a great variety of sorts ; 
 and these are either general or special, and each of them 
 either fortunate or unfortunate. There is a time for every 
 purpose under Heaven ; a time of pleasure and another time 
 of pain and grief ; a time to rise, and a time to fall ; a time 
 to be bom, and a time to die. There is a certain lucky 
 time in man's life, wherein if he go out to battle, though 
 with but few men, yet he carrieth the victory ; and there 
 is another time wherein, though he go out with ever so 
 complete an army, yet shall he gain nothing but disgrace. 
 So also there is a time when overtures of marriage shall be 
 successful, but a man's desires answer it not ; and again 
 there is a time when desires of marriage shall strongly 
 urge, and all overtures shall exactly correspond and suit 
 together. In like manner there is a time when prosperity 
 and riches shall offer themselves and be attained, whether 
 a man sleep or wake ; and by and by, though he pursue 
 them with wings, yet so unlucky a time occurs, as renders 
 all his endeavors fruitless. Some men come into the world 
 in a lucky hour, so that, let them be wise or foolish, they 
 shall be buoyed up on the wings of fate, in all matters of 
 wealth or honor, and succeed in all that they take to ; 
 while wiser and better men, smitten with an unlucky time 
 of birth, shall be as undeservedly disparaged, and all their 
 undertakings shall prove unsuccessful and unhappy. Some 
 4 
 
50 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 shall be lucky in the van of their enterprises, and as un- 
 fortunate in their rear ; others again contrariwise. And 
 thus time seems to mock and sport with the men of this 
 life, and to advance, or counteract, all their skill and con- 
 trivances, even to a degree infinitely beyond whatever we 
 could reasonably conceive or expect. And yet time of itself 
 is but a dead thing, and a mere instrument ; but the wheels 
 of the heavens, turning upon it, imprint riddles in its face, 
 and carve and cut out the various shapes of prosperity and 
 adversity upon the minutest portion thereof. And wonder- 
 ful it is to observe, that a child, the moment it draws 
 breath, becomes time-smitten by the face of Heaven, and 
 receives an impression from the stars therein, which, tak- 
 ing rise from the ascendant, sun, moon, and other principal 
 significators, operate as the impressors stand, and point 
 out the causes whence the fate and fortune of the new-bom 
 infant proceed ; and whether it comes before or at its full 
 time, or in what part of the world soever it is bom, it 
 matters not ; for, as the nature of the significators are that 
 ascend upon the horizon at the birth, such shall certainly 
 be the fortune of the native. And these significators rep- 
 resent, as it were, a series of curious knots, which untie 
 by course ; and, as every knot unties, different times seem 
 to fly out, and perform their errands ; and of these, some- 
 times we may observe two or more lucky knots opening 
 together, and at other times, as many that are inauspicious. 
 Yet all times are beautiful in their seasons, if men could 
 hit them ; but through the malignity of sin, and an intem- 
 perate pursuit of worldly pleasures, we often lose the favor- 
 able time afforded us of embracing the most substantial 
 happiness. 
 
 The second great lord over human inventions is Chance. 
 And these chances proceed from a great variety of rare and 
 secret operations of Heaven, which throw in the way of 
 
DESTINY ! 51 
 
 men those strange and fortuitous turns of fortune, that 
 surpass all human foresight or conception. And yet there 
 is really no such thing as chance in nature ; but all those 
 curious hits, that strike in between the cause and its 
 effects, we call chances, as best suiting human ideas, be- 
 cause of the undescribable properties of them. For in 
 shuffling a pack of cards, or in casting the dice, it seems 
 to us a mere chance what cast should happen uppermost, 
 or what card will go to the bottom of the pack ; and yet 
 it is evident, by experience, that there is a certain luck 
 in nature, which presides over all these adventures, so that 
 a man shall either win or lose in a methodical course. 
 It also happen in the time of battle, and in every pursuit 
 after wealth and honor, that chances fall in upon us, and 
 turn the scale by a secret kind of fate, beyond all that 
 could reasonably have been expected, and thus Heaven 
 breathes into all human actions an infinity of these chances, 
 that overturn the wisdom, and power, and all the great- 
 ness of man. These chances are uniformly managed by 
 some heavenly influence that infuses a secret or poison into 
 our actions, as courage into their hearts on one side, or 
 dismay on the other ; and skill into some men's heads to 
 pursue the right course to be rich, or folly into others, 
 whereby they run headlong to misery and want ; or else 
 fortunateth or unfortunateth by mistake of words, signals, 
 or acts, that turn to the best or worst advantage, by strange 
 hits or miscarriages ; and thus it happens that a slight mis- 
 take in battle begets an utter rout, after a victory made 
 almost complete, by the mere utterance of a wrong word, 
 or steering an improper course. But, which way soever it 
 happens, the whole matter is wrought by a good or ill 
 luck ; not by any new - contrived act, but by the same 
 regular course of Nature ordained from the beginning of 
 the world. 
 
52 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 Thus both Time and Chance are the servants of Nature, 
 under whose commands they sway the world, and worldly 
 men ; but by her laws are both of them disposed. Time 
 measures out the extent of men's lives, and sets bounds 
 how long they may live by strength of Nature, and how 
 much of that time shall be extenuated by means of sin ; 
 and it also carves out limits to the particular fates of all 
 mankind ; and Chance acts in observance of those limits, 
 and brings about the good and bad success of every fate. 
 And thus, by the service of Time and Chance, Nature per- 
 forms all her great and secret operations, whether upon 
 collective bodies, or places, or persons. It may be thought 
 strange that Nature should bring forth men and women at 
 a great distance of years, hours, and places, all destined 
 to die at one time, and by the same manner of death, either 
 by war, plague, pestilence, or shipwreck ; and that Time 
 and Chance should pick them up, and draw them together 
 from a variety of different pursuits, to partake at last in 
 one and the same destructive fate. — From the Encyclope- 
 dia Britannica. 
 
VII. 
 
 THE MONTHS AND WEEKS. 
 
 The Thoth, or first month of the Egyptian year, was 
 originally commenced by the early astronomers of that 
 nation at the time the Sun came to the southern tropic, 
 December 21st, when the days began to lengthen, and a 
 new year appeared to commence. Their year consisted of 
 12 months, each containing 30 days, and 5 epagomena, or. 
 voids, making in all 365 days. The months were named 
 after the signs containing the Sun, and each planet was 
 said to rule the Sun as he passed through the signs or 
 houses, of which each planet had two — the Sun and Moon 
 having but one each. The following table of the houses, 
 or chief dignities of the planets, is exactly the same as that 
 found in the mummy-case of the Archon of Thebes, in 
 ancient Egypt, as may be seen in the British Museum : 
 
 
 Q 
 
 
 
 D E3 
 
 
 
 1T£ 
 
 S 
 
 n 
 
 
 
 =2= 
 
 ? 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 "l 
 
 $ 
 
 T 
 
 
 
 t 
 
 U 
 
 X 
 
 
 
 V3 
 
 *? 
 
 <cs? 
 
 
 EGYPTIAN. 
 
 ENGLISH. 
 
 
 SIGN. 
 
 RULING PLANET 
 
 Thoth 
 
 Decembei 
 
 
 V3 
 
 Saturn. 
 
 Paophi 
 
 January 
 
 
 £? 
 
 Saturn. 
 
 Athyr 
 
 February 
 
 
 X 
 
 Jupiter. 
 
 Cohiac 
 
 March 
 
 
 T 
 
 Mars. 
 
 Tybi 
 
 April 
 
 
 8 
 
 Venus. 
 
54 
 
 I 
 
 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 
 EGYPTIAN. 
 
 ENGLISH. 
 
 SIGN. 
 
 RULING PLANET, 
 
 Mechir 
 
 May 
 
 n 
 
 Mercury. 
 
 Phanienoth * 
 
 June 
 
 s 
 
 Moon. 
 
 Pharmonti * 
 
 July 
 
 SI 
 
 Sun. 
 
 Paslions 
 
 August 
 
 HE 
 
 Mercury. 
 
 Payni 
 
 September 
 
 <-/\- 
 
 Venus. 
 
 Epiphi 
 
 October 
 
 m 
 
 Mars. 
 
 Mesori 
 
 November 
 
 * 
 
 Jupiter. 
 
 Then the months may be shown, according to the Ro- 
 mans as follows : 
 
 December was sacred to Saturn, the Sun being in his 
 house (Capricornus) ; and Saturn being at the greatest 
 distance from the Sun. 
 
 January or Janus, whose double face had its origin in 
 the fact of the Sun in two successive signs being ruled by 
 Saturn. It is remarkable that he and Saturn are said to 
 have governed together in Italy. 
 
 February was sacred to Neptune, by which was meant 
 Jupiter in his character as a sea-god, for his chariot was 
 drawn by Hippocampi, which were horses in their fore 
 parts and fishes in their hinder ; thus exemplifying the two 
 houses of Jupiter, f the Archer, drawn with partly the 
 body of the horse, and also K the fishes. Two days in the 
 month, the 1st and 13th, were sacred to Jupiter. 
 
 March was named after Mars, the first day being sacred 
 to him. The Equiria were games held on the 14th day, in 
 honor of Mars. 
 
 April was sacred to Venus, to whom the 1st and 23d days 
 were dedicated. 
 
 May was so named from Maia, the mother of Mercury, 
 whose birth was said to have occurred on the 15th day. 
 
 * Did not these words mean the light month, from pha light, and unenoth a month ? 
 Also phar light, and monti month — the month or origin of light ? 
 
THE MONTHS AND WEEKS. 55 
 
 The, 14th was sacred to Mercury, the sun being in his 
 house, Gemini. 
 
 June was named from Juno, who was the same as Diana, 
 or Luna, the Moon. The first day was sacred to her. The 
 Sun is then in her house, Cancer. 
 
 July was sacred to Jupiter, meaning Jupiter Ammon, 
 being an Egyptian term for the Sun, the greater light be- 
 ing then in his own house, Leo. The Ludi Apollinares 
 were eight days of festival held in his honor this month. 
 
 August was sacred to Ceres, the goddess of corn, who is 
 drawn with a bunch of wheat in her hand, to represent the 
 sign Virgo, the house of Mercury. The 13th day was 
 sacred to Vertumnus, change — the astrological character of 
 Mercury. 
 
 September was under the protection of Vulcan, the hus- 
 band of Venus, who was herself termed Vulcanus ; thus 
 Plautus, " Vulcanus, Sol, Luna, Lies, dei quatuor, scelles- 
 tiorem nullum illuxere alterum " — Venus, the Sun, Moon, 
 and Jupiter, four deities who never shine upon the unfort- 
 unate (a very good astrological aphorism). The Sun is 
 this month in the house of Venus, viz. Libra. It is remark- 
 able that the 25th day was sacred to Venus and Saturn, 
 and the 27th to Venus the mother. Saturn has dignities 
 in Libra (his exaltation). 
 
 October was under the protection of Mars, in whose 
 honor the Armilustrium festival and sacrifices took place 
 on the 19th day, when the Romans assembled their army. 
 The Sun this month is in the house of Mars (Scorpio). 
 
 November was under the protection of Diana, goddess of 
 hunting ; the 14th day was set apart for the trial of horses, 
 Lectisternia festival was held, also the Neptunalia games, all 
 of these being allusions to Jupiter and the sign of the 
 Archer ( f ), which is his house. On the first day a solemn 
 banquet in honor of Jupiter took place. 
 
56 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 It is a remarkable confirmation of this hypothesis (of the 
 derivation of the houses of the planets) that the Thoth of 
 the Egyptians, if it was first commenced on December 21st, 
 would in the process of time fall back (in consequence of 
 the year being some hours longer than the 365 days as 
 they reckoned it), until it came to be on February 26th in 
 the year b.c. 747, which was the commencement of the era 
 of Nabonnasser. 
 
VIII. 
 
 SATURN AND THE SABBATH OF THE JEWS. 
 
 Many circumstances point to the Chaldsean origin of 
 Egyptian astronomy. The Egyptian Zodiac corresponded 
 with the Dodecatemoria of the Chaldseans, and though 
 some of the Chaldsean constellations were modified in 
 Egyptian temples, yet sufficient general resemblance exists 
 between the Egyptian arrangement and that which other 
 nations derived from the Chaldseans, to show the real origin 
 of the figures which adorn Egyptian Zodiac temples. The 
 argument derived from astrological fancies is even stronger, 
 for the whole system of astrological divination is so artifi- 
 cial and peculiar that it must of necessity be ascribed to 
 one nation. To find the system prevailing among any 
 people is of itself a sufficient proof that they were taught 
 by that nation. Nor can any question arise as to the na- 
 tion which invented the system. The Egyptians themselves 
 admitted the superiority of the Chaldsean astrologers, and 
 the common consent of all the oriental nations accorded 
 with this view. We know that in Rome, although Armeni- 
 ans, Egyptians, and Jews were consulted as astronomers, 
 Chaldseans were held to be the most proficient. " Ghal- 
 dceas sed major erit fiducia," says Juvenal of the Roman 
 ladies who consulted fortune-tellers : " quicquid Dixerit 
 artrologus, credent a fonte relatis Ammonis " — whatever the 
 Chaldsean astrologers may say, they trust as though it 
 came from Jupiter Ammon. Another argument in favor 
 of the Chaldsean origin of astronomy and astrology is 
 derived from the fact that the systems of astronomy taught 
 
58 ASTKOLOGY. 
 
 in Egypt, Babylon, Persepolis, and elsewhere, do not cor- 
 respond with the latitude of those places ; but this argu- 
 ment (which I have considered at some length in Appendix 
 A to my treatise on Saturn) need not detain us here. It is 
 sufficient to observe that in Egypt the astrological system 
 was early received and taught. 
 
 " Egypt," says a modern writer, " a country which for 
 the loveliness of its nights, might well be an importer of 
 such a system. ... To each planet is attributed a 
 mystic influence, and to every heavenly body a supernatural 
 agency, and all the stars that gem the sky were supposed 
 to exert an influence over the birth, and life, and destiny 
 of man ; hence arose the casting of nativities, prayers, in- 
 cantations, and sacrifices — of which we have traces even 
 to the present day in those professors of astrology and 
 divination, the gypsies, whose very name links them with 
 the ancient country of such arts." 
 
 One of the cardinal principles of astrology was this : 
 that every hour and every day is ruled by its proper planet. 
 Now, in the ancient Egyptian astronomy, there were seven 
 planets ; two, the Sun and Moon, circling round the earth, 
 the rest circling round the Sun. The period of circulation 
 was apparently taken as the measure of each planet's dig- 
 nity, probably because it was judged that the distance cor- 
 responded to the period. We know that some harmonious 
 relation between the distances and periods was supposed 
 to exist. When Kepler discovered the actual laAv, he con- 
 ceived that he had in reality found out the mystery of 
 Egyptian astronomy, or, as he expressed it, that he had 
 " stolen the golden vases of the Egyptians." Whether they 
 had clear ideas as to the nature of this relation or not, it is 
 certain that they arranged the planets in order (beginning 
 with the planet of longest period) as follows : 
 
SATURN AND THE SABBATH OP THE JEWS. 59 
 
 1. Saturn. 5. Venus. 
 
 2. Jupiter. 6. Mercury. 
 
 3. Mars. ' 7. The Moon. 
 
 4. The Sun. 
 
 The hours were devoted in continuous succession to 
 these bodies; and as there were twenty-four hours in 
 each Chaldsean or Egyptian day, it follows that with what- 
 ever planet the day began the cycle of seven planets (be- 
 ginning with that one) was repeated three times, making 
 twenty-one hours, and then the first three planets of the 
 cycle completed the twenty-four hours, so that the fourth 
 planet of the cycle (so begun) ruled the first hour of the 
 next day. Suppose, for instance, the first hour of any day 
 was ruled by the Sun — the cycle for the day would there- 
 fore be the Sun, Venus, Mercury, the Moon, Saturn, Jupiter, 
 and Mars, which repeated three times, would give twenty- 
 one hours ; the twenty- second, twenty-third, and twenty- 
 fourth hours would be ruled respectively by the Sun, Venus, 
 and Mercury, and the first hour of the next day would be 
 ruled by the Moon. Proceeding in the same way through 
 this second day, we find that the first hour of the third day 
 would be ruled by Mars, the first hour of the fourth day 
 would be ruled by Mercury, the first hour of the fifth day 
 by Jupiter, of the sixth by Venus, and of the seventh by 
 Saturn. The seven days in order being assigned to the 
 planet ruling, their first hour would therefore be : 
 
 1. The Sun's day (Sunday). 
 
 2. The Moon's day (Monday, Lundi). 
 
 3. Mars's day (Tuesday, Mardi). 
 
 4. Mercury's day (Wednesday, Mercredi). 
 
 5. Jupiter's day (Thursday, Jeudi). 
 
 6. Venus's day (Friday, Veneris dies, Vendredi). 
 
 7. Saturn's day (Saturday ; Ital. il Sabbato). 
 
60 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 Dion Cassius, who wrote in the third century of our 
 era, gives this explanation of the nature of the Egyptian 
 week, and of the method in which the arrangement was de- 
 rived from their system of astronomy. It is a noteworthy 
 point that neither the Greeks nor Eomans in his time used 
 the week, which was a period of strictly oriental origin. 
 The Romans only adopted the week in the time of Theo- 
 dosius, toward the close of the fourth century, and the 
 Greeks divided the month into periods of ten days ; so 
 that, for the origin of the arrangement connecting the 
 days of the week with the planets, we must look to the 
 source indicated by Dion Cassius. It is a curious illustra- 
 tion of the way in which traditions are handed down, not 
 only from generation to generation, but from nation to 
 nation, that the Latin and Western nations receiving the 
 week along with the doctrines of Christianity, should, never- 
 theless, have adopted the nomenclature in use among as- 
 trologers. It is impossible to say how widely the knowledge 
 of astrology has spread, or how deeply it has penetrated, 
 for the practices of astrologers were carried on in secret, 
 wherever Sabaism was rejected as a form of religion ; but 
 that in some mysterious way this knowledge spread among 
 nations professing faith in the Supreme Being, and that 
 even to this day they are secretly accepted in Mahometan 
 and even Christian communities, cannot be disputed. How 
 much more must such knowledge have affected the Jews, 
 led out by Moses from the very temple of astrology? 
 Knowing what we do of the influence of such matters in 
 our own time, can we wonder if three thousand years ago 
 Moses found it difficult to dispossess his followers of the 
 belief in " the host of Heaven," or if, a few generations later, 
 even the reputed prophetess Deborah should have been 
 found proclaiming that "the stars in their courses" had 
 fought against the enemy of Israel. That the Egyptians 
 
SATURN AND THE SABBATH OF THE JEWS. 61 
 
 dedicated the seventh day of the week to the outermost or 
 highest planet, Saturn, is certain ; and it is presumable 
 that this day was a day of rest in Egypt. — From an article 
 by Mr. R A. Proctor, in the Contemporary Review for March, 
 1875. 
 
IX. 
 
 GREEK MYTHOLOGISTS. 
 
 The Greek mythologists elaborated from this lord or 
 chief of the Sabean idolatry both Jupiter and Apollo, the 
 former as king of Heaven, the latter as the local deity of 
 the Sun. The Moon was the next object worshipped after 
 the Sun : hence we find the constant allusion to Bel and 
 the Dragon, which Dragon signified the Moon's path in the 
 heavens. The Moon's north node, or where she crosses the 
 ecliptic into north latitude, has always been known by as- 
 trologers as the "Dragon's Head ;" and the south node, or 
 where she crosses it into south latitude, as the " Dragon's 
 Tail." And we shall find that the curious fact of the Buddh- 
 ists having nine planets, whereas there are in reality but 
 seven,* will be thus accounted for. 
 
 Buddhist Planets. 
 
 1. Hiru, Iru or Iiru The Sun . . Its day . . Sunday 
 
 2. Sicura, or Sihura Venus. . . . " . .Friday 
 
 3. Angaharu, or Angharua .Mars .... " . .Tuesday 
 
 4. Rahu (or Eclipse) — 
 
 Dragon's Head 
 
 5. Henahura, or Henha- 
 
 hura Saturn ... " . . Saturday 
 
 6. Kandu The Moon. " . .Monday 
 
 7. Budahu, or Budhuha ...Mercury.. " ..Wednesday 
 
 8. Braspaty, or Braspatia . . Jupiter " . . Thursday 
 
 9. Keetu (or Keetoo) — 
 
 Dragon's Tail 
 ♦Recently discovered planets, or lanetoids, are not here considered. 
 
 
GREEK MYCOLOGISTS. 63 
 
 The reader will here observe that each planet has one 
 day of the week appljed to it by the Buddhists, and that 
 they are just the same days as among the ancient oriental na- 
 tions, the Greeks, the Eomans, the Saxons, and the modern 
 Europeans. Hence it is clear that they all had one and the 
 same origin, which we think may easily be shown to have been 
 Egyptian. The Buddhist term for the Sun, Iru, Iiru, or Hiru, 
 is evidently taken from Orus, or Horus, the Egyptian name 
 for Apollo (the Sun), according to Herodotus. It will be 
 seen that the name of Buddha is formed from Budhaha, or 
 Budahu, the name of Mercury. We think, then, that this 
 may have arisen from a dim remembrance of the great 
 name of the Hermes Trismegistus, or Mercurius Trisme- 
 gistus, i.e., ter maximus, thrice great, by reason of his virt- 
 ues and great learning. He lived about the time of Moses, 
 and by some has been thought to be the same. Hermes 
 was the Greek name of Mercury ; but the Great Hermes 
 was Thoth, an Egyptian. He first divided the day into 
 hours. Hermes in Greek signified the " Interpreter of the 
 Gods ; " and Mercury was always represented as the " Mes- 
 senger of the Gods." We believe, then, that Buddha is this 
 very " thrice great " Mercury ; for the original Buddha is 
 represented as the founder of a new religion, and the more 
 modern Buddha, whose temple was lately exhibited, is the 
 reviver of the religion of the Buddhas. There were a vast 
 number of serpents as decorations about the various masks, 
 drawings, etc., and among them we perceive the character 
 of the Caduceus, or rod of Mercury, which was figured 
 among the Egyptians like two serpents knit together in 
 the middle, which were symbols of the planets' paths in the 
 heavens, he (Mercurius Trismegistus) being skilful in as- 
 tronomy. The rod of iEsculapius (god of physic) was also 
 wound about with serpents, " these animals being reckoned 
 medicinal," says Suetonius ; but we believe it was to show 
 
64 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 that, by means of the planets, diseases were to be cured — 
 a doctrine still held among the Buddhists. Rahu (or eclipse) 
 is numbered among the planets, and is described as " a 
 gigantic wanderer in the heavens, frightening the celestial 
 hosts." This being is the "Dragon's Head," which is al- 
 ways put into the figures of the ancient as of the modem 
 astrologers ; and if any planet be with it, that planet is 
 said to suffer, as the Sun and Moon do, during an eclipse. 
 It has "neither day nor constellation," and it does "wan- 
 der " in the heavens truly, going contrary to the order of 
 the signs. Hence the original of the celestial hosts (the 
 other planets) being frightened at it. That Eahu is this 
 character is evident, as he is seen standing at Buddha's foot, 
 with the bQdy of a man and the head of a serpent or dragon. 
 In all the drawings given by Mr. Upham of their incanta- 
 tions (astrological figures of the heavens) Rahu is so repre- 
 sented ; and in those of Keetu or Keetoo, the " Dragon's 
 Tail " of astrologers, we find the head of a man and the tail 
 of a serpent or dragon. Thus the two extra planets of the 
 Buddhists are the Moon's nodes, or, astrologically speaking, 
 the dragon's head and tail. The sixth hieroglyphic, No. 4, 
 represents Buddha as born of a virgin, which we believe al- 
 ludes to the sign Virgo, being the house, exaltation or chief 
 dignity of Mercury, or that sign in which he has most 
 power. The fourth hieroglyphic exhibits the twin children 
 of Buddha, which is an allusion to Gemini, or the twins 
 (•" the pair " in Buddhist astronomy), being the other house 
 of Mercury. The red deity, Mara, is evidently a planet. 
 The letter a seems to be a mere termination ; as a vast 
 number of other names end in it, and if we change it into 
 the European final letter s, we have the word Mars, which 
 planet is red in the heavens, and has always been repre- 
 sented as a fiery, evil planet. The history of Buddha rep- 
 resents Mara as always inimical to him ; and in astrology 
 
GREEK MYTHOLOGISTS. 65 
 
 Mara is always an enemy to Mercury. Mara is drawn with 
 a battle-axe or spear fti one hand and a cock or horned goat 
 in the other, also with an ox or peacock by his side. This 
 shows that he was Mars, the god of war, to whom the cock 
 was dedicated ; and the hornet goat proves that it was the 
 planet Mars, because Capricornus (the horned goat) is the 
 sign in which Mars is exalted — his chief dignity. The ox 
 is the Buddhist Aries, or first sign of the Zodiac, which sign 
 is the house of Mars, The character of Mara, violent, war- 
 like, "the propagator of all evil," and his fiery-red color, 
 agree also with the astrological character of the planet. In 
 the same manner the Moon is represented to have been 
 surprised when bathing by Mara. Here is the fable of Ac- 
 tseon and Diana (the Moon) ; whence we may perceive that 
 the mythologic and astrologic fables have spread along 
 with astrology among the nations of India. The Chachra, 
 or thunderbolt of Mara, is also common to Vishnu (Jupi- 
 ter) ; which shows that it was from the earliest time ob- 
 served that these two planets are the chief causes of thun- 
 der. The character of Vishnu in Buddhism is that of a mild 
 and benevolent deity, just that which astrology has always 
 given to Jupiter, though when Mars and Jupiter come to- 
 gether there is more violent thunder than at any other 
 period. This was the opinion of Pliny. The figure of 
 Brachma, with four faces, denotes the Sun, the four seasons, 
 and the four triplicities of the Zodiac, viz., the airy, fiery, 
 earthy, and watery. The twelve Rahats behind the bed of 
 Buddha denote the character of Mercury's various influences 
 in the twelve signs of the Zodiac. Among the Singhalese, 
 a Hora is a planetary hour, just as it is among the Arab 
 and old European astrologers. The word Hora in Sanscrit 
 signifies the same as in Latin — an hour ; and the only hours 
 at first known were the planetary hours, the day being di- 
 vided into them, and ruled by them in rotation, the Sun 
 5 
 
66 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 ruling the first hour after sunrise on Sunday, the Moon 
 ruling the first on Monday, Mars on Tuesday, Mercury on 
 Wednesday, Jupiter on Thursday, Venus on Friday, and 
 Saturn on Saturday. This shows that the division of the 
 day into hours, and the week into seven days, as well as 
 the calling the seven days by the names of the planets, are 
 of astrological origin. The word Hora in Latin was taken 
 from the Greeks, who took it from the Hebrew ok, lux, 
 light or day ; but this came originally from the Egyptian 
 word Horus or Orus, which we have mentioned on the 
 authority of Herodotus, as their name of the Sun, the foun- 
 tain of light. We have made it clear, therefore, that both 
 the astrological term Hora, and the astronomical term 
 Hiru among the Buddhists, came from Egypt. It is plain, 
 then, that Buddhism is nothing more nor less than a vast 
 corruption of Sabseism, or planet-worship, which was itself 
 a corruption of the ancient purity of astrology, as first 
 practised among the Egyptians. 
 
X. 
 
 ELEUSINIAN MYSTERIES. 
 
 " The two main principles on which the religion of Egypt 
 was based, appear to be the existence of an Omnipotent 
 Being, whose various attributes being deified, formed a 
 series of divinities, each worshipped under its own peculiar 
 form, and supposed to possess its particular office ; and 
 the deification of the Sun and Moon, from which it might 
 appear that a sort of Sabsean worship had once formed part 
 of the Egyptian creed." Astrology, therefore, is not a re- 
 cent invention. Even the system of planetary hours is at 
 least as old as the 18th dynasty, and how much older it is 
 impossible to say. 
 
 The sarcophagi of the monarchs of the 18th dynasty 
 were decorated with representations of the Sun-mythos, 
 viz., the passage of the Sun through the twelve hours of 
 the day and those of the night. The Sun passes in a bark, 
 always accompanied by seven deities, who differ according 
 to the hour, and who appear to represent the Moon and 
 planetary system. This, which forms a clew to the my- 
 thology of the 18th and 19th dynasties, shows that at this 
 period the twelve great Gods of Egypt were the personifica- 
 tions of the Sun in the respective hours, and those of the 
 twelve hours of night the lesser gods. At each hour the 
 Sun assumes a new type on the Pantheon ; he is Horus in 
 the early hours of the dawn, Ra at midday, and At urn at 
 sunset. 
 
 The rule of these seven deities over the twice twelve 
 hours of the day is arranged as follows : First, the order 
 
68 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 of application is observed as in horary questions ; that is, 
 the Moon applies to and separates from Mercury, Mercury 
 from Venus, and so on, the order of application being, con- 
 sequently, Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, Sun, Venus, Mercury, the 
 Moon, according to their less motion and greater distance. 
 The first hour of a day, for instance, being assigned to Sat- 
 urn, the next in the order of application to Jupiter, and 
 so on ; the twenty-fifth hour, or the first of the next day, 
 will be the planetary hour of the Sun ; and the twenty- 
 fifth from that, or the first hour of the next day, will 
 be that of the Moon, and so on throughout the week, 
 each day having the name of the planet ruling its first 
 hour. 
 
 In the Io of Plato, Socrates says : " Homer and Hesiod 
 both write of things that relate to divination." (Astrology 
 is in part divination. — Io.) "True." — Soc. "Well, now, 
 the passages in either of these poets relating to divination, 
 who, think you, is capable of interpreting with most skill 
 and judgment, yourself or some able diviner?" — Io. "An 
 able diviner, I must own." Who the divi of the diviner 
 were is clear from Cicero De N. D., 1. 10 : " Anaximandri 
 opinio est nativos esse deos longis intervallis orientes occi- 
 dentesque eosque innumerabiles esse mundos." 
 
 A proper rebuke is administered in the Io to the mere 
 word-mongery which forms the staple commodity of mod- 
 ern scholarship, so called : " To be conversant with the 
 works of many excellent poets, especially with those of 
 Homer, the best and most divine of them all ; and to learn, 
 not merely his verses, but his meaning, as it is necessary you 
 should ; these are advantages highly to be envied. For a man 
 could never be a good rhapsodist iinless he understood 
 what he recited, because it is the business of a rhapsodist 
 to explain to his audience the sense and meaning of the port ; 
 but this it is impossible to perform well without a knowledge of 
 
ELEUSIFIAN MYSTERIES. 69 
 
 those things concerning which the poet writes. Now all this 
 certainly merits a high degree of admiration." Socrates 
 was interested in the explication of Homer's meaning. — 
 Soc. "I am persuaded you (Io) will not be so ill-natured 
 as to refuse the exhibiting before me your abilities in 
 this way." And the multitude were equally interested. 
 Sydenham observes, " For the multitude everywhere, hav- 
 ing heard that profound secrets of wisdom lay concealed 
 there (in Homer), thought there was no reason why 
 they should not be made as wise as their betters, and were 
 eager to have those hidden mysteries opened and revealed 
 to them. The Athenians, therefore, encouraged the rhap- 
 sodists to undertake the unfolding to them that secret wis- 
 dom reported to be wrapped up in the fables and allego- 
 ries of Homer." 
 
 It may be shown that this subject is one of still greater 
 interest and importance to the modern than it was to the 
 ancient multitude, learned or unlearned. 
 
 It should be remembered that what is to us mythology 
 was to pagans religion. Jupiter and Neptune, who with 
 us are the subjects of fable merely, had their temples, 
 priests, and sacrifices. 
 
 It is not true that these fables are the fables of books 
 only ; they have in all ages been written in characters of 
 blood and fire — in widow-burning by the Hindoos, and in 
 Druse massacres. 
 
 If the hidden meaning of the various mythologies, con- 
 stituting the sacred books of the pagans, could be deciph- 
 ered, and shown to refer to something else than religion, 
 an end would be put to these evils ; but as long as these 
 sacred books are thought to have the sanctions of religion, 
 their real meaning being unknown, so long will these evils 
 endure. 
 
 To investigate, therefore, the real, astrological nature of 
 
70 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 mythology, is an enterprise not simply of practical impor- 
 tance, but of the utmost possible practical importance. 
 
 Mythology, after all, is, or should be, the great question 
 of the day, even in this fastidiously practical nineteenth 
 century. 
 
XI. 
 
 THE HEAVENS. 
 
 There are in the heavens several bodies which appear to 
 shed their light on this Earth ; and also some others which, 
 having no light of themselves, serve to reflect that of the 
 Sun, and thereby become visible to our organs of sight. 
 The former are termed Fixed Stars, because they appear to 
 retain the same situation, or to be fixed in the same place ; 
 but the latter, being observed to wander, are termed Plan- 
 ets. The number and distance of the former are so exten- 
 sive, that I shall take no further notice of them here than 
 to observe that they are not much used in that portion of 
 astrology which is denominated Horary, and that those 
 persons who desire to make use of them in nativities will 
 find their right ascensions and declinations given with 
 great accuracy in the almanac for each year. 
 
 THE PLANETS. 
 
 The planets are # Herschel, >? Saturn, U Jupiter, $ Mars, 
 Sol, the Sun, $ Venus, 9 Mercury, and J) Luna, the 
 Moon. These characters have been always in use, and may 
 (with the exception of # ) be traced to the remotest an- 
 tiquity, and their origin found among the hieroglyphics of 
 Egypt. But as the object of this work is practical utility, 
 no more need be said on the subject. 
 
72 
 
 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 
 The accompanying engraving represents very exactly an ancient 
 Zodiac as sculptured on one of the temples at Thebes. We have given 
 
 ANCIENT ZODIAC AT THEBES. 
 
 it a place here, because of its never having been explained. The fig- 
 ures in the centre represent Mercury with his caduceus, Jupiter with 
 his eagle and his thunderbolts, and Venus accompanied by Cupid. 
 
THE HEAVENS. 73 
 
 As the existence of this piece of sculpture is evidently very ancient, 
 it shows that the idea of Cupid, the god of love, as connected with 
 Venus, is one of higher origin than the Greek poets, and was enter- 
 tained by the early Egyptian astrologers. The object is more, how- 
 ever, to call attention to some curious astronomical and astrological 
 phenomena in connection with this very ancient representation of 
 the Zodiac. One remarkable fact is that the sign Libra is here de- 
 picted by a naked female, which has evident allusion to that sign 
 being ruled by Venus ; and we see also that the introduction of the 
 scales, as a type of that sign, is a modern innovation. We find the 
 goat also drawn in full, and without the tail of the fish, as generally 
 seen on less ancient zodiacs. We do not believe that the ear of corn 
 was the original thing represented in the hand of Virgo ; but, as 
 seems to be here, the distaff to denote the industrious Virgin. The 
 same thing is found in the Zodiac in the great temple at Tentyra. 
 And this fact is consistent with the known circumstance that females 
 born under the sign Virgo are always industrious. 
 
 But the interesting fact relating to the very high antiquity of this 
 Zodiac is the midsummer Sun being found in the goat. When the 
 sun was at the highest point in summer, the water of the Nile began 
 to rise, which was represented by a radiant head (for the sun) pour- 
 ing forth a torrent of water ; it being anciently believed that the 
 Nile sprang originally from Osiris, the Sun. Now here we find the 
 Sun, so pouring forth this stream, when in the goat; and as the pre- 
 cession of the equinoxes causes the constellations to move forward, 
 and as the Sun, when at its highest point, is now in Gemini, it fol- 
 lows that the solstitial point has passed through seven constellations 
 since the phenomena represented in this Zodiac actually existed. 
 And as they each move past the solstitial point in 2,160 years, it fol- 
 lows that it refers to a date over 15,000 years ago ! We do not wish 
 to insinuate that we believe the Zodiac so sculptured to have been in 
 existence that long ; but we explain the fact bj r the circumstance 
 that the ancient doctrine in Egypt was that the year should begin when 
 the Sun entered the Goat ; and this doctrine was opposed by the sect 
 of the Chaldseans, who made it to begin (as we do in astrology still) 
 when the Sun enters the Ram. It is remarkable that, long before 
 the time of Moses, the Ram was alluded to by some astronomers as 
 the important epoch of the year, because when the Sun enters that 
 sign he is in his exaltation, and very powerful. And no doubt it 
 was the Chaldcean heresy (as the Egyptians would term it) that the 
 Israelites, who came from that country, followed ; for the shouting 
 and blowing Rams' horns by way of rejoicing appear to show this ; 
 
74 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 and more especially the Hebrew word Jubilee — a time of rejoicing 
 — which really means a Ram, originally so named from the rejoic- 
 ings which took place when the god of the Chaldseans, the Sun [that 
 land being under Leo, the house of the Suu] escaped from the power 
 of Typhon, the winter, and entered his exaltation, the Ram. 
 
 The Samaritans, who seem to have clung to the notion of the Goat 
 being the principal sign, had a saying in reference to its power, 
 which was, " In the beginning the Goat created the Heavens and tJie 
 Earth." But the Israelites, who were better instructed, taught that 
 " In the beginning [AleimJ God created the Heavens and the Earth." 
 And we have no doubt that Moses put forth his account of the Cre- 
 ation to prevent his people from being misled by the Egyptian doc- 
 trines as to the origin of all things being from Isis and Osiris, the 
 Sun and Moon, the Heavens, etc., and thus to prevent idolatry. 
 The term Bera, found in the Samaritan as well as the Hebrew text of 
 the first chapter of Genesis, and which we translate "created," may, 
 however, have merely referred to the astronomical fact of the begin- 
 ning or renewal of the year ; for its root is Ber, which signifies to 
 purify, or make bright and clear ; which the Goat may be said to do 
 to the Sun when he enters it, and the days begin to lengthen and 
 grow bright. 
 
 The Signs of the Zodiac. — There are twelve signs of the 
 Zodiac, each containing 30 degrees, thus making 360 de- 
 grees, into which every great circle is divided. The first 
 six are, Northern Signs, viz., f Aries, & Taurus, n Gemini, 
 ES Cancer, SL Leo, trjj Virgo ; the remaining are the Southern 
 Signs, viz., === Libra, T\[ Scorpio, f Sagittary, YS Capricorn, 
 £? Aquarius, ^ Pisces. 
 
 The first sign, f, commences the Zodiac, its beginning 
 being that spot in the heavens where the Sun is when cross- 
 ing the equator in spring ; and the latter sign, X , finishes 
 the circle of the Zodiac, the latter end of it being that spot 
 in the heavens where the Sun is when he has gone his 
 round, and is again about to enter T • 
 
 By referring to the annexed diagram, the student will 
 perceive, that when the Sun enters T (about March 21st) 
 he proceeds northward, and increases in declination until he 
 
 
THE HEAVENS. 
 
 75 
 
 reaches the tropic of S Cancer (about June 21st), when he 
 speedily begins to return to the south ; and when he 
 reaches =£=, he again crosses the equator (about September 
 
 Diagram of the Sun's Motion in the Zodiac. 
 
 Northern N Tropic. 
 
 Declination 
 
 23j degrees Noun. 
 
 WW 
 
 Southern 
 
 Declination 
 
 s 
 
 23% degrees South. 
 
 Explanation. — The space between the two outer circles 
 may be considered as the line of the Sun's motion ; and 
 then the sign opposite the name of each month will show 
 where the Sun is about the twenty-first of each month. 
 The globe in the centre may be taken for the Earth, the 
 northern parts of which receive the greater portion of the 
 Sun's light in summer, and the southern parts in winter. 
 
76 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 2M), where, Laving no declination, he causes equal day 
 and night all over the world. He then declines away to the 
 south, shortening our days in the northern hemisphere, 
 until he reaches the southern tropic V3, Capricorn ; at 
 length he returns toward the equator, and crosses it by en- 
 tering the sign T (about March 21st), where again he has 
 no declination, and gives equal days and nights. 
 
 These signs are divided into 
 
 Northern Signs T, « , LI, S, SI, i»K. 
 
 Southern Signs =a=, it[, f , V3, £?, ^i- 
 
 Tropical Signs S, and ]tf, 
 
 Equinoctial Signs. T, and =£=. 
 
 Double-bodied Signs LI, W, t > 5€- 
 
 They are again divided into 
 
 Movable T, S, =a=, Itf. 
 
 Common II, ttjz, ? , ¥:• 
 
 Fixed « , SI, m, £?". 
 
 Also into 
 
 Fiery , T, SI, t- 
 
 Earthy « , tt£, ys. 
 
 Airy n, ==*, £?• 
 
 Watery s, m, 5€. 
 
 The student must become well acquainted with the above 
 particulars ; but especially so with the northern and south- 
 ern signs, the former being opposite to the latter. By at- 
 tending to this, he will readily come to understand the 
 figure of the heavens, and the relative situations of the 
 planets. 
 
 The movable, common, and fixed signs are always in 
 square aspect to each other, three signs apart ; and the fiery, 
 earthy, airy, and watery signs are always in trine aspect to 
 each other, four signs apart. 
 
THE HEAVENS. 77 
 
 The Dragon's Head and Tail. 
 i 
 
 The Moon's north node is known by the character &, 
 termed the Dragon's Head ; and her south node by this £5 , 
 termed the Dragon's Tail. The former of these in horary 
 questions denotes good, and is considered of the character 
 of 2/ , and increases the good qualities of a benefic, with 
 which it may be found ; and diminishes the evil of a malefic 
 planet. The latter is of the nature of i> , and does the re- 
 verse. In nativities these characters have no avail, and are 
 not to be considered, except with regard to the Moon, who 
 is found to produce good or evil when she reaches them 
 by direction.* 
 
 The Part or Fortune. 
 
 This is that spot in the heavens which is equally distant 
 from the degree ascending that the Moon is from the Sun. 
 It is found by the following rule : 
 
 To find the © part of fortune in a nativity, add 90° to 
 the right ascension of the meridian, and it will give the 
 oblique ascension of the ascendant. From the oblique as- 
 cension of the ascendant subtract the oblique ascension of 
 the Sun (having first added 360° to the former, if neces- 
 sary) ; to the remainder add the right ascension of the 
 Moon ; the sum will be the right ascension of ©. 
 
 The © is always under the horizon before the full Moon, 
 and above the horizon after the full Moon. Having found 
 its right ascension, take it from that of the meridian above 
 or below the earth, according as it may be situated ; or, take 
 that of the meridian from it, and the sum or difference will 
 show the distance of © from the cusp of the 10th or 4th 
 house. 
 
 * These nodes are the points in the ecliptic where the Moon crosses from north 
 into south latitude, or the reverse, which occurs twice each month. 
 
78 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 Example. — A. K. of rnidheaven 221° 5' 
 
 Add thereto 90 
 
 Oblique asc. of the ascendant. . . . 311 5 
 Subtract oblique asc. of O 17 34 
 
 293 31 
 Add right ascension of the } . . . 345 34 
 
 639 5 
 Take away 360 
 
 It leaves right ascension of © . . 279 5 
 
 Then, as the birth took place after full Moon, and the © 
 will be above the Earth, find the difference of right ascen- 
 sion between it and the meridian above the Earth. 
 
 Thus : Eight ascension of © 279° 5' 
 
 Right ascension of the rnidheaven . 221 5 
 
 Distance of © from the 10th house 58 
 
 If the © be in the same hemisphere as the D ; that is, 
 if both be above or below the Earth, it will have the semi- 
 arc of the D ; but if otherwise, it will have the opposite 
 semi-arc ; which may be found by taking the J) 's from 180°. 
 
 The © has no influence on the health or life of the native ; 
 but it influences the pecuniary affairs very powerfully, and 
 also, in some degree, the profession or employment. 
 
 To find the Place of © in the Figure of a Horary Question. 
 — In horary astrology © is merely a symbol, and has much 
 to do with all questions regarding property, loss, or gain. 
 In this case it is found by a more simple rule, as follows : 
 
 Add together the longitude of the ascendant and longi- 
 tude of the D , from which subtract the longitude of the O : 
 the remainder will be the longitude of ©. 
 
Explanation. — In the above figure the Angles and the 
 succedent and cadent houses appear at one view. The 1st 
 house embraces 24° of longitude in the Zodiac, viz., from 
 =2= 3 0' to === 24° ; the 2d house contains 30°, viz., from === 
 24° to m 24° ; the 3d house contains 36°, viz., from 24° to 
 VS 0° 0', being 6° of TT[ and the whole of f ; the 4th house 
 contains 36°, viz., the whole of VS and 6° of £? ; the 5th 
 house contains 30°, viz., from £? 6° to }£ 6° ; and the 6th 
 house contains 24°, viz., from }£ 6° to the end of that sign, 
 or T 0° 0'. The other six houses will be found to em- 
 brace exactly the same number of degrees of the opposite 
 signs of the Zodiac ; the 7th being opposite to the 1st, the 
 8th to the 2d. If the student look for To 0° 0' on the 10th 
 house in the table of houses for London, he will find the 
 longitude of the six eastern houses, as here noted ; and, of 
 course, the six opposite or western houses have the same 
 degrees of the opposite signs on their cusps. 
 
80 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 Example. — Where was the © at 3h. 20m. p.m. of Decem- 
 ber 28, 1644 ? 
 
 Signs deg. min. 
 
 The ascendant was s 11° 33', or 3 11 33 
 
 The D was in 8 , 16° 49', or 1 16 49 
 
 4 28 22 
 For subtraction add 12 
 
 16 28 22 
 The © in VC?, 17° 54', or 9 17 54 
 
 Place of e in the figure 7 10 28 
 
 or m 10° 28'. 
 
 Erecting a Figure of the Heavens. 
 
 This is merely a map to represent the heavens at any par- 
 ticular moment, such as when a child is born, or a question 
 asked. In the first place, draw three circles, as in Fig. 1 ; 
 and then draw lines to represent the horizon, and others, 
 at right angles with them, to represent the meridian ; thus 
 will be shown the natural divisions formed by the rising 
 and setting of the Sun, and by his passing the meridian at 
 noon and midnight. Each of these quarters or quadrants 
 is to be again divided into three equal parts, forming 
 
 The Twelve Houses. — These are marked from No. 1 to 
 No. 12 ; and it will be observed that the double lines 1 
 and 7, which represent the eastern and western horizons, 
 and those marked 4 and 10, which represent the meridi- 
 ans below and above the Earth, are the cusps or commence- 
 ment of the angles. Those lines numbered 2, 5, 8, and 11, 
 are the cusps of the succedents, so called because they fol- 
 low or succeed to the angles. These houses are next in 
 power to the angles. Those lines marked 3, 6, 9, and 12, 
 
THE HEAVENS. 81 
 
 are the cusps or beginnings of the cadent houses ; so called 
 because they are cadent, that is, falling from the angles ; 
 these are the weakest of all the houses. 
 
 Thus the student will perceive, that if a planet be in one 
 of the angles, it is powerful ; if in a succedent house, it is 
 less powerful ; and if in a cadent house, it is weak and in- 
 capable of effecting much, either good or evil. 
 
 Rule to Erect the Figure of the Heavens at any Time. — 1. 
 Learn, in an ephemeris for the year, what was the right 
 ascension of O at the noon previous to the required time, 
 in hours, minutes, and seconds. To this right ascension 
 add the number of hours and minutes which have elapsed 
 since that noon ; the Sun will be the right ascension in 
 time of the meridian above the Earth (the mid-heaven) at 
 the required time. 
 
 2. Find the longitude answering to this right ascension, 
 in the column marked 10th house in the Table of Houses, 
 which longitude is to be marked over the line which de- 
 notes the mid-heaven, or 10th house. 
 
 3. In a line with this will be found the longitude on the 
 cusps of the 11th, 12th, 1st, 2d, and 3d houses ; which 
 copy out from the table, and enter over the lines which de- 
 note those respective houses. 
 
 4. Having thus completed the six eastern houses, find 
 the signs and degrees exactly opposite to each of them, 
 and enter it over the cusps of the opposite or western 
 houses, in the following order : 
 
 10th house opposite 4th house 
 
 11th " " 5th 
 
 12th " " 6th 
 
 1st or ascendant " 7th 
 
 2d house " 8th 
 
 3d " " 9th 
 
82 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 5. Having thus completed the figure, as far as regards 
 the signs of the Zodiac, it now remains to place in the 
 planets as they may he situated. The most distant from 
 the O is #, whose longitude is generally given in the 
 ephemeris for each ten days, and if the time of the figure 
 fall between it, it must be found by proportion. When 
 his longitude is found, write it in the figure, thus, # 13° 
 19', just by the cusp of the house, which falls in the same 
 sign in which f# is found. If the cusp be farther on than 
 the planet in the sign, place the planet outside the cusp ; 
 but if the planet be the farthest advanced in the sign, 
 place it inside the cusp. After having entered # , enter in 
 the same way >> , then 11, S, O, 9, &, and the J). To 
 find the exact longitude of these seven, which is usually 
 given for the noon of each day, find the distance they 
 travel in longitude between the two noons preceding and 
 succeeding the time of erecting the figure ; and then take 
 the proportional part for the time after the previous noon, 
 and add it to (or if the planet be retrograde subtract it 
 from) the planet's longitude for the previous noon. 
 
 6. Find the longitude of Q in the same manner, and 
 enter it accordingly, and place ?3 in the sign and degree 
 and minute exactly opposite thereto. 
 
 7. If it be a horary question, calculate the place of ©, 
 and enter it accordingly ; when the figure of heaven will 
 be complete. But if it be a nativity, you must calculate 
 the according to the rule given, first having prepared a 
 Speculum, or Table of Data. 
 
 Of the Aspects. 
 
 The figure of the heavens being erected, it now remains 
 to observe how the planets are situated as regards each 
 other ; or, in other words, how they are aspected. This 
 subject is considered under the headings of zodiacal as- 
 
THE HEAVENS. 83 
 
 pects, the orbs of the planets, mundane aspects and par- 
 allels, i 
 
 The Zodiacal Aspects are as follows : 
 
 Semi %, a Semi : sextile, or 30 degrees. 
 
 Semi d , a Semi-square, or 45 degrees. 
 
 %, a Sextile, or 60 degrees. 
 
 A Quintile, or distance of 72 degrees. 
 
 □ , a Square, or quartile, 90 degrees. 
 
 A, a Trine, or distance of 120 degrees. 
 
 A Sesquiquadrate, or square and a half, 135 degrees. 
 
 A Biquintile, or double quintile, 144 degrees. 
 
 <? , an Opposition, 180 degrees. 
 Good aspects are the semi-sextile, sextile, quintile, trine, 
 and biquintile. 
 
 Evil aspects are the semi-square, square, sesquiquad- 
 rate, and opposition. The conjunction, marked thus d , 
 is when two planets are in the same degree and minute of 
 the Zodiac ; when it is exact, it is very powerful, and is 
 called a partile 6 ', but if within the planets' orbs, it is called 
 aplatic conjunction, and is less powerful. To know whether 
 it should be considered at all, the orbs of the two planets 
 should be added together, and one-half the sum taken ; if 
 the planets be beyond that distance, they are not even in 
 platic 6 . The same holds good with regard to other as- 
 pects. 
 
 The orbs of the cusps of the houses are 5°, so that if a 
 planet be one-half its orb and 5° more distant from a house, 
 it is not in aspect of that house ; the same if the aspect of 
 the planet fall beyond that distance from the cusp of any 
 other house. 
 
 The Orbs of the Planets are k , 9° ; %, 9° ; $, 7°; 0, 
 15' ; 9,7°; $ , 7° ; D , 12°. # has had no orb of oper- 
 ation discovered ; but I think it may safely be considered 
 as 7 1 in all horary figures. 
 
84 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 The Mundane Aspects are formed by the houses in horary 
 astrology, and by the semi-arcs of the planets in nativities. 
 Thus, a semi * is 1 house ; a semi d , I5 ; a % , 2 houses ; 
 a d , 3 houses ; a A , 4 houses ; a sesqui □ , 4£ houses ; 
 and an 8 , 6 houses. 
 
 The £ of a semi-arc is a semi H< ; the £ of a semi-arc is a 
 semi d ; the § of a semi-arc is a * ; the whole semi-arc is 
 a □ ; and \ less than the semi-arc is a quintile ; the 
 whole semi-arc and ^ more is a A; the whole semi-arc 
 and £ more is a sesqui □ ; the T ^ part of a semi-arc 
 added to a sesqui D, is a biquintile. The entire arc of a 
 planet, or double the semi-arc, will not give the measure 
 of its distance from the opposite point of its place ; but if 
 the two semi-arcs of a planet, both diurnal and nocturnal, 
 be added together, they make 180°, an opposition aspect. 
 
 The Zodiacal Parallel is when two planets have the same 
 amount of declination from the equator. It is the most 
 powerful of all aspects, but is not generally used in horary 
 astrology. 
 
 The Mundane Parallel is an equal distance from the 
 meridian. It is used by some horary astrologers. When 
 any of the above aspects are formed between the planets, 
 they are found to have a mutual influence or action on 
 each other, according to the nature of the aspect. For 
 example : if the © be 60 degrees (a * ) from 11 in any 
 figure, it denotes that the person signified by the Sun is 
 under the benefic influence of the benevolent % ; and shows 
 success according to the nature of the question. In nativ- 
 ities it causes good health and good fortune in life. But 
 if © be 90 degrees (an) from \ , it shows discredit, a fail- 
 ure of hopes in a question ; and in a nativity it pro- 
 duces much sickness to the native, and also misfortunes to 
 his father. It will always be found in the nativity of a 
 child, that the fortune of its parents may be ascertained 
 
THE HEAVENS. 85 
 
 thereby until the birth of another child. If, for example, 
 the child have evil planets in the fourth house, its father 
 will be more or less unfortunate until the birth of another 
 child ; when, if that other have % and ? in the fourth 
 house, the father's affairs will become more fortunate ; so 
 very beautifully do the nativities of parents and their chil- 
 dren sympathize together. 
 
XII. 
 
 OF THE TWELVE HOUSES, THEIR NATURE AND SIGNIFI- 
 CATION. 
 
 There are twelve signs, and twelve houses of heaven ; so 
 now we are come to relate the nature of these twelve houses, 
 the exact knowledge of which is so requisite. As the 
 twelve signs are appropriate to the particular members of 
 man's body, so also do the twelve houses represent, not 
 only the several parts of man, but his actions, quality of 
 life, and living. And the curiosity and judgment of our 
 forefathers in astrology was such, that they have allotted 
 to every house a particular signification ; and so distin- 
 guished human accidents * throughout the whole twelve 
 houses. He that understands the questions appertaining 
 to each of them, shall not want sufficient grounds whereon 
 to judge or give a rational answer upon any contingent 
 accident, and success thereof. 
 
 The Fikst House and its Signification. The first house 
 contains all that part of heaven from the line where the 
 figure 1 stands unto the figure 2, where the second house 
 begins ; it is one-third of the distance between the horizon 
 and meridian below the Earth. It has signification of the 
 life of man, of the stature, color, complexion, form, and 
 shape of him that propounds the question, or is born ; 
 in eclipses and great conjunctions, and upon the Sun 
 his annual ingress into T ; it signifies the common peo- 
 ple, or general state of that kingdom where the figure is 
 erected. And as it is the first house, it represents the 
 head and face of man ; so that if either >> or $ be in this 
 
 » The term accidents here signifies the events of life generally. 
 
 
OF THE TWELVE HOUSES. 87 
 
 house, either at the time of a question or at the time of 
 birth, you may observe some blemish in the face, or in that 
 member appropriated to the sign that is then upon the 
 cusp of the house ; as, if f be in the ascendant, the mark, 
 mole, or scar is, without fail, in the head or face ; and if 
 few degrees of the sign ascend, the mark is in the upper 
 part of the head ; if the middle of the sign be on the cusp, 
 the mole, mark, or scar is in the middle of the face, or near 
 it ; if the latter degrees ascend, the face is blemished near 
 the chin, toward the neck ; this I have found true in hun- 
 dreds of examples. Of colors, it hath the white ; that is, 
 if a planet be in this house that has signification of white, 
 the complexion of the party is more pale or wan ; or, if 
 you inquire after the color of the clothes of any man, if his 
 significator be in the first house, and in a sign correspond- 
 ing, the party's apparel is white or gray, or somewhat near 
 that color ; so also if the question be regarding cattle, 
 when their significators are found in this house, it denotes 
 them to be of that color, or near it ; the house is mascu- 
 line. The consignificators of this house are f and \ ; for 
 as this house is the first house, so is f the first sign, and 
 h the first of the planets ; and therefore, when \ is but 
 moderately well fortified in this house, and in any benevo- 
 lent aspect of 11, $ , © , or D , it promises a good sober 
 constitution of body, and usually long life ; £ doth also 
 joy in this house, because it represents the head, and he the 
 tongue, fancy, and memory ; when he is well dignified and 
 posited in this house, he produces good orators ; it is called 
 the Ascendant, because when the O and planets come to 
 the cusp of this house, they ascend, or then arise, and are 
 visible in our horizon. 
 
 The Second House. — From this house is required judg- 
 ment concerning fortune or property, of all movable goods, 
 
88 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 money lent, of profit or gain, loss or damage. In suits of 
 law, it signifies a man's friends or assistants ; the poverty 
 or wealth of the people. It represents, in man, the neck 
 and hinder part of the body toward the shoulders. Green 
 is its color. It is a feminine house and succedent. 
 
 It has consignificators, 2/ and & ; for if 2/ be placed in 
 this house, or be lord hereof, it is an argument of an 
 estate or fortune ; O and S are never well placed in this 
 house ; either of them show dispersion of substance, ac- 
 cording to the capacity and quality of him that is either 
 born or asks the question. 
 
 The Third House. — This house signifies brethren, sisters, 
 cousins, or kindred, neighbors, journeys, frequent removals 
 from one place to another ; epistles, letters, rumors, mes- 
 sengers. It rules the shoulders, arms, hands, and fingers. 
 In colors it governs the red and yellow, or sorrel color. It 
 has consignificators, n and S , which is one reason why <* 
 in this house, unless joined with *> , is not very unfortun- 
 ate. It is a cadent house, and is the joy of theD ; for if 
 she be posited therein, especially in a movable sign, it is an 
 argument of much travel, trotting, and trudging, or of be- 
 ing seldom quiet. This house is masculine. 
 
 The Fourth House. — This house gives judgment of 
 fathers in general ; of lands, houses, tenements, inheri- 
 tance, tillage of the earth, the determination or end of any 
 thing ; of towns and cities ; of all ancient dwellings, gar- 
 dens, fields, pastures, orchards ; of the quality and nature 
 of the grounds one purchases, cornfields, etc., and shows 
 whether the ground be woody, stony, or barren. 
 
 The sign of the fourth house denotes the toAvn, the lord 
 thereof, the governor ; it rules the breast and lungs. It 
 represents in color, the red. Its consignificators are SB 
 
OF THE TWELVE HOUSES. 89 
 
 and the O- We call it the angle of the Earth, or imum 
 cceli. It is feminine, and the north angle. In nativities 
 or questions this fourth house represents fathers : so does 
 the © by day, and *> by night ; yet if the © be here 
 placed, he is not ill, but rather shows the father to be of a 
 noble disposition. 
 
 The Fifth House. — By this house we judge of children, 
 of ambassadors, of the state of a woman with child, of 
 banquets, plays, messengers or agents for republics, of the 
 wealth of the father, the ammunition of a town besieged ; 
 if the woman with child shall bring forth male or female ; 
 of the health or sickness of the son or daughter of him who 
 asks the question. It rules the stomach, liver, heart, sides, 
 and back, and is masculine. Of colors, it represents black 
 and white, or honey color. It is a succedent house ; and 
 its consignificators are SI and 9 , who does joy in this 
 house. In regard it is the house of pleasure, delight, and 
 merriment ; it is wholly unfortunate by $ or ^ , and they 
 therein show disobedient and untoward children. 
 
 The Sixth House. — This house concerns men and maid- 
 servants, hogs, sheep, goats, all manner of lesser cattle, and 
 profit or loss got thereby ; sickness, its quality and cause ; 
 the principal humor offending, curable or not curable ; 
 whether the disease be short or long ; day-laborers, ten- 
 ants, farmers, shepherds. It signifies uncles, or the father's 
 brothers and sisters. It rules the inferior part of the belly 
 and intestines, even to the rectum. The house is a femi- 
 nine and cadent house, unfortunate as having no aspect to 
 the ascendant. Of the colors, it governs black ; $ rejoices 
 in this house, but its consignificators are the sign rrg and 
 planet ; we usually find that S and $ in conjunction in 
 this house are arguments of a good physician. 
 
90 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 The Seventh House. — This house gives judgment of mar- 
 riage ; and describes the person inquired after, whether it 
 be a man or woman ; all manner of love questions ; or 
 public enemies, the defendant in a lawsuit, in war, the op- 
 posing party ; all quarrels, duels, lawsuits ; in astrology, 
 the artist himself ; in physic, the physician ; thieves and 
 thefts, the person stealing, whether man or woman ; wives, 
 sweethearts, their shape, description, condition, nobly or 
 ignobly born ; in an annual ingress, whether war or peace 
 may be expected ; of victory, who overcomes and who is 
 worsted ; fugitives or runaways. It has consignificators ^= 
 and D ; J? or $ unfortunate herein, show ill in marriage. 
 Of the colors, it governs a dark black. It rules the 
 haunches, and the navel, to the buttocks ; is called the 
 angle of the west, and is masculine. 
 
 The Eighth House. — This house represents the estate of 
 men deceased ; death, its quality and nature ; the wills, 
 legacies, and testaments of men deceased ; dowry of the 
 wife, portion of the maid, whether much or little, easy to 
 be obtained or with difficulty. In lawsuits it represents 
 the defendant's friends. It signifies fear and anguish of 
 mind ; also who shall be heir to the deceased. It rules 
 the privy parts. Of colors, it governs the green and black. 
 Of signs it has rrg for consignificator and >? . Hemorrhoids, 
 stone in the bladder, strangury, and the bladder, are 
 ruled by this house, also poisons. It is a succedent 
 house, and feminine. 
 
 The Ninth House. — By this house we give judgment of 
 voyages or long journeys beyond seas, of religious men, or 
 clergy of any kind, whether bishops or inferior ministers ; 
 dreams, visions, foreign countries, books, learning, church 
 livings or benefices, and of the kindred of one's wife or 
 
OF THE TWELVE HOUSES. 91 
 
 husband. Of colors it governs the green and white. Of 
 man's body, it rules the fundament, the hips, and thighs. 
 % and S are consignificators of this house ; for if % be 
 herein placed, it naturally signifies a devout man in his 
 religion, or one modestly given. I have often observed 
 when the Dragon's Tail, >? , or S have been unfortunately 
 placed in this house, the querent has either been little 
 better than an atheist or a desperate sectarian. O rejoices 
 to be in this house, which is masculine and cadent. 
 
 The Tenth House. — Commonly this house personates 
 earls, judges, prime officers, commanders-in-chief, whether 
 in armies or towns ; all sorts of magistracy and officers in 
 authority, also mothers ; honor, preferment, dignity, office, 
 lawyers, professions or trade. It has for its colors red or 
 white, and rules the knees and thighs. It is called the 
 medium cceli, or midheaven, and is feminine. Its consig- 
 nificators are V3 and 5 • Either % or the © are very for- 
 tunate in this house, especially when they are placed to- 
 gether ; \ or £3 usually deny honor as to persons of qual- 
 ity, and to the vulgar little prosperity in profession or 
 trade. 
 
 The Eleventh House. — This house represents friendship, 
 confidence, the praise or dispraise of any one ; the fidelity 
 or falseness of friends, servants, their associates or allies ; 
 their money, exchequer, or treasure ; in war, ammunition, 
 and soldiery, it represents courtiers, etc. In a common- 
 wealth, governed by a few of the nobles and commons, it 
 personates their assistance in council. Of members, it 
 rules the legs to the ankles. Of colors, it represents saf- 
 fron or yellow. It has O and £? for consignificators ; % 
 especially rejoices in this house. It is a succedent house 
 and masculine, and in virtiie is nearly equivalent either to 
 the seventh or fourth house. 
 
92 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 The Tivelfth House. — This house has signification of pri- 
 vate enemies, or horses, oxen, elephants, etc. ; sorrow, 
 tribulation, imprisonment, all manner of affliction, self- 
 undoing, etc. ; and of such men as maliciously undermine 
 their neighbors, or inform secretly against them. It has 
 consignificators }£ and $ . Saturn does much delight in 
 this house, for he is naturally the author of mischief. It 
 rules, in man's body, the feet. In color it represents the 
 green. It is a cadent house, and feminine. 
 
 
xm. 
 
 THE PLANETS AND THEIK SIGNIFICATIONS. 
 
 Saturn is the supremest or highest of all the planets, 
 and is placed between Jupiter and the firmament ; he is 
 not very bright, but is of a pale or wan ashy color. 
 
 In the Zodiac he has two of the twelve signs for his 
 houses ; viz., Capricorn V3, his night house ; Aquarius £?, 
 his day house. He is exalted in =£=, receives his fall in T, 
 and rejoices in the sign Aquarius, JX. He governs the airy 
 triplicity by day, which is composed of n, —, £?■ 
 
 If in any question he is placed in any degree wherein he 
 has a term, he cannot be said to be peregrine, or void of 
 essential dignities ; or if he be in any of those degrees 
 allotted him for his face or decanate, he cannot then be said 
 to be peregrine ; understand this in all the other planets. 
 
 He is cold and dry (being far removed from the Sun) ; 
 melancholy, earthy, masculine ; and the greater infortune, 
 author of solitariness, malevolent, etc. 
 
 When well dignified, he is profound in imagination, in 
 his acts severe, in words reserved, in speaking and giving 
 very spare ; in labor patient, in arguing or disputing grave, 
 in obtaining the goods of this life studious and solicitous, 
 in all manner of actions austere. 
 
 When ill dignified, he is envious, covetous, jealous, and 
 mistrustful ; timorous, sordid, outwardly dissembling, slug- 
 gish, suspicious, stubborn ; a contemner of women, a liar, 
 malicious, murmuring ; never contented, and ever repining. 
 
 Jupiter is placed next to Saturn. He is the greatest in 
 appearance to our eyes, of all the planets (the Q, D , and 9 
 
94 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 excepted) ; in his color he is bright, clear, and of an azure 
 hue. In his motion he exceeds Saturn, finishing his course 
 through the twelve signs in 14 years, 314 days, and 12 
 hours ; his middle motion is 4 minutes 52 seconds. His 
 greatest north latitude is 1 degree, 38 minutes. His great- 
 est south latitude is 1 degree, 40 minutes. He is retro- 
 grade about 120 days, is 5 days in his first station before 
 retrogradation, and 4 days stationary before direction. 
 
 In his nature he is a masculine planet, temperately hot 
 and moist, and the greater fortune ; author of temperance, 
 modesty, sobriely, justice. 
 
 In manners and actions when well placed he is magnani- 
 mous, aspiring in an honorable way at high matters ; in 
 all his actions a lover of fair dealing, desiring to benefit 
 all men ; doing glorious actions ; honorable and religious ; 
 wonderfully indulgent to his wife and children, reverencing 
 aged men, a great reliever of the poor, full of charity and 
 godliness ; liberal, hating all sordid actions ; just, wise, 
 prudent, grateful, and virtuous ; so that when you find % 
 the significator of any man in question, and well dignified, 
 you may judge him well qualified as aforesaid. 
 
 When ill dignified % is unfortunate, then he wastes his 
 patrimony, suffers every one to cozen him, is hypocritically 
 religious, tenacious, and obstinate in maintaining false 
 tenets in religion ; nothing caring for the love of his 
 friends ; of a gross, dull capacity ; systematical, abasing 
 himself in all companies, insinuating, and stooping where 
 there is no necessity. 
 
 Of quality in general he signifies judges, senators, coun- 
 sellors, ecclesiastical men, bishops, priests, ministers, doc- 
 tors of the civil law, young scholars and students in a uni- 
 versity or college, lawyers, clothiers, etc. 
 
 Of diseases he influences pleurisies, palpitation of the 
 heart, quinsies, flatulence, and fevers. 
 
THE PLANETS AND THEIR SIGNIFICATIONS. 95 
 
 Mars, which succeeds Jupiter in order, is less in body, 
 and appears to our sight of a shining, fiery, sparkling color ; 
 he finishes his course in the Zodiac in 1 year, 321 days, and 
 22 hours ; his greatest latitude north is about 4 degrees, 
 31 minutes ; his south, 6 degrees, 47 minutes ; and is retro- 
 grade 80 days ; stationary 2 or 3. He governs wholly the 
 watery triplicity, viz., EH, fT[, and X. 
 
 In nature he is a masculine, nocturnal planet, hot and 
 dry, choleric and fiery; the lesser in fortune, author of 
 quarrels, strifes, and contentions. 
 
 In manners when well dignified he is invincible in feats of 
 war and courage, scorning that any should exceed him ; 
 subject to no reason, bold, confident, immovable, conten- 
 tious, challenging all honor to himself ; valiant, lover of 
 war and things pertaining thereto, hazarding himself in all 
 perils, unwilling to obey or submit, and yet of prudent be- 
 havior in his own affairs. 
 
 In the Orient he signifies valiant men ; some white 
 mixed with their redness, inclined to be tall, and of a hairy 
 body. 
 
 In the Occident he represents a very ruddy complex- 
 ion, low stature, little head, smooth body, and not hairy ; 
 yellow hair, stiff, and the natural humors generally more 
 dry. 
 
 Of the qualities of men and their professions he repre- 
 sents generals of armies, colonels, captains, physicians, 
 apothecaries, surgeons, chemists, gunners, butchers, mar- 
 shals, sergeants, bailiffs, thieves, smiths, bakers, armorers, 
 watchmakers, tailors, barbers, dyers, cooks, carpenters, 
 gamesters, tanners, and curriers, according as $ may be 
 strong or weak. 
 
 The diseases influenced are the gall, tertian fevers, pesti- 
 lent fevers, meagrims in the head, carbuncles, burnings, 
 ringworms, blisters, frenzies, mad, sudden distempers in 
 
96 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 the head, yellow jaundice, fistulse ; all wounds and diseases 
 in men's genitals, the stone both in the reins and bladder, 
 scars in the face. 
 
 Mars causes all hurts by iron, the shingles and such 
 other diseases as arise by too much choler, anger, or pas- 
 sion. 
 
 The Sun is placed in the middle of all the planets, con- 
 tinually visible to all mortal men. He passes through all 
 the twelve signs of the Zodiac in one year ; his mean mo- 
 tion is 59 minutes, 8 seconds, yet his diurnal motion is 
 sometimes 57 minutes, 16 seconds, sometimes more, but 
 never exceeding 61 minutes and 6 seconds. He always 
 moves in the ecliptic, and is ever void of latitude. He has 
 only the sign SL for his house, and £? for his detriment. 
 He is exalted in the 19th degree of f, and receives his fall 
 in 19th degree of =£=. 
 
 The Sun governs the fiery triplicity, viz., °p, Si, t, by 
 day. He is always direct, and never can be considered 
 retrograde. 
 
 In nature he is naturally hot and dry, but more tem- 
 perate than $ ; is a masculine, diurnal planet, and equiva- 
 lent, if well dignified, to a fortune. 
 
 In manners when well dignified he is very faithful, keep- 
 ing promises with the greatest punctuality. He has a kind 
 of itching desire to rule and sway wherever he comes ; is 
 prudent, and of incomparable judgment ; of great majesty 
 and stateliness, industrious to acquire honor and a large 
 patrimony, yet as willing to spend it again. The solar 
 man usually speaks with gravity, but not many words, and 
 these with great confidence and command of his own feel- 
 ings ; he is full of thought, secret, trusty, speaks deliber- 
 ately, and, notwithstanding his great heart, he is affable, 
 tractable, and very humane to all people ; one loving 
 
THE PLANETS AND THEIR SIGNIFICATIONS. 97 
 
 sumptuousness and magnificence, and whatever is honor- 
 able ; no sordid thoughts can enter his heart. 
 
 When ill dignified the solar man is arrogant and proud, 
 disdaining all men, boasting of his pedigree ; he is purblind 
 in sight and judgment, restless, troublesome, domineering, 
 a mere vapor, expensive, foolish, endowed with no gravity 
 in words, or soberness in actions ; a spendthrift, wasting 
 his patrimony, and hanging on other men's charity ; yet he 
 thinks all men are bound to him, because a gentleman 
 born. 
 
 We can only say the © is oriental in the figure, or in an 
 oriental quarter of the figure, or occidental, etc. The 
 planets are oriental when they rise, or appear before him 
 in the morning, and occidental when they set after him. 
 
 The professions he represents includes kings, dukes, 
 marquises, earls, barons, lieutenants, deputy-lieutenants 
 of counties, magistrates, gentlemen in general, courtiers, 
 desirers of honor and preferment ; justices of peace, mayors, 
 high -sheriffs, stewards of noblemen's houses, the principal 
 magistrate of any city, town, castle, or country ; goldsmiths, 
 braziers, coppersmiths, and minters of money. 
 
 The sicknesses incidental to the solar man are pimples in 
 the face, palpitation or trembling, diseases of the brain and 
 heart, infirmities of the eyes, cramps, sudden swoonings, 
 diseases of the mouth and impure breath, catarrhs, putrid 
 fevers. Principally in man he governs the heart and the 
 brain ; in woman, the vital spirit, and denotes hysterics. 
 
 Venus succeedeth after the Sun. She is of a bright, 
 shining color, and is well known by the name of the even- 
 ing star, or Hesperus ; and that is when she appears after 
 the Sun is set. She is commonly called the morning star, 
 by the learned Lucifer, when she is seen long before 
 the rising of the Sun. Her mean motion is 59 minutes 
 7 
 
98 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 and 8 seconds ; her diurnal motion is sometimes 62 min- 
 utes a day, and she never exceeds 82 minutes. Her greatest 
 latitude is 9 degrees, 2 minutes. She is retrograde 42 
 days, and stationary 2. Her year is 224 days and 7 hours. 
 She is a feminine planet, temperately cold and moist ; 
 nocturnal, the lesser fortune, author of mirth and cheer- 
 fulness. 
 
 When well dignified she signifies a quiet man, not 
 given to law, or wrangling ; neat and spruce and mirth- 
 ful ; often entangled in love matters, musical, and delights 
 in all amusements and theatricals ; easy of belief, and not 
 given to labor ; a company keeper, cheerful, nothing mis- 
 trustful, a right virtuous man or woman, often jealous, yet 
 without cause. 
 
 The employments indicated are those of musicians, 
 painters, jewellers, players, embroiderers, woman-tailors, 
 wives, mothers, virgins, choristers ; when joined with the 
 D , ballad-singers, perfumers, seamstresses, picture-draw- 
 ers, engravers, upholsterers, glovers, and such as sell 
 those commodities which adorn women, either in body (as 
 clothes) or in face (as complexion waters). 
 
 The sicknesses signified by her are principally in the 
 matrix and members of generation ; in the veins, belly, 
 back, impotency in generation, hernias, etc., also diabetes, 
 and an involuntary discharge of urine. 
 
 Mebcuky is the least of all the planets, never distant from 
 the Sun above 28 degrees ; by which reason he is seldom 
 visible to our sight. He is of a dusky silver color ; his 
 mean motion is 59 minutes and 8 seconds, but he is some- 
 times so swift that he moves above 1 degree and 40 min- 
 utes in 1 day. He is stationary 1 day, and retrograde 24 
 days. His year is 87 days and 23 hours. 
 
 In nature we may not call him either masculine or femi- 
 
THE PLANETS AND THEIR SIGNIFICATIONS. 99 
 
 nine, for he is either the one or the other as joined to any 
 planet ; for if in d vfith a masculine planet, he becomes 
 masculine ; if with a feminine, then feminine ; but of his 
 own nature he is cold and dry, and therefore melancholy ; 
 with the good he is good, with the evil planets, ill. 
 
 In manners when well dignified he represents a man of a 
 subtle and political brain and intellect, an excellent dis- 
 putant or logician, arguing with learning and discretion, 
 and using much eloquence in his speech ; a searcher into 
 all kinds of mysteries and learning, sharp and witty, learn- 
 ing almost anything without a teacher ; ambitious of being 
 exquisite in every science, desirous naturally to travel and 
 see foreign parts ; a man of an unwearied fancy, curious in 
 the search of any occult knowledge, able by his own genius 
 to produce wonders, given to divination and the more 
 secret knowledge. If he turn merchant, no man exceeds 
 him in way of trade, or invention of new ways whereby to 
 obtain wealth. 
 
 In sickness he controls all vertigos, lethargies, or giddi- 
 ness in the head ; imperfections in the tongue, vain and 
 fond imaginations, all defects in the memory, hoarseness, 
 dry coughs, and too great abundance of spittle. 
 
 The Moon we find called by the ancients Lucina, Cyn- 
 thia, Diana, Phoebe, Latona, Noctiluca, Proserpina ; she is 
 nearest to the Earth of all the planets. She terminates her 
 course through the whole twelve signs in 27 days, 7 hours, 
 43 minutes, 5 seconds ; her mean motion is 13 degrees, 10 
 minutes, and 36 seconds ; but she moves sometimes less 
 and sometimes more, never exceeding 15 degrees and 12 
 minutes in 24 hours' time. Her greatest north latitude is 
 5 degrees and 17 minutes. Her greatest south latitude 5 
 degrees and 12 minutes. She is never retrograde ; but 
 when she is slow in motion, and goes less in 24 hours than 
 
1 00 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 13 degrees and 11 minutes, she is then equivalent to a ret- 
 rograde planet. 
 
 In nature she is a feminine, nocturnal planet ; cold, 
 moist, and phlegmatic. 
 
 In manners ivhen well placed or dignified she signifies one 
 of composed manners, a lover of all honest and ingenious 
 sciences, delights in novelties, naturally inclined to flit ; 
 unsteadfast, wholly caring for the pleasant times ; timor- 
 ous, and easily frightened ; loving peace, however, and to 
 live free from the cares of this life. If a mechanic, the 
 man learns many occupations, and frequently will be tam- 
 pering with many ways to trade in. 
 
 The sickness influenced by her are cholic, diseases in 
 the left side, the bladder, and members of generation ; the 
 menses in women, dropsies, all cold rheumatic diseases, the 
 gout in the wrists and feet ; sciatica, worms, hurts in the 
 eyes, surfeits, coughs, convulsive fits, the falling sickness, 
 or King's evil, abscess, and measles. 
 
 The Colors op the Planets and Signs. 
 
 \ gives black color ; % a color mixed with red and 
 green ; $ red, or iron color ; O yellow or yellow purple ; 
 9 white or purple color ; £ sky color, or bluish ; D a 
 color spotted with white, and other mixed colors. 
 
 T gives white mixed with red; 8 white mixed with 
 lemon ; EE white mixed with red ; ^ green or russet ; Si 
 red or green ; rn? black speckled with blue ; =^= black or 
 dark crimson, or tawny color ; ttl brown ; / 3-ellow or a 
 green sanguine ; V3 black or russet, or a swarthy brown ; 
 £? a sky color with blue ; X white, glistening color. 
 
I 
 
 XIV. 
 
 OBSERVATIONS AND PREDICTIONS. 
 
 A SHIP, AND HER SAFETY OE DESTRUCTION. 
 
 The ascendant and the J) signify the ship and cargo ; 
 the lord of the ascendant, those that sail in her. If you 
 find a malevolent, having dignities in the 8th, placed in the 
 ascendant, or the lord of the ascendant in the 8th, in ill 
 configuration with the lords of the 8th, 12th, 4th, or 6th, 
 or if the D be combust, and under the Earth, you may 
 judge that the ship is lost, and the men drowned. But 
 if you find reception between the significators at the same 
 time, the ship was wrecked, but some of the crew escaped ; 
 if all the preceding significators be free from affliction, then 
 both ship and cargo are safe ; and if there be reception, 
 the more so. If the ascendant and J) be unfortunate, and 
 the lord of the ascendant fortunate, the ship is lost, but the 
 men saved. 
 
 But when the querent demand, of any ship setting forth, 
 and the state of the ship ere she return, and what may be 
 hoped of the voyage ; then, behold the angles of the fig- 
 ure, and see if the fortunes are therein, and the infortunes 
 remote from angles ; cadent, combust, or under the © 
 beams, then you may judge the ship will go safe with all 
 her lading. But if you find the infortunes in angles, or 
 succeeding houses, there will chance some hindrance unto 
 the ship. If the infortune be \ , the vessel will strike 
 ground. If $ , and he be in an earthy sign, he will signify 
 the same, or very great danger and damage. But if the 
 fortunes cast their benevolent rays to the place of \ or $ , 
 
102 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 and the lords of the angles and of the dispositor of the D 
 be free, then the ship shall labor hard, and suffer damage, 
 yet the greater part of the crew and cargo shall be pre- 
 served. If £ afflict the lords of the angles, and dispositor 
 of 3) , the crew will be in danger by enemies or pirates ; 
 and if there be any additional evil configurations among 
 these significators, there will be quarrels on board, thiev- 
 ing, and purloining, with bloodshed. \ causes thefts only, 
 if so situated, but no bloodshed. 
 
 If the signs afflicted by J? , $ , and y (and # , if he be ill 
 aspected) be those that signify the vessel's bottom, or parts 
 under water, she springs a leak ; if the signs be unfortu- 
 nate in the midheaven, fiery signs, and $ therein, there is 
 danger of lightning or fire ; if airy signs and $ afflict, 
 damage by high winds. If $ be in the 4th, and afflicted, 
 it denotes fire beneath ; and if $ be with him, spontane- 
 ous combustion. If the sign be JJ, =s=, or „£f, she may be 
 set on fire by an enemy. 
 
 If \ be in the midheaven, and show damage, it will be by 
 rotten sails or gear, and bad weather, foul winds, etc. An 
 infortune in the ascendant shows damage to the fore part 
 of the vessel ; and if the lord of the ascendant be retro- 
 grade, it denotes that she will put into some harbor ; and 
 if he be in a movable sign, she returns to the very port 
 she sailed from. If the lord of the 8th afflict the lord of 
 the 1st, and he in the 8th, the ship will be injured accord- 
 ing to the nature of the planet afflicting. If he inrpedite 
 the D's dispositor, the lord of the ascendant and ~J> , it 
 shows the death of the master, and probably of his mate. 
 If it be © which is afflicted, it foreshows evil to the cargo 
 or a bad market ; but if 2/ , $ , or Q, be in the second, or 
 assist its lord, or the lord of ©, it shows good profit, which 
 will be according to their strength. 
 
 If the lords of the ascendant, of the j) and their dispos- 
 
OBSERVATIONS AND PREDICTIONS. 103 
 
 itors be slow in motion, the voyage will be long ; if they 
 be swift, the ship wiy. return quickly. If there be ill as- 
 pects between the lord of the 1st and the dispositor of ]) 
 without reception, there will be discord among the seamen, 
 and with them and the owner. If the lord of the ascend- 
 ant be strongest, the seamen will prevail ; but if the lord 
 of the house where D is, then the owner. If the dispositor 
 of © be not with it, or the lord of the 2d be weak, there 
 will be scarcity of provisions, and, if they be in watery 
 signs, of fresh water. 
 
 PARTS OF A SHIP EULED BY THE SIGNS. 
 
 T The breast, or bows of ship. 
 
 8 The cutwater, and parts beneath, 
 
 n The rudder, or stem. 
 
 <5 The bottom, or floor. 
 
 Si The upper works. 
 
 ttj7 The hold. 
 
 =2= The parts about the water's edge. 
 
 T\[ The seamen's berths, or cabin. 
 
 f The seamen themselves. 
 
 YS The ends of the vessel. 
 
 £? The master, or captain. 
 
 }£ The oars, in galleys ; the wheels, in steam-vessels ; 
 and the sails in others. 
 
 Lawsuits and their Success. 
 
 The lord of the ascendant or 5 joined to the lord of the 
 7th, or in ^c or A, with reception mutual, indicates that 
 the parties will easily agree together, and make up the 
 quarrel. But if one dispose of the other, and the reception 
 be not mutual, they will agree without a lawsuit, but not 
 without the interceding of friends. If they be in good 
 
104 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 aspect without, or in evil aspect with, reception, they will 
 accord, after one effort at law. That party shall be most 
 ready to agree whose significator is disposed of by the 
 other. If they hasten to a mutual good aspect, and the 
 lord of the 9th or 10th interpose an evil aspect, they will 
 be led to dispute by a lawyer or by the judge. If there be 
 any translation of light by the J) , or other planet, between 
 the two significators, it denotes that they will be reconciled 
 by a third person, described by that planet. 
 
 Observe whether the lord of the ascendant or 7th be 
 strongest or most powerful, and best aspected; for that 
 one shall gain the day. If they compound, the first mo- 
 tion thereto comes from the lighter planet, who is disposed 
 of by the other. If the lord of the ascendant be in the 7th, 
 the adversary will overcome, and vice versa. If either lord 
 of the 1st or 7th be retrograde, he shows that the party 
 does not believe that he has right on his side ; nor will he 
 stand to it very stoutly. 
 
 If the lord of the 10th, which denotes the judge, be di- 
 rect, he will proceed fairly, and endeavor to settle the cause 
 speedily. But if he be retrograde, the judge will not act 
 fairly according to law, nor strive to terminate the cause. 
 If the lord of the 10th throw an evil aspect to either sig- 
 nificator, the judge will be against that party. 
 
 If O or D be in the ascendant, or aspect its lord, or be in 
 either of his houses, it is a good testimony for the querent ; 
 and if, on the contrary, the lord of the 7th be so situated, 
 it is in favor of the quesited. If the lord of the 10th re- 
 ceive both significators, the judge will settle the matter 
 before it comes to full trial. 
 
 If the lord of the 10th be in the 10th, in his own house, 
 the judge will do justice, and decide the case with honor 
 to himself, unless the lord of the 10th be \ . If the lord 
 of the 10th be only in his own term, or triplicity, the 
 
OBSERVATIONS AND PREDICTIONS. 105 
 
 judge will determine the cause, but he is indifferent about 
 it. If a planet having no dignities, or not in reception 
 with the lord of the 10th, be in the 10th, the parties will 
 not be satisfied with that judge or court. If \ be judge, 
 he will not decide aright; and if %, ?, Q, g, or 
 J) be in any aspect to him but <? , there will be an ill report 
 against him, of which he will clear himself ; but if it be <? , 
 he will have a hard report against him, which will long con- 
 tinue. And if 5 8 to \ , the judge will be sorely defamed ; 
 and if also © a ^ , he may be disgraced. 
 
 In deciding as to the result, observe well the lord of the 
 4th, and how he aspects the significators, or the lords of 
 their substance ; also the apiMcation of the D . If both 
 significators aspect one planet, some person will intercede 
 between them. If the ascendant and 7th be in fixed signs, 
 both parties are resolutely bent on the suit ; if common 
 signs, they will continue it long also, and remove the cause 
 out of one court into another ; and if movable signs, they 
 are not very determined, and will soon bring it to an end. 
 
 That party who is weakest, and most afflicted by the in- 
 fortunes, shall receive most prejudice by the contention. 
 
 How the Parties shall Agree after Marriage. 
 
 If the figure promise marriage, observe whether the lords 
 of the ascendant and 7th are in good aspect ; or if the D be- 
 hold with good aspect the planet disposing of her by house 
 or exaltation, and the luminaries be in good aspect, they 
 will agree. 
 
 If the lords of the ascendant and 7th be in n or 8 , or 
 the D be afflicted, and behold the ascendant by ill aspect, 
 or!? , $ , or y, be in the ascendant, or 7th, they will live 
 unhappily. If the ill planets, or t3, be in the 1st, the 
 querent is to blame ; and if it be $ , is given to quarrel, or 
 
106 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 be loose in conduct, according to the sign ; and if they be 
 in the 7th, it is the quesited. And judge the same way 
 according as the significator of the 1st or 7th be afflicted. 
 The Din her fall, r a or <? of \ or £ , or any retrograde 
 planet, and at the same time throwing any aspect to the 
 ascendant, it is the man who brings on disputes, etc. If 
 the O do the same, under the same circumstances, it is the 
 woman. 
 
 The lord of the 7th angular, and the more weighty planet, 
 the quesited will strive for mastery; and if neither the 
 lord of the ascendant nor 7th be in angles, then note the 
 weightier planet, for he points out the party who will rule. 
 If ? be afflicted, it is worse for the man ; and if ©, for the 
 woman. The D afflicted, is evil for both. The lights in 
 evil aspect show discord. 
 
 The Cause of Happiness. — The D in * or /\ of good planets, 
 shows gifts or benefits by friends ; if in □ , by the dead. 
 If D be in d with good planets, by their own conduct or in- 
 dustry. 
 
 The Cause of Contention. — If the afflicting planet be lord 
 of the 3d, and be in the 1st or 7th, he denotes quarrels, or in- 
 juries by neighbors or kindred. If it be an infortune who 
 afflicts, and he be in the 10th, it shows continual brawls. 
 If he be in the 4th, a divorce or willingness thereto ; or 
 some hindrance in the dowry or fortune of the female. 
 Evil planets in the 10th or 4th lead also to contention by 
 means of the parents of the parties. If D behold the 
 ascendant, and be unfortunate, it denotes brawling, separa- 
 tion, or dishonest living. And if there be no application 
 between the planet the D separates from and that one to 
 which she applies, there will be continual contention. If 
 5 aspect evilly, or be in 6 with J? or $ , one of them shall 
 die shortly, or have some misfortune ; if in the 8th or 12th 
 (and she void of course), they meet troubles, grief, and 
 
OBSERVATIONS AND PREDICTIONS. 
 
 107 
 
 sickness ; and if in angles, long disagreements ; and prob- 
 ably separation, if in a fixed sign. If this be in the 10th, 
 and a masculine sign, the man is the chief sufferer ; if in 
 the 4th, and a feminine sign, the woman. 
 
 Sickness, and Length of Time befoke Eecoveey. 
 
 When there is reason to believe that the sick person 
 shall recover, and it be desired to know when, observe 
 which planet is lord of the ascendant, and what benevolent 
 planet he is in aspect with ; then see what house they are 
 in (that is the one which applies to the other's aspect), 
 whether angles, etc., and what signs they possess, whether 
 movable, etc. Then according to discretion and quality 
 of the disease, so frame the measure of time. In general, 
 I judge in so many days as the aspect wants degrees of 
 being perfect, if the sign be movable and the planet angu- 
 lar ; but if swift in motion, I am the more certain that the 
 patient will begin to amend in so many days. If the sign 
 be common, in which the application is, I neither judge 
 days, weeks, nor months, but use discretion, having first 
 observed the nature of the disease. 
 
 The ancient rule was as follows : 
 
 Movable signs show days. 
 
 Common ditto weeks. 
 
 Fixed ditto months. 
 
 Angles are equivalent to movable signs. 
 
 Succedent houses to common signs. 
 
 Cadent houses to fixed signs. 
 
 It is well to observe, also, the quick or slow motion of 
 the D , the sign she is in, and her situation as to angles, 
 etc. I often find that when the lord of the ascendant quits 
 the sign he is in, and enters a sign in which he has digni- 
 
108 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 ties, the patient recovers at that time, or feels an alteration 
 for the better. If a common sign be on the 6th, 28 degrees 
 or more, I say, that the disease will vary in two weeks. 
 
 The chief astrological method of forming a judgment of 
 the violence and magnitude of a disease, or whether it is 
 curable or fatal, is by inspection of the scheme of the 
 heavens erected for the moment of birth of the jjatient, if 
 it can be procured, for sickness very seldom happens but 
 through some malignant directions of the luminaries, or of 
 the ascendant to the body or aspects of the malefic planets 
 — Mars, Saturn, and Uranus. 
 
 Sickness also sometimes happens when an impending 
 direction capable of producing it, perhaps united with some 
 transit, whether of the annual revolution or the protection 
 (the latter can only be in relation to the Moon) which may 
 easily cause it. If this direction was supported by the 
 benefic influences of Jupiter or Venus, nothing can prevent 
 a happy termination. If the revolution of the year was 
 evil, and the profection likewise concur in the evil, it fore- 
 tells that the distemper will be very great, fatal, or difficult 
 to cure. If the direction be weak, the revolution not un- 
 fortunate, the benefics assist, and the profection favorable, 
 then the disease is curable, and health will succeed. 
 
 We know that the moment of birth is a consideration 
 above all others ; as oftentimes from the figure for the de- 
 cumbiture, at the commencement of a disease, no cause 
 of distemper is apparent ; this, however, is evident, that 
 from the strength of the direction of the hyleg to the 
 malefics, the unfortunate annual ingress (of the Sun), and 
 the evil profection, diseases derive their origin. The direc- 
 tions for the year should therefore be examined, and also 
 other divisions of time that might apparently cause such 
 an influx ; because it may proceed from the directions in 
 the nativity, and the transits of the revolution, or the 
 
OBSERVATIONS AND PREDICTIONS. 109 
 
 position of the malefics ; but if the figure of birth cannot 
 be had, or if it be not iexact and rectified by accidents, in 
 this case the figure for the decumbiture must be had re- 
 course to and used in its stead. 
 
 To judge from a figure erected for a disease, the state of 
 the luminaries, and particularly of the Sun, must be consid- 
 ered, as well as the ascendant and their dispositors, and in 
 the first place regard must be had to the lord of the 8th 
 house of the figure. The benefics and malefics must also be 
 observed, namely, as to their situation respecting the said 
 luminaries, the ascendant and its lord ; also how the lord 
 of the 6th (or house of sickness) and the 8th (that of 
 death) be configurated with them ; and also the luminaries 
 with the ascendant, and if they are by any means evilly 
 configurated to the malefics, not being extremely afflicted 
 by or configurated with the lord of the 7th, then en- 
 deavor to discover what help the benefics afford, and what 
 evil may be expected from the malefics. A safe recovery 
 from sickness may be predicted if the luminaries, the as- 
 cendant and the lord thereof, were afflicted by malefic stars 
 of the same nature as the lord of the 8th house, with 
 sufficient assistance from the benefics to avert the evil of 
 the disease. A safe recovery may also be anticipated if 
 the' Moon be with Venus or Jupiter, or have their sextiles 
 or trines, and Venus or Jupiter in their dignities, for these 
 planets promise a happy conclusion. Safety may also be 
 prognosticated from a square or opposition of the benefics 
 to the Moon {for benefics in any aspect produce good, and 
 never evil), though in a smaller degree than the sextile or 
 trine. Venus assists more in hot diseases, and Jupiter in 
 cold. 
 
 Saturn at a decumbiture joined to the Moon is evil, and 
 generally denotes long and chronic * diseases, and is more 
 
 * Kronos was the ancient name of the planet Saturn. 
 
110 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 hurtful when his motion is slow or retrograde than when 
 quick or direct. He also prolongs the course of the dis- 
 ease, and, generally, causes a relapse ; when oriental, the 
 heat and violence of the disease is increased more than 
 when occidental, at which time cold is increased. If the 
 square of Saturn afflict the Moon, or the opposition, or the 
 declination, the evil is less than that arising from the con- 
 junction. We consider that the power of the parallel of 
 declination is fully equal to that of the conjunction. 
 
 At the commencement of a disease the transit of either 
 malefic over the place of the horoscope at the nativity, or 
 of that luminary which was significator of life, is deadly ; 
 hut not so much if the malefic beholds it by a square or 
 opposition. 
 
 ,j.. 
 
XV. 
 
 ASTROLOGY AND MEDICINE. 
 
 It is the opinion of Hippocrates that astrology must be 
 studied by physicians before they can be safely trusted to 
 arrive at a correct prognosis, and to employ the appropri- 
 ate medicines in the treatment of the cases submitted to 
 their care. 
 
 Galen was of the same opinion. Dr. Watson says that, 
 " Advocating the Hippocratic doctrine of critical days, he 
 (Galen) attempts to support it on grounds purely theoret- 
 ical, and drawn from the periodical changes in Nature, or 
 the influence of the stars." 
 
 Galen said that the remedies appropriate to the cure of 
 any malady "are only to be known and judged by the 
 stars." Paracelsus, and Cornelius Agrippa, who was phy- 
 sician to. the Emperor Charles V., said the same. Galen 
 admonished his contemporaries " not to trust themselves 
 to that physician (or rather pretender) who is not skilled 
 in astrology." 
 
 Astrology has been discarded by the physicians of the 
 nineteenth century (excepting among Eastern nations), yet 
 medicine has not advanced aii} r better without it. 
 
 Baron Liebig says : "Truly one is tempted to adopt the 
 opinion that, among the sciences which have for their ob- 
 iect a knowledge of Nature and of her forces, medicine as 
 ... . inductive science occupies the lowest place." 
 
 Eamesey, in his work on "Astrology " (1652), remarks that, 
 *' Hippocrates and Galen farther say that a physician can- 
 not safely give physic who is ignorant of the knowledge of 
 the stars and superior bodies, not knowing indeed when to 
 
112 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 give purges, or vomits, or wlieii to let blood, without much 
 mischief, nor in what quantity — which ignorance often- 
 times endangers the life of the patient, when, as those that 
 know not the influence of the heavenly bodies, give vomits 
 at such times as cause a purge, and purges when they be- 
 come emetics, which in laxative diseases or fluxes prove 
 very dangerous, if not deadly or totally destructive, and at 
 other times when the physic never worketh at all. Yet you 
 shall never find the ignorant without an excuse for their 
 rashness ; as when they administer a purge, if it cause 
 vomiting then say they the party is of weak constitution 
 and cannot retain the physic. And when physic is not 
 given to be retained, it is either to work downward or up- 
 ward immediately. The next day, perhaps, as it hath been 
 often known, they give the patient a stronger potion, and 
 then (the heavens being otherwise disposed, which they 
 understand not) it works so violently that Nature is both 
 weakened and overcome, which should have only helped ; 
 and also the disease increases which should have been 
 diminished. And so, on the contrary, when an emetic is 
 given at an unsuitable time, it causes purging, then they 
 conclude the patient is strong, when perhaps he requires 
 strength." 
 
 This is too often true of the adherents of the dominant 
 or orthodox school of medicine at the present day. The 
 homceopathists have a law, similia similibus curantur, to 
 guide them in their selection of remedies, and they are not 
 in the habit of exhibiting emetics and purgatives, and do 
 not follow the unscientific practice of mixing several medi- 
 cines together, of which the physicians of the old school 
 are still so enamoured. This accounts for the compara- 
 tively greater success of the system of medical treatment 
 discovered by Hahnemann. Their law also agrees with the 
 teachings of Astrology. 
 
ASTROLOGY AND MEDICINE. 113 
 
 Every physician should provide himself with a copy of 
 Zadkiel's "Ephemeris," and when he is called to visit a pa- 
 tient suffering with a serious complaint, acute or chronic, he 
 should obtain the moment, as approximately as can be as- 
 certained, when the patient was first seized with illness, or 
 was compelled to take to his bed. Having ascertained 
 this, he will soon calculate the exact longitude of the Moon, 
 and it will be better still if he can cast a "figure of the 
 heavens " for that moment. The approach of the first cri- 
 sis may then be anticipated by calculating the hour when 
 the Moon will arrive at 90 degrees distance * in longitude 
 (or three signs of the Zodiac), and the other crisis in like 
 manner. Then, if at the crisis the " aspects " formed by 
 the Moon with the planets be fortunate, recovery, or at 
 least a change for the better, may be looked for, and vice 
 versa. The fact that the Moon moves more swiftly at one 
 part of her orbit than at another, explains the reason why 
 crises in disease sometimes determine quickly, and at 
 other times come on very slowly. 
 
 Of the medicines in daily use by physicians, Saturn 
 rules — aconite, assafoetida, belladonna, Indian hemp, colchi- 
 cum, conium, spurge olive, black henbane, hyoscyamus, 
 saw palmetto, lead compounds, mullein, white verajrum, 
 American hellebore, poison ivy, comfrey, etc. 
 
 Jupiter governs pleurisy root, wild horehound, yellow 
 jessamine, stramonium, dandelion, etc. 
 
 Mars rules antimony, arnica, arsenic, bryonia, aloes, 
 capsicum, gentian, iron, sarsaparilla, squills, sulphur, 
 lobelia, strong scented lettuce, etc. 
 
 Sol governs gold, garden marigold, tetterwood, chamo- 
 mile, sundew, saffron, ruta, etc. 
 
 Venus rules silver, copper, digitalis, European elder, 
 Pulsatilla, zinc, etc. 
 
 "In measles, and those diseases which run a rapid course, the crisis will determine 
 when the Moon arrives at 45 degrees distance in longitude. 
 
 8 
 
114 
 
 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 Mercury governs purging agaric, cherry-laurel, bitter- 
 sweet, marsh-tea, mercury, valerian, etc. 
 
 Luna governs silver, opium, blue flag, moonwort, and all 
 herbs that tarn to the Moon. 
 
 By observing the aspects of the Moon at the decumbi- 
 ture and at the crisis, the appropriate remedies may be dis- 
 covered. 
 
XVI. 
 
 THE PRINCIPLES OF WISDOM ON WHICH THE SCIENCE 
 OF ASTROLOGY IS FOUNDED. 
 
 Nature rules the heavens ; the heavens rule all mankind. 
 
 The heavens do influence, but do not compel. 
 
 The wise man rules his stars ; the fool obeys them. 
 
 But who is the wise man ? The man who has attained 
 to wisdom. 
 
 But what is wisdom ? The knowledge of Nature is the 
 beginning of wisdom. 
 
 The knowledge of the time nature of the works of the 
 universe is the essence of wisdom. 
 
 To further truth, and do the will of Nature, is the end of 
 wisdom. 
 
 How, then, may wisdom be obtained ? By study and in- 
 dustry. 
 
 How by study ? Solomon prayed only for knowledge, 
 wisdom, and understanding. He became the wisest of 
 men. 
 
 How by industry ? Go to the ant, learn her ways and 
 be wise. ' 
 
 Further : To attain to the knowledge of the essence of 
 wisdom, facts are before all things necessary. It is the 
 want of that which keeps our savans, our literati, our 
 statesmen in deplorable ignorance and lamentable error ; 
 lack of this renders our clergy destitute of wisdom — " the 
 blind leader of the blind." They know not Nature, and so 
 they know not the God of Nature. Whatever exists, that 
 hath Nature created. What Nature hath created, let not 
 man deny. 
 
116 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 The powers of the heavens hath Nature joined with the 
 destiny of man upon the earth. To deny the works of Nat- 
 ure is to deny their -existence. 
 
 To know the true nature of the planets in the heavens 
 above, and in the earth beneath, is to have the essence of 
 wisdom. 
 
 The knowledge of the true nature of the works of the 
 heavens above, and in the earth beneath, constitutes the 
 essence of Astrology. The science of astrology, there- 
 fore, is the essence of wisdom. He who hath this es- 
 sence must have the beginning, and will assuredly attain 
 to the end of wisdom. 
 
 RATIONALE OF THE ASTROLOGICAL ASPECTS. 
 
 The geometrical argument for the astrological aspects 
 has never been expressed in its completeness and sim- 
 plicity. It is true, as Zadkiel has noticed, that " every 
 astrological aspect forms the exact angle or supplemental 
 angle of a regular polygon, which may be inscribed in a 
 circle ; " and the present article is but taking another step 
 in that direction. 
 
 A little study and analysis show, in my opinion, that the 
 following is the natural, simple, and complete classifica- 
 tion. For brevity I shall speak of arcs instead of angles. 
 
 Firstly, there are three chief aspects from which, by one 
 analogy, all the others are derived. These are severally 
 the arcs subtended by the sides of the first three regular 
 polygons ; that of three sides forming the trine ; that of 
 four sides forming the square ; and that of five forming 
 the quintile. By subdivision, then, and obtaining supple- 
 mental arcs by subtraction from 180 degrees, which is ob- 
 viously the limit of the aspects, we get the minor aspects 
 of the three kinds ; and also demonstrate that, strictly 
 
THE PRINCIPLES OP WISDOM. 
 
 117 
 
 speaking, there are several more aspects than those in the 
 books, though of no practical importance. 
 
 With a diagram for each of the three kinds, we will be- 
 gin with the prime aspect, the arc subtended by the side 
 of the first regular polygon, the equilateral triangle : 
 
 First Regular Polygon. 
 
 From the midheaven as a starting-point we inscribe the 
 first regular polygon, of three sides, which forms the trine, 
 an arc of 120 degrees ; subdivide that and we have the sex- 
 tile, 60 degrees, and subdividing again, we have the semi- 
 sextile, 30 degrees. Lastly, we take the supplemental arcs 
 of each ; the trine and sextile produce each other ; and the 
 semisextile produces an arc of 150 degrees, which probably 
 is a true astrological aspect, though weak. 
 
118 
 
 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 Again: from the midheaven we inscribe the second 
 regular polygon, of four sides, which forms the square as- 
 pect, 90 degrees ; this we subdivide but once, and have the 
 semisquare, 45 degrees. Then the supplemental arc of the 
 square is itself, and that of the sesquisquare 135 degrees. 
 
 Second Regular Polygon. 
 
 Again : we inscribe the third regular polygon, of five 
 sides, which forms the quintile, 72 degrees ; and subdivid- 
 ing, we should have a semiquintile, or 36 degrees. Then 
 the supplemental arc of the quintile forms an arc of 108 
 degrees, and that of the semiquintile forms the biquintile, 
 144 degrees, which is also double the quintile. 
 
 Following the analogy, therefore, by which we get the 
 
THE PRINCIPLES OF WISDOM. 
 
 119 
 
 sesquiquadrate, an aspect of undoubted efficacy, and rea- 
 soning from the known Jo the unknown, it appears that we 
 should have two other similar supplemental arcs ; and it 
 would, I suppose, be proper to name them in like manner, 
 
 Third Regular Polygon. 
 
 that of 150 degrees, the sesquisextile, s s %, and that of 
 108 degrees, sesquiquintile, ssq. 
 
 If we are right, then, the law of the evolution of the as- 
 trological aspects is simply this : that they are the arcs of 
 the sides of the first three regular polygons, their subdivisions, 
 and the supplements of both. 
 
 The opposition is not an aspect in the above sense, but 
 it may be considered as formed by doubling the square ; 
 
120 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 which if we do to the other two, it has a like result — the 
 trine giving the trine, and the quintile the biquintile. 
 
 Theoretically, perhaps, we might go farther, and pro- 
 ceed to the next regular polygon, that of 7 sides ; but no 
 doubt the force of the aspects decreases in a geometrical 
 ratio from the first polygon. The same reason forbids 
 more than one subdivision of the original arcs, except of 
 the trine, that being the first and most potent. 
 
 It will be observed that the aspects above enumerated 
 comprise the arcs subtended by the sides of all the regular 
 polygons to the duodecagon inclusive, except those of 7, 
 9, and 11 sides, which there is ample reason for neglecting, 
 on the principles by which the aspects are formed. 
 
 The above is conceived to be the most concise statement 
 of the geometrical grounds of the aspects. Their astro- 
 logical significance and division into good and bad, or har- 
 monious and inharmonious, is another and subtler argu- 
 ment, and doubtless points to many beautiful analogies in 
 crystallization and other laws and processes of Nature. 
 
 CLIMACTERICAL YEARS. 
 
 In speaking of climacterical years I quote the following 
 from Wilson's " Dictionary of Astrology " : " Every sev- 
 enth or ninth year in a man's life, answering to the days 
 of the moon, because she comes to the square of her own 
 place in the radix about every seventh day, and in the trine 
 to it about every ninth day ; thus the 7th, 9th, 14th, 18th. 
 21st, 27th, 28th, 35th, 36th, 42d, 45th, 49th, 54th, 56th, and 
 63d years are all climacterical, and are reckoned, and per- 
 haps truly, to be productive of remarkable events. The 
 most dangerous of them are the 49th and 63d, because 
 they are doubly climacterical, being 7x7 and 7x9, and, 
 when evil directions occur, are reckoned generally fatal. 
 The 63d year is called the Grand Climacteric, and a care- 
 
THE PRINCIPLES OF WISDOM. 121 
 
 fill observer will find that more people die in their 63d 
 year than in any oth^r from 50 to 80. Many are of opinion 
 that the 7th climacterical year is always caused by Saturn, 
 because he comes every 7th year, or thereabout, to the 
 square, opposition, or conjunction of his place in the radix 
 (nativity) ; this may be the case, but I should rather at- 
 tribute it to the Moon, whose effects in all things we know 
 of are more prominent than those of Saturn. In some 
 cases it may be the joint effect of Saturn and the Moon, as 
 their septennial periods nearly agree ; one reason, how- 
 ever, against the probable operations of Saturn in the sep- 
 tennial year is that his period is not strictly septennial, 
 but nearly seven and a half years, and his second climac- 
 teric fifteen years." I find, after a child has passed its 
 14th year, that is, the two sevens of its life, it has passed 
 its childhood and then each seven makes a great change 
 in the constituting of the boy and girl ; then, on reaching 
 their 21st year, which is the third seven, manhood and 
 womanhood ripens out into its future for their good or bad 
 fortune, or, from that time, start their own destiny, leaving 
 fate behind. I find that persons born in an earthy sign 
 are seven years later in beginning their destiny, making it 
 their 28th year. From that time they become more earn- 
 est in their ways, plans, and undertakings, and in fact, act 
 and look younger and take life more natural. And so the 
 sevens continue, and when they have reached their 35th 
 year they have passed the fifth seven, and the closing of the 
 sixth seven, their 42d year, is a dangerous period to pass 
 through ; also the 56th year is an afflicting period to both 
 male and female, which is the closing of the eighth seven. 
 
XYII. 
 
 THE ESSENTIAL DIGNITIES OF THE PLANETS. 
 
 The exact way of judicature in astrology is, first, by be- 
 ing perfect in the nature of the planets and signs ; sec- 
 ondly, by knowing the strength, fortitude, or debility of 
 the significators, and well poising of them, and their as- 
 pects and several mixtures, in your judgment ; thirdly, by 
 rightly applying the influence of the figure of Heaven 
 erected, and the planets' aspects to one another at the time 
 of the question, according to natural and not enforced 
 maxims of art ; for by how much you endeavor to strain a 
 judgment beyond Nature, by so much the more you aug- 
 ment your error. A planet is then said to be really strong 
 when he has many essential dignities, which are known by 
 his being either in his house, exaltation, triplicity, term, or 
 face, at the time of erecting the figure. As, for example, 
 in any scheme of Heaven, if you find a planet in any of those 
 signs we call his house, he is then essentially strong ; as 
 ^ in YS, or % in f . 
 
 Essential Dignity by House. — In judgment, when a planet 
 or significator is in his own house, it represents a man in 
 such a condition, as that he is lord of his own house, estate, 
 and fortune ; or a man wanting very little of the goods of 
 this world ; or it tells you the man is in a very happy state 
 or condition. This will be true, unless the significator be 
 retrograde, or combust, or afflicted by any other malevolent 
 planet or aspect. 
 
 Exaltation. — If he be in that sign wherein he is exalted, 
 you may consider him essentially strong ; whether he be 
 near the very degree of his exaltation, or not ; as $ in V3, 
 or % in S. 
 
THE ESSENTIAL DIGNITIES OF THE PLANETS. 123 
 
 If the significator be in his exaltation, and no ways im- 
 pedited, but angular it represents a person of haughty 
 condition, arrogant, assuming more to himself than his due ; 
 for it is observed, the planets in some part of the Zodiac do 
 more evidently declare their effects than in others. 
 
 Triplicity. — If he be in any of those signs which are 
 allotted him for his triplicity, he is also strong, but in a 
 less degree. 
 
 A planet in his triplicity shows a man modestly endued 
 with the goods and fortune of this world; one well de- 
 scended, and the condition of his life, at present time of 
 the question, to be good ; but not so much so as if in either 
 of the two former dignities. 
 
 Term. — If any planet be in those degrees we assign for 
 his terms, we allow him to be slightly dignified. 
 
 A planet fortified, only as being in his own terms, rather 
 shows a man more of the corporature and temper of the 
 planet, than any extraordinary abundance in fortune, or 
 eminence in the commonwealth. 
 
 Face. — If any planet be in his decanate, or face, he has 
 the least possible essential dignity ; but being in his own 
 decanate or face, he cannot then be called peregrine. 
 
 A planet being in his decanate or face, describes a man 
 ready to be turned out of doors, having much to do to 
 maintain himself in credit and reputation ; and in geneal- 
 ogies it represents a family at the last gasp, even as good 
 as quite decayed, hardly able to support itself. 
 
 The planets may be strong in another way ; viz., acciden- 
 tally ; as when direct, swift in motion, angular, in /\ or ^ 
 aspect with 2/ or $ , etc., or in 6 with certain notable 
 fixed stars, as shall hereafter be related. Here follows a 
 table of essential dignities. By only casting your eye 
 thereon, you may perceive what essential dignity or imbe- 
 cility any planet has. 
 
124 
 
 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 
 'IIBJ 
 
 ►J^ 
 
 
 
 *o 
 
 
 o+|0J^ 
 
 
 rt 
 
 
 XH 
 
 •joomiipd 
 
 Ofj^oj^ 
 
 - 
 
 ►£* 
 
 r* 
 
 *o 
 
 CM- 
 
 XH 
 
 ^|©|XH 
 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 O 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 "© 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 O 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 O 
 CO 
 
 6 
 
 «? 
 
 EH 
 
 m 
 
 < 
 
 Pa 
 
 o+ 
 
 X' 
 
 
 
 t=\ 
 
 *o 
 
 xh 
 
 r* 
 
 CM 
 
 J^ 
 
 
 
 f=\ 
 
 »X) 
 
 o 
 CM 
 
 o 
 
 © 
 CM 
 
 o 
 ex 
 
 © 
 
 CM 
 
 xh 
 
 © 
 
 CM 
 
 o 
 
 CM 
 CM- 
 
 o 
 
 CM 
 
 o 
 
 CM 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 CM 
 
 o 
 
 CM 
 
 o 
 
 CM 
 
 XH 
 
 o 
 
 CM 
 
 o 
 
 © 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 © 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 P-i 
 
 a 
 
 EH 
 
 
 *o 
 
 xh 
 
 * 
 
 CM- 
 
 j^* 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 «0 
 
 XH 
 
 » 
 
 CM- 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 O 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 © 
 
 CO 
 
 © 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 O 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 Pn 
 O 
 
 
 ►£* 
 
 *o 
 
 *0 
 
 ►^ 
 
 *o 
 
 *o 
 
 «o 
 
 »c 
 
 *o 
 
 X* 
 
 *o 
 
 ^ 
 
 to 
 
 CM 
 
 o 
 
 CM 
 
 CM 
 
 CM 
 
 CM 
 
 CM 
 
 CM 
 
 CM 
 
 CM 
 
 «9 
 CM 
 
 CM 
 
 CM 
 
 EH 
 •— t 
 
 !25 
 O 
 ►— i 
 
 EH 
 
 
 *C 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 Of 
 
 r* 
 
 ►^ 
 
 XH 
 
 XH 
 
 .c 
 
 *X) 
 
 ?* 
 
 «x> 
 
 i 
 
 CM 
 
 xh 
 
 CM 
 CM 
 
 CM 
 
 CM- 
 
 O 
 CM 
 
 X/f 
 
 CM- 
 
 CO 
 
 r— 1 
 
 
 CM 
 CM- 
 
 XH 
 
 
 O 
 CM 
 
 CH- 
 
 o 
 
 CM 
 XH 
 
 ch- 
 
 XH 
 
 Tf 
 
 * 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 XH 
 
 CO 
 Or 
 
 CM- 
 
 Tt 
 ?* 
 
 CM- 
 
 CM 
 
 XH 
 
 XH 
 
 
 
 
 «o 
 
 00 1 t^ 
 
 <© 
 
 to 
 
 t^. 
 
 <© 
 
 to 
 
 00 
 
 CO 
 
 to 
 
 00 
 
 a 
 
 EH 
 
 i ^ 
 
 w 
 PQ 
 
 
 c*\ 
 
 of »t 
 1 
 
 90 
 
 ,c 
 
 XH 
 
 J^ 
 
 *o 
 
 r* 
 
 Of 
 
 & 
 
 o+ 
 
 1 
 
 ■c 
 
 
 
 
 o+ 
 
 XH 
 
 
 
 
 CM- 
 
 XH 
 
 «X> 
 
 
 
 CM 
 
 XH 
 
 ♦X) 
 
 
 Oi 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 i— i 
 
 
 f— < 
 
 CM 
 
 
 CO 
 
 00 
 CM 
 
 
 CM 
 
 ■^ 
 H 
 
 K.S 
 
 o 
 
 ^ 
 
 C8 
 
 r^- 
 
 
 XH 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 83 
 
 *o 
 
 
 CM- 
 
 s 
 
 ft 
 
 £ 
 
 ft 
 
 ft^ 
 
 «ft 
 
 fc 
 
 ft 
 
 fr 
 
 ft 
 
 K 
 
 ft 
 
 ft 
 
 
 e 
 
 *0 
 
 CM- 
 
 XH 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 XH 
 
 CM- 
 
 «X) 
 
 r* 
 
 j:- 
 
 X* 
 
 r* 
 
 I 
 
 35 
 
 5- 
 
 » 
 
 
 
 
 
 Q? 
 
 i< 
 
 <l 
 
 & 
 
 ^+ 
 
 5: 
 
 U 
 
 X 
 
THE ESSENTIAL DIGNITIES OF THE PLANETS. 125 
 
 EXPLANATION OF THE TABLE. 
 
 Every planet has two signs for his houses, except .Sol 
 and Luna ; they but one each, i? has V3 and £? ; and U 
 has f and ^ ; $ has T and TTJ, ; $ has tf and =a= ; 2 has EE 
 and ng. One of these houses is called diurnal, noted in 
 the second column by the letter D ; the other is nocturnal, 
 noted by the letter N. The planets have their exaltations, 
 as the third column points out : thus O in 19 T ; D in 
 3 8; Q, in 3 degrees JJ, are exalted. These twelve signs 
 are divided into four triplicities. The fourth column 
 tells you which planet or planets, both night and day, 
 governs each triplicity ; as over against 5j, fH> X, you find 
 6 , who governs by day and night in that triplicity ; and 
 over against T, SI, t , you find O and U; viz., that O has 
 domination by day, and U by night, in that triplicity ; the 
 first 6 degrees of T are the terms of U, from 6 to 14, 
 the terms of 9 . Over against T , in the tenth, eleventh, 
 and twelfth columns, you find S 10, O 20, 9 30 ; viz., the 
 first 10 degrees of T are the face of $ ; from 10 to 20, the 
 face of O ; from 20 to 30, the face of 9 . 
 
 In the thirteenth column, over against T, you find 9 det- 
 riment, viz., 9 being in c f, is in a sign opposite to one of her 
 own houses, and so is said to be in her detriment. In the 
 fourteenth column, over against T , you find 1? , over his 
 head fall, that is, b when he is in f is opposite to his ex- 
 altation, and so is unfortunate. Though these things are 
 expressed in the nature of the planets already, yet this 
 table makes it appear more evident to the eye, and is use- 
 ful for reference. 
 
 considerations before judgment. 
 
 All the ancients that have written of questions do give 
 warning to the astrologer that before he delivers judg- 
 
 
126 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 merit he considers well whether the figure is radical * and 
 capable of judgment ; the question then shall not be taken 
 for radical : 1st, when either the 1st or 2d degrees of 
 a sign ascend (especially in signs of short ascensions, viz., 
 V3, £?, X , T , tf , II )• You may not then adventure judg- 
 ment, unless the querent be very young, and his corpora- 
 ture, complexion, and moles or scars of his body agree 
 with the quality of the signs ascending. 2d, if 27 or 
 more degrees of any sign ascend, it is not safe to give 
 judgment, except the querent be in years corresponding to 
 the number of degrees ascending, or unless the figure be 
 set upon a time certain, viz., any event happening, such as 
 a man went away or fled at such a time precisely ; to learn 
 the result ; here you may judge, because it is no pro- 
 pounded question. 3d, it is not safe to judge when the 
 D is in the latter degrees of a sign, especially in n, "L, or 
 YS ; or, as some say, when she is in via combusta, which is, 
 when she is in the last 15 degrees of =^=, or the first 15 de- 
 grees of n^. 
 
 All manner of matters go hardly on (except the princi- 
 pal significators be very strong) when the D is void of 
 course ; yet sometimes she performs it void of course, if 
 in & , ES, f , or X- You must also be wary, when in any 
 question propounded you find the cusp of the 7th house 
 afflicted, or the lord of the house retrograde or impedited, 
 and the matter at that time not concerning the 7th 
 house, but belonging to any other house ; it is an argu- 
 ment that the judgment of the astrologer will give little 
 content, or nothing please the querent, for the 7th house 
 generally has signification of the artist. The Arabians, 
 as Alkindus and others, do deliver the following rules, 
 
 * This term signifies, like the radix or root, the figure of hirth ; for when a person 
 asks his first question of an astrologer, it will generally be found that the same sign, 
 and often the same degree, will ascend that ascended at his birth. 
 
THE ESSENTIAL DIGNITIES OE THE PLANETS. 127 
 
 as very fit to be considered before a question be judged : 
 viz., if h be in the ascendant, especially retrograde, the 
 matter of that question seldom or never comes to good. 
 \l in the 7th either corrupts the judgment of the astrol- 
 oger, or is a sign the matter propounded will come from 
 one misfortune to another. If the lord of the ascendant 
 be combust, neither question propounded will take, nor 
 the querent be regulated. The lord of the 7th unfortu- 
 nate, or in his fall, or terms of the infortunes, the artist 
 shall scarce give a solid judgment. 
 
 When the testimonies of fortunes and infortunes are 
 equal, defer .judgment ; it is not possible to know which 
 way the balance will turn ; however, defer your opinion till 
 another question better informs you. 
 
xvm. 
 
 WHAT SIGNIFICATOR, QUERENT, AND QUESITED, ARE ; AND 
 AN INTRODUCTION TO THE JUDGMENT OF A QUESTION. 
 
 The querent is he or she that propounds the question 
 and desires resolution ; the quesited is he or she, or the 
 thing sought and inquired after. 
 
 The significator is no more than that planet which rules 
 the house that signifies the person or thing demanded ; as 
 if T is ascending, $ being lord of T, shall be significator 
 of the querent, viz., the sign ascending shall in part signify 
 his corporature, body, or stature ; the lord of the ascend- 
 ant, according to the sign he is in, the } and planet 
 in the ascendant, equally mixed together, shall show his 
 quality or conditions ; so that let any sign ascend, the 
 planet that is lord of that sign shall be called lord of the 
 house, or significator of the person inquiring. 
 
 So that, in the first place, when any question is pro- 
 pounded, the sign ascending and his lord are always given 
 unto him or her that asks the question ; secondly, you must 
 then consider the matter propounded, and see to which of 
 the twelve houses it does properly belong. When you 
 have found the house, consider the sign and lord of that 
 sign, how, and in what sign and what part of Heaven he is 
 placed, how dignified, what aspect he has to the lord of the 
 ascendant, who impedites your significator, who is a friend 
 unto him, viz., what planet it is, and what house he is lord 
 of, or in what house posited ; from such a man or woman 
 signified by that planet shall you be aided or hindered, or 
 by one of such relation unto you as that planet signifies ; 
 if lord of such a house, such an enemy ; if lord of a house 
 
 
WHAT SIGNIFICATOR AND QUERENT ARE. 129 
 
 that signifies enemies, then an enemy verily ; if of a friendly 
 house, a friend. 
 
 The whole natural* key of astrology rests in the words 
 preceding, rightly understood. By the examples follow- 
 ing, I shall make all things more plain ; for I do not desire 
 or will reserve anything whereby the learner may be kept 
 in suspense of understanding what is useful for him, and 
 most fit to be known. In every question we do give the 
 D as a consignificator with the querent or lord of the as- 
 cendant. Having well considered the several applications 
 and separation of the lords of those houses signifying your 
 questions, as also the } , her situation and quality of the 
 aspects she has, and each significator has to each, you may 
 begin to judge and consider whether the thing demanded 
 will come to pass, yea or nay ; by What or whose means, the 
 time when, and whether it will be good for the querent to 
 proceed further in his demands, yea or nay. 
 
 TO KNOW WHETHER A THING DEMANDED WILL BE BROUGHT TO 
 PERFECTION, TEA OR NAY. 
 
 The ancients have declared unto us, that there are four 
 ways or means which discover whether a person's question 
 demanded shall be accomplished, yea or nay. 
 
 Conjunction. — First, by conjunction : when, therefore, you 
 find the lord of the ascendant, and the lord of that house 
 which signifies the thing demanded, hastening to a 6 , and 
 in the 1st house, or in any angle, and the significators 
 meet with no prohibition or refranation, before they come 
 to perfect 6 , you may then judge that the thing sought 
 after shall be brought to pass without any manner of let 
 or impediment ; the sooner, if the significators be swift in 
 motion, and essentially or accidentally strong ; but if this 
 6 of the significators be in a succedent house, it will be 
 9 
 
130 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 perfected, but not so soon ; if in cadent houses, with infi- 
 nite loss of time, some difficulty, and much struggling. 
 
 Aspects of ^c or A. — Things are also effected, when the 
 principal signifiers apply by >|c or A aspect out of good 
 houses and places where they are essentially well digni- 
 fied, and meet with no malevolent aspect to intervene ere 
 they come to be in perfect >({ or A- 
 
 Aspects of 6 and 8 . — Things are also produced to per- 
 fection when the significators apply by [\ aspect, provided 
 each planet have dignity in the degrees wherein they are, 
 and apply out of proper and good houses ; otherwise not. 
 Sometimes it happens that a matter is effected when the 
 significators apply by <? , but it is when there is mutual 
 reception by house, and out of friendly houses, and the D 
 separating from the significator of the thing demanded, 
 and applying presently to the lord of the ascendant. I 
 have seldom seen anything brought to perfection by this 
 way of opposition, but the querent had been better if the 
 thing had been undone ; for, if the question was concern- 
 ing marriage, the parties seldom agreed, but were ever 
 wrangling and disputing, each party repining at his evil 
 choice, laying the blame upon their covetous parents, as 
 having no mind to it themselves ; and if the question was 
 about portion or moneys, the querent did, it is true, re- 
 cover his money or portion promised, but it cost him more 
 to procure it in suit of law than the debt was worth ; 
 and so have I seen it happen in many other things. 
 
 Translation. — Things are brought to perfection by trans- 
 lation of light and nature, in this manner : When the sig- 
 nificators both of querent and quesited are separating 
 from 6 , or $c , or A aspects of each other, and some other 
 planet separates himself from one of the significators, of 
 whom he is received, either by house, triplicity, or term,* 
 
 * This means being in these dignities of that significator. 
 
WHAT SIGNIFICATOR AND QUERENT ARE. 131 
 
 and then this planet applies to the other significator by 6 
 or aspect, before he meets with the 6 or aspect of any 
 other planets ; he thus translates the force, influence, and 
 virtue of the first significator to the other, and then this 
 intervening planet (or such a man or woman as is signified 
 by that planet) shall bring the matter in hand to perfec- 
 tion. 
 
 Consider what house the planet interposing or translat- 
 ing the nature and light of the two planets is lord of, and 
 describe him or her ; and say to the querent, that such a 
 party shall do good in the business of, etc. ; viz., if lord 
 of the 2d, a good purse effects the matter ; if lord of the 
 3d, a kinsman or neighbor ; and so of all the rest of the 
 houses. 
 
 Collection. — Matters ai*e also brought to ^perfection, 
 when the two principal significators do not behold one an- 
 other, but both cast their several aspects to a more 
 weighty planet than themselves, and they both receive him 
 in some of their essential dignities ; then shall that planet, 
 who thus collects both their lights, bring the thing de- 
 manded to perfection ; which signifies that a person some- 
 what interested in both parties, and described and signi- 
 fied by that planet, shall perform the thing which otherwise 
 could not be perfected ; as many times you see two fall 
 at variance, and of themselves cannot think of any way 
 of accommodation, when suddenly a neighbor or friend 
 accidentally reconciles all differences, to the content of 
 both parties ; and this is called a collection. 
 
 In all questions, you are generally to observe this 
 method following: The ascendant represents the person 
 of the querent, and the 2d his estate, the 3d his kindred, 
 the 4th his father, the 5th his children, the 6th his servant 
 or sickness, the 7th his wife, the 8th the manner of his 
 death, the 9th his religion or journeys, the 10th his estima- 
 
132 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 tion or honor, mother, trade ; the 11th his friends, the 12th 
 his secret enemies ; also understand that when one asks 
 concerning a woman, or any party signified by the 7th 
 house and the lord thereof, that then the 7th house shall 
 be her ascendant, and signify her person ; the 8th house 
 shall signify her estate, and be her second ; the 9th house 
 shall signify her brethren and kindred ; the 10th shall 
 represent her father ; the 11th her children, or whether 
 apt to have children ; the 12th her sickness and servants ; 
 the 1st house her sweetheart, the 2d house her death, 
 the 3d her journey, the 4th her mother, or trade, the 
 5th her friends, the 6th her sorrow, care, and private 
 enemies. Let the question be of or concerning a church- 
 man, minister, or the brother of the wife or sweetheai't, the 
 9th house shall represent each of these ; but the 10th 
 house shall be significator of his substance ; the 11th 
 house of his brethren, and so in order ; and so in all man- 
 ner of questions, the house signifying the party quesited 
 shall be his ascendant or 1st house, the next his 2d house, 
 and so continuing round about the whole heavens of 
 twelve houses. If a question be made of a king or noble- 
 man, the 10th is his 1st house, the 11th his 2d ; but 
 in nativities, the ascendant always influences the party 
 born, whether* king or beggar. -These things preceding 
 being well understood, you may proceed to judgment ; not 
 that it is necessary you have all that is written in your 
 memory exactly, but that you be able to know when you 
 are in error, when not ; when to judge a question, when 
 not. 
 
 OF THE TBUE TIME OF ERECTING- A FIGURE. 
 
 The proper time is that when you feel most anxious 
 about any matter, and first form the resolution to erect a 
 figure on the subject ; if you find the figure radical, and 
 
WHAT SIGNIFICATOR AND QUERENT ARE. 133 
 
 lay aside all self-love and prejudice, you may safely judge a 
 figure erected for that instant of time. 
 
 If a person apply to an astrologer, the figure must be 
 taken for the exact time he first speaks on the subject ; or, 
 if it be by letter, when it is first read and understood by 
 the artist. If it be not a question, but an event suddenly 
 happening, then the moment of its commencement will 
 show, by a figure, its result ; as the first setting off on a 
 journey, beginning a letter, or any business ; or when you 
 first discover the loss of any article, or hear of any event 
 happening ; in all these cases, the first impression on your 
 mind is the true moment for the figure. 
 
 OF THE PLANET OR PLANETS WHICH HINDER OR IMPEDITE THE 
 THING DEMANDED IN ANY QUESTION. 
 
 In all questions consider carefully what planet it is which 
 obstructs or hinders the perfection of the thing desired. 
 We receive judgment herein from that planet with whom 
 the lord of the ascendant be joined (whether by bodily 6 
 or by aspect), or the significator of the thing inquired after, 
 whether it be the D herself, or that she be partaker with 
 the lord of the ascendant or not, or signify the thing de- 
 manded. 
 
 Carefully observe the planet to which the querent's sig- 
 nificator is joined, or the D ; and observe how that planet 
 is disposed, and unto whom he is joined ; for if the lord 
 of the ascendant, J), or significator of the thing pro- 
 pounded, be joined to an evil planet, evilly disposed, with- 
 out reception, or if he be not evilly disposed, but be joined 
 to an infortune, and that infortune receive him not, it de- 
 notes the destruction of the thing demanded. 
 
 A planet is ill-disposed when he is peregrine, retrograde, 
 combust; also if cadent and behold not the lord of the 
 
134 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 house or the cusp of the house of the thing demanded. 
 The aspect to the cusp is better than to the lord of the 
 house. 
 
 If the significator, as above, be joined to an unfortunate 
 planet, viz., one retrograde, combust, or cadent ; then ob- 
 serve whether mutual reception intervene ; which shows 
 the perfection of the matter, though with much labor and 
 solicitation. If there be no reception, the affair will come 
 to nothing, though there may have been much probability 
 of its performance. 
 
 If the lord of the ascendant, the D , or lord of the thing 
 demanded, or the planet who receives any of them, be free 
 from affliction, though without mutual reception, it per- 
 fects the matter with facility. 
 
 If anyone of them be free from the infortunes, and 
 joined with any benevolent planet, who is himself aspected 
 by a malevolent, without mutual reception, the matter will 
 be brought to a good conclusion. 
 
 Consider carefully whether planets in aspect be without 
 reception, for when they are in reception, things are ever 
 brought to pass ; though, if the aspect be evil, with degree 
 of trouble, delay. 
 
 Consider also, whether any other planet prohibit before 
 the significators join in perfect 6 with an evil planet ; if 
 so, it hinders the thing from happening ; but if no such 
 prohibition or cutting off the light of the infortune occur, 
 by which its malevolence may be taken off, the thing will 
 be effected. 
 
 If an infortune collect the light of other planets, or if 
 light be translated to an infortune, the matter will not be 
 effected unless there be reception ; viz., that the infoi'tune 
 be received by, or disposed of, or ruled by (which is all 
 one thing), the significators. 
 
XIX. 
 
 ELEMENTARY MOTIONS OF THE TWELVE SIGNS. 
 
 The Greeks, of the famous land of Egypt, punctually 
 observed the motions and periods and stations of the 
 planets, as well as the powers which they possessed, with 
 respect to the nativities of animals, and what good or evil 
 influences they exerted ; and they frequently foretold 
 what was to happen to a man throughout his life, and not 
 uncommonly predicted a failure of crops or an abundance, 
 and the occurrence of epidemic diseases among men or 
 beasts ; they foretold, also, earthquakes and floods, and the 
 appearances of comets. 
 
 The twelve signs of the Zodiac were used by the Egyp- 
 tians at a period when only eleven were said to have been 
 distinguished by the Greeks, who afterward added a 
 twelfth, so that they agreed in number with the twelve di- 
 visions called houses ; and the experience of subsequent 
 ages fully demonstrates that the names given to them were 
 appropriate. For the sign Aries, among its various classes 
 of human physiognomy, gives one that much resembles 
 that of a Earn ; and it signifies that class of animals, and 
 their attributes. 
 
 Taurus gives very powerfully that of the Bull, with 
 tufted hair on the forehead. 
 
 Gemini, though a beautiful and human sign, yet occa- 
 sionally gives to persons born when it is rising a strong 
 resemblance in the head and neck to the characteristic 
 forms of goats, kids, and deer ; and, therefore, being a bi- 
 corporal sign, or one of plurality, in very ancient times it 
 was represented by two kids; but subsequently, the hu- 
 
136 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 man character of the sign has been recognized by the in- 
 troduction of the Twins, representing the two stars of 
 Castor and Pollux. 
 
 Cancer is found occasionally to give, among other char- 
 acteristics of the sign, a crabbed, short-nosed class of per- 
 sons, greatly resembling a crab in features, when viewed 
 in front ; these persons resemble crabs also in the energy 
 and tenaciousness with which they attack any object. 
 
 Leo produces the physiognomies most resembling a lion, 
 especially in the nose and retreating chin ; such as the 
 profile of King George III. exhibits ; and the sign is par- 
 ticularly significant of such animals as the lion. 
 
 Virgo has been found to be well suited to the significa- 
 tion of virgins, because in the greater portion of females 
 born when it is rising, it produces a class of cool, discreet, 
 studious, or self-regarding women. An ancient zodiac, 
 sculptured on one of the temples of Thebes, represents 
 this sign as a virgin with a cfistaff in her hands, to denote 
 the industrious character of women born under Virgo. 
 The same figure is found in the zodiac in the great temple 
 at Tentyra. 
 
 Libra, independently of its appearing in the world's 
 horoscope, to mediate the zodiac horizontally, and to bal- 
 ance, as it were, the sign Aries, has been found to signify 
 straight lines and regular buildings, and the sublime un- 
 interrupted horizon line of the sea ; it represents also the 
 blue color of the sky and distances. 
 
 Scorpio has been found to afford to one class of human 
 beings, born when it is rising, a near approach in the ex- 
 pression of the countenance, especially in the eyes and 
 mouth, to serpents^; and when doing or saying cruel and 
 bitter things, they are apt to be assimilated to the nature 
 of snakes and scorpions. 
 
 Sagittarius has been observed to represent not only such 
 
 
ELEMENTAKY MOTIONS OF THE TWELVE SIGNS. 137 
 
 rapid motions as belong to the flying arrow, but the cen- 
 taurian form was suggested by the first portion of the sign, 
 signifying the deliberation or temperate resolves of human- 
 ity, with happy termination, in a greater degree than the 
 latter half, which often exhibits more of the excessive im- 
 pulses and nature of a race-horse, an animal most speci- 
 fically described by Sagittarius ; and persons born while 
 the latter half of the sign is rising, are subject to the con- 
 stant apprehension of vicissitudes or violent accidents. 
 
 Capricornus is found to give to gray-eyed human beings 
 a most perfect resemblance in the eyes to the full-grown 
 goat ; and in others, both dark and fair, the under lip 
 somewhat resembles that of these animals. Capricorn, 
 from reflecting, as it were, the watery sign Cancer, which 
 is opposite to it in the Zodiac, and from the former loca- 
 tion of the famous fishy star Fomalhant in it (which left 
 the sign about the period of the great plague at Athens), 
 caused so many persons bom under the sign to partake in 
 their physiognomy of the character of fish, that it was an- 
 ciently represented by a goat with a fish's tail. In the 
 zodiac of Thebes, before alluded to, the goat is drawn in 
 full, and without the tail of the fish, as generally seen in 
 less ancient zodiacs. 
 
 Aquarius is, by many persons, erroneously termed a 
 watery sign ; but it is, in fact, the third sign of the aerial 
 trigon ; and as it is an amiable, peaceable, and uranian 
 sign, and as the air was perceived to be the bearer of 
 vapors, clouds, and even water-spouts, Aquarius was rep- 
 resented by the figure of the water-bearer, which also de- 
 noted one who followed a useful and domestic, rather than 
 any destructive, occupation. 
 
 Pisces was found to signify persons who were employed 
 in fishing, and in other watery concerns ; and likewise 
 shallow streams in which fish are readily seen. It is a 
 
138 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 sign under which many that take pleasure in bathing are 
 born, or in which planets are located at their birth ; and 
 some of the persons born while it is rising approximate to 
 fishes in their eyes, which are somewhat conspicuous and 
 phlegmatic. 
 
 THE PLANETS RULING THE SEVEN DAYS OF THE WEEK. 
 
 That the planets were the real gods of the Egyptians is 
 evident, if, as is constantly asserted, the gods of that peo- 
 ple were the same as the gods of the Greeks — " the seven 
 planets being, in the words of the philosopher Albricus, 
 the seven first gods of the heathen, whom he arranged in 
 this order : Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, Apollo, Venus, Mercury, 
 and the Moon." 
 
 This order is said to prevail in the attributing the days 
 of the week to the planets, according to the order of their 
 rule over the hours of the day ; each day bearing the name 
 of the planet ruling its first hour, as thus : the first hour 
 of Saturday (Samedi) being dedicated to Saturn, the sec- 
 ond to Jupiter, and so on ; the twenty-fifth, or first hour 
 of the next day, is that of the Sun (Sunday — Dimanche), 
 which gives its name to the day ; and so on with Mon- 
 day, or Lundi, Mardi, Mercredi, Zendi, Vendredi — Tuesday, 
 Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday. 
 
 The sarcophagi of the monarchs of the 18th dy- 
 nasty were decorated with representations of the Sun 
 Mythos — the passage of the Sun through the twelve hours 
 of the day and those of the night. The Sun is always ac- 
 companied by seven deities, who differ according to the 
 hour, and who appear to represent the Moon and planetary 
 system. 
 
 To those learning astrology it would be well to calculate 
 the places of Mercury for every day, of Venus for every 
 
 
ELEMENTARY MOTIONS OF THE TWELVE SIGNS. 139 
 
 second day, of Mars for every third, and Saturn, Jupiter, 
 and Herschel for every* sixth day. By this means they can 
 judge, within two or three minutes, by the longitude of 
 one day, what the next will be. And if their calculation 
 does not always come out as they think right, it would be 
 well to refer to the Ephemeris. I have followed this sys- 
 tem for many years. It is also a fact that some are igno- 
 rant of the grand astrological fact that the sign Taurus is 
 the house of Venus, and also the exaltation of the Moon, 
 both of which, therefore, have dignity or power in that sign. 
 
XX. 
 
 PLANETS IN THEIR OWN HOUSES, AND IN THOSE OF EACH 
 OTHER, AS THEY ARE LORDS OF A NATIVITY. 
 
 SATUKN. 
 
 Saturn, significator of a Nativity by day, fortunate or 
 well disposed, viz., in ]tf, £?, or =£=, and in the ascendant, 
 denotes the native to be respected of persons of honor 
 and eminence, and of rich men ; and denotes health of 
 body and mind, and that he shall accumulate substance and 
 great wealth ; and this the rather if he shall be found with 
 © in the 1st, 2d, or in any other fortunate house or place 
 in the figure. 
 
 But if he be evilly disposed, the native shall sustain 
 many evils, both of body and mind ; and the contrary in 
 all respects of what hath been aforesaid. 
 
 If Saturn shall be in f or X, and the nativity diurnal, 
 the native shall be fair of body and large of stature, a just 
 person, who shall in future time heap up much substance, 
 gathered together by just means. If the birth be noctur- 
 nal, the native shall be willing to live with nobles, great 
 and rich persons, and his father shall go before him to the 
 grave. 
 
 In the house of Mars, viz., form,, the native shall be 
 strong in constitution, hard-hearted, of little or no mercy 
 nor compassion, very wrathful and furious ; and if the na- 
 tivity be by night, he shall be doubly the worse. 
 
 In the house of the Sun, Si, in a diurnal nativity, the 
 native shall be fortunate, and also his father, unless some- 
 thing in the father's nativity hinder. But if the nativity 
 
PLANETS IN THEIR OWN HOUSES. 141 
 
 be nocturnal, the contrary is portended, and depression 
 foreshown. 
 
 Saturn in the house of Venus, 8 or =s=, and the birth 
 either diurnal or nocturnal, the native shall be given to 
 pleasure, and shall suffer much by that means ; he will be 
 of an evil complexion, subject to many sicknesses ; one of 
 no faith, nor good conscience. 
 
 When in H or n^ (Mercury's houses) Saturn signifies, 
 whether the birth be by day or night, that the native shall 
 study sciences and many books, and attain to most secrets ; 
 yet by much study and weariness ; he shall be much im- 
 pedited by his words, and most of his study may be to his 
 detriment ; he shall meet with ingratitude and slanderous 
 accusations. 
 
 If Saturn shall be in the house of the Moon (Cancer), it 
 signifies (£5 being the sixth sign from his own house) that 
 the native shall be burdened with many infirmities ; his 
 mother shall be in danger of death in giving him birth, 
 and in her lifetime he shall waste her goods, or consume 
 his own substance. 
 
 JUPITER. 
 
 % in V3 or £?, and lord of a nativity, free from imped- 
 iment, the native will be over-careful and greedy of heaping 
 up gain ; and will represent himself as poor and indigent, 
 and live in a vile and wretched manner, always fearing or 
 doubting evils ; and in all things that men delight in he 
 shall prove vile and base ; by which means many mischiefs 
 shall happen unto him. 
 
 If he be found in his own houses, f or X, and the birth 
 diurnal, the native shall be both rich and fortunate ; and 
 he shall acquire riches in great quantity ; he shall be dis- 
 creet, and known among great persons and honorable, and 
 prevail with them. But if the birth be by night it imports 
 
142 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 great fortune, but not so much as when diurnal ; he shall 
 dwell in religious houses, or converse with religious men, 
 and willingly abide with them. 
 
 % in T or n^, which are the houses of Mars, whatever 
 the nativity be, signifies the native to be fortunate among 
 nobles, great men, and soldiers ; and he shall be a man of 
 great stability, and much constancy, the more so if % be 
 in an angle or succedent house and in T ; he shall also be 
 a good warrior and skilful commander, especially of great 
 and renowned armies. 
 
 In the house of the Sun (Leo), the nativity being diurnal, 
 Jupiter signifies that the native shall be famous, renowned, 
 wise, and of profound judgment ; and shall gladly make 
 his abode with great men, and shall be beloved of them for 
 little service ; and not only of the great, but also of the 
 people. If Jupiter be in an angle or succedent, free from 
 evil aspects and impediments, the native shall be the more 
 fortunate, and shall transcend far beyond what man could 
 imagine. But if the birth be nocturnal, the predictions 
 shall still be true, yet much short thereof, nevertheless he 
 shall continue fortunate and well disposed. 
 
 In the houses of Venus, 8 or =a=, and the birth by day, 
 Jupiter indicates that the native shall approach and join 
 himself with rich women, shall marry such, and grow rich. 
 If the nativity be nocturnal, he shall willingly make his 
 abode with religious men, and shall be of good repute, and 
 increase in riches by such means. 
 
 In the houses of Mercury, n or rrg, free from imped- 
 iments, either in diurnal or nocturnal nativity, the native 
 shall very greatly increase in wealth, so that he shall be 
 preferred before many other men, and shall be reputed as 
 honorable as a statesman or governor. 
 
 Jupiter in the house of the Moon, strong, fortunate, and 
 well disposed, in a diurnal geniture, signifies fortune to 
 
PLANETS IN THEIR OWN HOUSES. 143 
 
 the native beyond expectation, and this the greater if % be 
 in an angle or succedent house. If the birth be nocturnal, 
 the same in a lesser degree, nevertheless the man shall be 
 excellent and of great fame, and thereby much profit shall 
 redound unto him. 
 
 MAES. 
 
 When Mars is in ltf or £? (Saturn's houses), well dis- 
 posed, fortunate, and strong, the native shall be bold and 
 magnanimous, given to deeds of chivalry ; he will effect, 
 perfect, and accomplish whatsoever he shall undertake ; 
 his fame shall be exalted, and he shall be of a command- 
 ing spirit ; if of royal blood he shall be made a king, and 
 his fame shall spread abroad into far countries ; he shall 
 mightily waste both his own and other men's substance. 
 If he have elder brethren they shall die before him, or he 
 may be the cause of their death, especially if the lord of 
 the 8th behold his significator, or be in conjunction with 
 him. 
 
 In the houses of Jupiter, f or X, fortunate and strong, 
 whatever the nativity be, it betokens that the native shall 
 reside with nobles or rich men, and be very much beloved 
 of them, for they shall prefer him to be ruler over their 
 affairs, and to command their armies ; and so much the 
 more if U shall be strong or fortunate in T or n^, and in 
 no way impedited. 
 
 In T or TTL Mars signifies the native to be master of 
 warlike instruments (chiefly in a nocturnal birth) ; he shall 
 be very ingenious and quick-witted in geometry and engi- 
 neering. If the birth, however, be by day and $ oriental, 
 and not beheld by the fortunes, it signifies the native to be 
 wicked, devilish, a backbiter and traducer of men, and will 
 do them mischief ; he shall be subject to occult diseases, 
 cancer, etc. ; but if he be in n^ the evils shall be abated. 
 
144 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 Mars in Leo (the house of the Sun), be the birth either 
 by day or night, many inconveniences shall happen to the 
 native, the destruction of his substance — he shall be afflicted 
 with sore eyes — chiefly the right ; he shall be troubled 
 with a weak stomach ; he will die a sudden or untimely 
 death, and he shall certainly die by the hands of men if <? 
 be in the 10th house. 
 
 In the houses of Venus, b or =z=, Mars shows the native 
 to be luxurious, and given to all abominable and filthy ac- 
 tions ; and shall suffer thereby. 
 
 Mars in n or rrg (Mercury's houses), whatever the nativ- 
 ity be, signifies the native to be negligent, carnal-minded, 
 solicitous about temporal things, crafty, knavish, and cov- 
 etous ; a gainer by theft or other unlawful means. If given 
 to writing, he shall prove himself a good scribe, of a sharp 
 fancy, skilful in languages, and understanding well books 
 of divers languages, and be able to explain their meaning. 
 He shall be very ingenious, and excel in sciences. 
 
 Mars in Cancer (the house of the Moon) shows the 
 native to be inconstant, lightly changing his purpose ; of 
 profound judgment in all sciences, and profiting very much 
 by them ; given to the study of evil arts. Alboaly says, if 
 he receive a hurt in the generative organs, he shall sud- 
 denly die ; he will waste much of his mother's fortune, and 
 she will undergo, after his birth, many great and tedious 
 sicknesses. 
 
 THE SUN. 
 
 The Sun, lord of a nativity in VC5* or £?, diurnal, shows 
 the native to be a man of good quality, benevolent, cheer- 
 ful, and of good conversation ; soberly delightful, making 
 others merry ; he shall excel in most handicrafts. But if 
 the birth be nocturnal, the native is unstable in everything 
 he taketh in hand. 
 
PLANETS IN THEIR OWN HOUSES. 145 
 
 Sun in the houses of Jupiter, f or X , the native shall be 
 more excellent than his neighbors ; he shall be famous 
 among men, and shall joyfully reside with nobles and great 
 personages, but he shall be given to immoral conduct. 
 
 The Sun in Aries, fortunate and strong ; in a diurnal 
 geniture, shows the native to be of good esteem, princi- 
 pally among great men, and shall willingly follow the wars 
 perpetually (unless the lord of the triplicity of the sign as- 
 cending be against him, who, though he cannot quite pre- 
 vent, may greatly lessen this). If the nativity be noctur- 
 nal, the third part of what hath been said shall only 
 happen. But if the Sun be in n^, the native will be unfort- 
 unate (unless the lord of the triplicity aforesaid favor 
 him) ; whatever his fortune may be, he shall be subject to 
 an ill habit of body, sickness, etc. 
 
 If the Sun in any nativity be in £i, fortunate in an angle, 
 especially in the 10th ; or in a succedent house, chiefly 
 from the 10th, it portends the native to be a great man, 
 puissant and exalted ; if he be of a kingly race he shall be 
 capable of great offices, or some high and eminent digni- 
 ties. If of an indifferent pedigree, he shall come to excel- 
 lent honor, great riches, and dignity. If of base lineage, 
 he shall obtain great offices and dignities, but he shall be 
 fearful lest great mischief befall him by reason of them. 
 In nocturnal genitures it signifieth the weakness of his 
 father, and his sudden death ; and that the native shall 
 gain much by travel. 
 
 When the Sun is in 8 or =£=, be the nativity diurnal or 
 nocturnal, it shows the native to be a sincere and just man, 
 an expounder of dreams, and one that can find out hidden 
 and secret things ; yet shall he offend and fall into im- 
 morality. 
 
 If O in a diurnal geniture be in n or rrg, it shows the 
 native to be well skilled in sciences, and more expert than 
 10 
 
146 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 most others of his time ; he shall also be one of good be- 
 havior ; and an astronomer, known and beloved of scien- 
 tists. But in a nocturnal nativity, the native shall be 
 unfortunate and needy, and shall intentionally do evil. In 
 youth he shall be poor, but when he comes to middle age 
 he shall grow rich, and shall be afflicted with diseases of 
 the generative organs ; he shall be an exorcist, and shall 
 mend the works of evil and wicked persons. 
 
 Venus in the houses of Saturn, YS or £?, whatever the 
 nativity be, and however she is disposed, it shows the na- 
 tive shall covet illicit pleasures, and that his (first) wife 
 shall die before him. If Venus be in the houses of Jupiter, 
 f or X, in a nocturnal nativity, it signifies that the par- 
 ents of the native shall hate him without just cause ; never- 
 theless, he shall grow rich by noble women, or by the mar- 
 riage of many wives, or by the father or grandfather of 
 them. And if the nativity be diurnal, the same shall hap- 
 pen, though not in so full a measure. 
 
 Venus in the houses of Mars, T or %, be the birth by 
 day or night, it signifies the native shall be bitter against 
 women, shall not willingly converse with them ; yet will 
 keep company with the courtesan and dishonest sort, and 
 shall incur much damage thereby ; he will hardly ever 
 marry ; but if he do, he shall be brought to it with much 
 difficulty, and thereby shall incur much strife and conten- 
 tions ; by reason whereof many evils shall befall him, and 
 he will be jealous of his wife, and possibly upon that sus- 
 picion may occasion her death. 
 
 When $ is in ft, whatever the nativity may be, it im- 
 ports the native to be much inflamed with the love of 
 women, and he shall abound in luxury and riot, and affect 
 to abuse children. 
 
 
PLANETS IN THEIR OWN HOUSES. 147 
 
 If 9 be found in her own houses, 8 or =£=, whatsoever 
 the nativity be, it shoves the native shall affect the company 
 of the demi-monde, and thereby shall be defamed, and for 
 his infamy be made notorious. 
 
 When Yenus is found in the houses of Mercury, n or 
 n%, in a diurnal nativity, well disposed, she shows the na- 
 tive to delight in limning, and also in writing books ; and 
 he shall make ornaments for women ; viz., vain or wanton 
 attire ; and deal in such things as shall allure effeminate 
 persons ; and by a specious show of hypocrisy shall insin- 
 uate himself into the favor of religious men ; nevertheless 
 much given to luxury. But if the nativity be nocturnal, 
 she being evil and ill disposed, the native shall do none of 
 those good things aforesaid, but rather the worse. 
 
 Venus in the house of the Moon, E5, in any nativity, it 
 betokens the native inconstant, and swiftly changing from 
 place to place, and from one thing to another, and he shall 
 be viciously affected, and greedy of gain, and very shame- 
 fully luxurious. 
 
 MERCURY. 
 
 If Mercury be in Y$ or ,£?, at either diurnal or nocturnal 
 birth, it imports the native to be full of suspicion, and 
 evil-tongued ; yet shall he join himself willingly to relig- 
 ious and wise men. 
 
 When ^ in a diurnal nativity shall be in f or X, and 
 well fortified, it shows the native shall abide with influen- 
 tial persons, and shall have the disposing or managing of 
 their affairs ; he shall be prudent in judgment. But if the 
 birth be by night, it portends the same, though not in so 
 great a measure. 
 
 If Mercury be in T or n^, at either a diurnal or noctur- 
 nal birth, be the native of what condition soever, it shows 
 him to be given to theft, falsehood, lying, craft, and to be 
 
 
148 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 encompassed with all manner of wickedness ; and he shall 
 reap much trouble and damage thereby. 
 
 If £ be in SL, well disposed, in any nativity, the native 
 shall be in favor with nobles and great men ; he shall at- 
 tain friendship from them, and willingly abide with them. 
 But if he be ill disposed, it signifies the native to be shame- 
 less, wanton, and foolish. 
 
 Mercury in the houses of Venus, 8 or ===, in any nativ- 
 ity, it signifies the native to be cheerful and pleasant ; and 
 that he shall attain the knowledge of all arts, and all things 
 whereby men may be delighted, or shall take pleasure in. 
 
 When $ is in n or ^ , it imports the native to be virtu- 
 ous, well disposed, and faithful ; he shall attain perfection 
 in all sciences, as well in the practical as the speculative 
 parts ; he shall also be skilful in mechanical professions. 
 
 Mercury, when in S£, fortunate and well disposed, signi- 
 fies the native to be bountiful and much given to hospital- 
 ity, willing to do good ; not delighting in lasciviousness, 
 but faithful, liberal, and beneficent. 
 
 THE MOON. 
 
 Luna in Y3 or £?, well disposed, in a nocturnal nativity, 
 and decreasing in light, it portends unto the native sore 
 eyes, and grief in the reins and kidneys, etc. But if the 
 birth be by day, he shall be the less afflicted with the afore- 
 said maladies. In any nativity, diurnal or nocturnal, it 
 shows the native not to be beloved of men ; for they shall 
 endeavor to blast his credit and repute, and shall despite- 
 fully use him ; and this although he deserve well at their 
 hands. 
 
 The Moon in f or X , in any nativity, imports the na- 
 tive to have great power among his kindred, and he shall 
 be reputed as their governor ; and his fame shall be spread 
 
PLANETS IN THEIR OWN HOUSES. 149 
 
 abroad ; nevertheless, lie shall be given to luxury, and to 
 keep company with courtesans. 
 
 "When D is in f or n^, in any nativity, it signifies the 
 native to be an impudent person, a thief, abandoning good 
 works, studying mischief ; willingly consorting with wicked 
 and naughty persons, and affecting to converse with them. 
 
 D in £L, in any nativity, betokens the native to abide 
 with great men ; and the rather if the Moon shall be 
 posited in the first or last term or decanate of Leo. 
 
 If) be in b or =2=, whatever the nativity be, it shows 
 the native to be inflamed with the love of women (but if 
 she be weak or impedited therein, yet shall he delight in 
 their company), by which means much profit shall redound 
 unto him. 
 
 The Moon in H or in? signifies the native to be bounti- 
 ful, leading a good life, not hurting anyone ; one of a good 
 understanding, and ingenious ; but he shall be given to 
 luxury. 
 
 The Moon in her own house (Cancer), it declares the na- 
 tive to dwell with great men, and that he shall attain much 
 good and profit by them. If her conjunction or applica- 
 tion be evil, it denotes divers sickness to happen to the 
 native ; but if fortunate, the body will be both healthful 
 and temperate. 
 
XXI. 
 
 HORARY INQUIRIES. 
 
 Horary inquiries should be well considered before being 
 made. The ancient priests, who practised them in the tem- 
 ples of the most famous oracles, made the inquirer come a 
 long distance and pay dearly for an answer. They may be 
 made on any subject whatever, and any number of ques- 
 tions asked on any one subject ; but the heavens point out 
 most clearly the result when the question is brief and clear, 
 yea or nay. No answer can be had when more than one 
 subject is inquired on at the same time, for the heavens in 
 that case, like the querent's mind, are confused. 
 
 It may be observed that the planets and luminaries de- 
 rived their personal and human attributes through per- 
 sonating human beings in the divination of horary ques- 
 tions and horoscopes. 
 
 In giving judgment upon horary questions, astrologers 
 count a planet in its face, i.e., decan, only half as powerful 
 as when in its term, reckoning it as 1 in the former posi- 
 tion, as 2 in the latter. House, exaltation, and triplicity 
 counting as 5, 4, and 3 respectively. 
 
 There are thirty-six decans or " faces " of the planets, 
 each sign of the Zodiac being divided into three divisions of 
 10 degrees each. The first, i.e., the first 10 degrees of 
 Aries, being assigned to Mars, the second to the Sun, the 
 third to Venus. The first decan of the next sign of the 
 zodiac, Taurus, to Mercury, then to the Moon ; the next 
 to Saturn, the seventh to Jupiter ; -and so in rotation, 
 preserving the same order. It is an astrological fact that 
 the sign Taurus is the house of Venus, and also the exalta- 
 
HORARY INQUIRIES. 151 
 
 Hon of the Moon, both of which, therefore, have dignity or 
 power in that sign. „ 
 
 In all horary questions the time of sunrise must be taken, 
 no matter what part of the world you may be in at the 
 time the question is asked. Also note the day of the week, 
 and the planet ruling the first hour of that day, and if you 
 find the planet in good position, and just entering a sign, 
 the matter will be accomplished ; if just leaving a sign, and 
 the planet of the first hour not in good position, doubtful ; 
 and if in the hour of the Moon, no ; but if you find the 
 Moon in Cancer or Taurus, and the planets in good posi- 
 tion, all will go well, as the Moon has strength in those two 
 signs. The first two weeks of the new Moon is the best 
 time for woman to carry out her plans ; the remainder, or 
 later part, the best for man. 
 
 When a question is proposed of some weighty and dif- 
 ficult business, and whether it will be done and brought 
 to pass or not, first view whether the planet which is sig- 
 nificator be safe and prosperous, and free from affliction by 
 malevolents, and one of the fortunes casts his beams or 
 light on beams of such signification, for then shall that 
 planet be said to be safe and guarded till the fortune is 
 past by the space of one minute, and signifies the perfec- 
 tion of the thing. But after it is past by the space of one 
 minute, it will not be perfected or accomplished ; for it 
 only raises hopes, as we said the malevolent in like case 
 could do nothing but create fears ; yet is such a hope that 
 the querent will believe and fancy himself as it were cer- 
 tain, yet not without something of doubt. And 17 degrees 
 of Scorpio ascend, Mars being in 12 degrees, 13 minutes of 
 8 , and Venus in 12 degrees, 14 minutes of Y3 ; so that 
 Venus is joined to Mars by a trine and receives him in her 
 house, who likewise receives her in his exaltation ; so that 
 the querent thinks, and all others concerned verily believe, 
 
152 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 that it would be accomplished by that aspect of perfect 
 friendship, in which nattering hope they continue till Venus 
 hath passed the aspect of Mars one whole degree ; but at 
 last the business comes to just nothing at all, because Venus 
 was past Mars one minute at the time of the question pro- 
 posed ; yet may a thing possibly in such a case be brought 
 to pass, but not without extraordinary labor and trouble. 
 Zadkiel also affirms, that, " if the fortune be cadent from 
 the ascension so that it cannot behold the same, it only flat- 
 ters with splendid hopes, but never completes the business." 
 
 Take notice whether the planet to which the Moon or 
 significator joins, receives them ; for then there will be a 
 good and laudable end, and the matter will be accom- 
 plished, if the receiver be a fortune. 
 
 Observe when a significator or the Moon has past the 
 29th degree of the sign it is in ; then it shall have no 
 strength in that sign, but in the next. 
 
 A corporal conjunction forbids an aspect and cuts it off ; 
 but an aspect cannot do so by a conjunction. 
 
 THE PLANET NEPTUNE. 
 
 This body was first discovered by Mr. Adams, of Cam- 
 bridge, and then by a French astronomer, who had seen 
 Mr. Adams's papers at the Royal Observatory at Green- 
 wich. Its distance from the Sun is above thirty times that 
 of the Earth. Its period of revolution round the Sun 
 about one hundred and sixty-seven years ; just double that 
 of Herschel, which planet astronomers now generally term 
 Uranus. The apparent diameter of Neptune is to that of 
 Uranus as 3 to 4 ; its bulk, as 8 to 5 — above one hundred 
 and twenty-four times that of the Earth. The influence of 
 Neptune is supposed to be of a benefic character, like that 
 of Venus, but not so powerful. 
 
HORARY INQUIRIES. 153 
 
 RULES TO FIND THE TIME THE MOON FORMS ANY ASPECT IN 
 ' THE HEAVENS. 
 
 1. Find the Moon's motion in 24 hours, and from it sub- 
 tract the planet's motion, or, if the planet be retrograde, 
 add the two amounts ; the sum or difference is the lunar 
 acceleration. 
 
 2. Find the distance of the } from the aspect at the 
 previous noon. Then say : " As the acceleration is to 24 
 hours, so is the distance from the aspect to the time the 
 
 5 forms the aspect." 
 
 Example. — Required the time when the J) 6 Q occurs 
 on October 11, 1863. 
 
 1. The motion of the D , from noon on the 10th to noon 
 on the 11th, is 12° 40'. The motion of 9 is 22' retrograde. 
 The sum is 13° 2' = the acceleration. 
 
 2. The place of 9 at noon on the 10th is 9° 18' in ad- 
 vance of the D . Then say : " As 13° 2' to 24 h , so are 9° 
 18' to 17 h 8 m ." Hence the D formed the 6 with 9 at 5 h 
 8 m a.m. on October 11, 1863. 
 
 The same process will determine the time of any aspect 
 of the O or planets to any other body or aspect. 
 
 Example. — Required the time of © 6 $ on October 11, 
 1863. 
 
 The motion of $ (retrograde), from the 10th to the 11th 
 of October, is 1° 12', and that of the O is 1° 0' ; the sum is 
 2° 12'. The distance of $ from the Sun at noon on the 
 10th is 2° 4'. Then : "As 2° 12' to 24\ so 2° 4' to 22" 33 m ." 
 Hence the O 6 $ is found to be at 10 h 33 m a.m. on Octo- 
 ber 11, 1863, by Zadkiel's "Ephemeris." But if worked out 
 to seconds, the time will differ slightly. 
 
 The student will do well to obtain Zadkiel's Almanac 
 for each year, as in it he will find the longitudes of the Sun 
 and Moon given to seconds, and numerous other advantages. 
 
The days 
 when the Moon 
 is in either of 
 these signs can 
 be seen by re- 
 ferring to the 
 Almanac Table 
 or the Ephem- 
 eris for the 
 month. It will 
 be observed that 
 the Moon's en- 
 try into any sign 
 usually in- 
 creases the sen- 
 sitiveness of the 
 part of the body 
 governed by 
 that sign, and 
 causes an ac- 
 celeration of 
 whatever dis- 
 ease or illness 
 may be there lo- 
 cated. Persons 
 should therefore 
 take especial 
 care, on such 
 days, not to do 
 any act to ag- 
 gravate an al- 
 ready Moon- 
 quickened 
 weakness or ill- 
 ness. . 
 
 
HORARY INQUIRIES. 
 
 155 
 
 Table Showing the Members in the Human Body which the Planets 
 Influence in any of the Twelve Signs. 
 
 SIGN. 
 
 T? 
 
 U 
 
 $ ' l O 
 
 ? 
 
 S 3 
 
 V 
 
 Breast 
 Arms 
 Head 
 
 Neck 
 Heart 
 Head 
 
 Bowels 
 Head 
 
 Thighs 
 Head 
 
 Reins 
 
 Feet 
 
 Head 
 
 Secrets 
 
 Legs 
 
 Knees 
 Head 
 
 8 
 
 Heart 
 Breast 
 Throat 
 
 Shoulders 
 Belly 
 Throat 
 
 Reins 
 
 Throat 
 
 Neck 
 
 Knees 
 Throat 
 
 Secrets 
 
 Neck 
 
 Throat 
 
 Thighs 
 Feet 
 
 Legs 
 Throat 
 
 .EL 
 
 Belly 
 Heart 
 Arms 
 
 Breast 
 Reins 
 Arms 
 
 Secrets Legs 
 Arms j Ankles 
 Shoulders Arms 
 
 Thighs 
 Throat 
 Arms 
 
 Knees Feet 
 Head Shoulders 
 Arms Arms 
 
 © 
 
 Reins 
 Belly 
 Breast 
 
 Heart 
 
 Secrets 
 
 Breast 
 
 Breast v t 
 Stomach £ff* t 
 Thighs ! Brea8t 
 
 Arms 
 Knees 
 Breast 
 
 Throat 
 
 Legs 
 
 Head 
 
 Breast 
 
 Stomach 
 
 si 
 
 Secrets 
 
 Reins 
 
 Heart 
 
 Thighs 
 
 Belly 
 
 Heart 
 
 Heart 
 Back 
 Reins 
 
 Head 
 Heart 
 
 Breast 
 
 Legs 
 
 Heart 
 
 Arms 
 Shoulders 
 Feet 
 
 Neck 
 
 Throat 
 
 Heart 
 
 m 
 
 Thighs 
 Secrets 
 Bowels 
 
 Knees 
 
 Thighs 
 
 Reins 
 
 Knees 
 Reins 
 Bowels 
 
 Bowels 
 Legs 
 
 Neck Heart 
 Throat Back 
 Bowels Feet 
 
 Breast 
 
 Head 
 
 Bowels 
 
 Arms 
 Shoulders 
 Bowels 
 
 *=' 
 
 Legs 
 
 Secrets 
 
 Reins 
 
 Reins 
 Feet 
 
 Arms Head 
 Shoulders Belly 
 Reins \ Reins 
 
 Heart 
 Back 
 Throat 
 
 Breast 
 Reins 
 Stomach 
 
 m 
 
 Legs 
 Feet 
 Secrets 
 
 Feet 
 
 Thighs 
 
 Secrets 
 
 Secrets 
 Head 
 
 Breast Reins 
 Stomach Throat 
 Secrets Secrets 
 
 Belly 
 Arms 
 Shoulders 
 
 Secrets 
 
 Heart 
 
 Back 
 
 t 
 
 Feet i Head 
 Legs | Knees 
 Thighs Thighs 
 
 Thighs 
 
 Neck 
 
 Throat 
 
 Heart Secrets 
 Back Shoulders 
 Thighs Thighs 
 
 Reins 
 Breast 
 Stomach 
 
 Bowels 
 Thighs 
 Guts 
 
 V3 
 
 Head Neck 
 Feet Legs 
 Knees 1 Knees 
 
 Knees 
 Arms 
 Shoulders 
 
 Bowels 
 
 Guts 
 
 Knees 
 
 Thighs 
 Breast 
 Knees 
 
 Secrets 
 
 Heart 
 
 Back 
 
 Reins 
 Knees 
 
 Off 
 
 Neck 
 Head 
 Thighs 
 
 Arms 
 Shoulders 
 Legs 
 
 Breast | gj 
 Stomach **&* 
 
 Knees 
 Heart 
 
 Legs 
 
 Legs 
 Belly 
 Feet 
 
 Thighs 
 Bowels 
 Guts 
 
 Secrets 
 Legs 
 
 X 
 
 Arms 
 Neck 
 Feet 
 
 Breast 
 
 Head 
 
 Feet 
 
 Feet 
 
 Heart 
 
 Back 
 
 Secrets 
 Feet 
 
 Knees 
 Reins 
 
 Thighs 
 Feet 
 
156 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 THE TJSE OF THE TABLE. 
 
 In the radix or decumbiture of a person falling ill, or in 
 any figure erected for a sickness, look in what sign the 
 afflicting planet is situated, and judge the nature of the 
 disease, and part of the body diseased, accordingly. Thus, 
 if 1? be in the 6th house (near the cusp), in the sign T , he 
 shows disease in the "breast, arms, and head." So of the 
 other planets. Again, if the D comes to a square of S by 
 direction, she being hyleg, and £ be in the ascendant, in 
 the sign £i, the native will be likely to suffer in the head 
 by a cut or wound, because he is in the ascendant which 
 rules the head ; but he may also have " the heart, back, 
 and reins " affected, as Mars in St influences those parts. 
 If \ be lord of the ascendant in a figure, or be in the 6th 
 in the radix, or decumbiture, and in EE, he shows disease 
 in the " reins, belly, or breast." He gives longer diseases 
 than other planets, except when in E5 or <^. 
 
 \ shows that the disease came or will come of cold, or 
 much grief and melancholy. 
 
 % gives disease by overmuch mirth, or by cold taken on 
 heat, by the blood or by wind. 
 
 $ produces it by anger and fretting, or by some accident. 
 
 O gives disease by similar means to $ , also by some 
 over-exertion and proud conduct. 
 
 9 does it by rioting, loose living, excess in diet, love or 
 lechery. 
 
 $ gives disease by fear, overmuch study, or by melan- 
 choly, and by sport or play. 
 
 The D shows disease by taking cold from too much 
 moisture or travelling. 
 
 If medical men would take a figure of the heavens at the 
 time of first seeing a patient, they might thus discover the 
 true cause and nature of the disease, which, without it, they 
 very frequently mistake, and so endanger the life of the 
 patient. 
 
XXII. 
 
 TRIGONOMETRICAL FORMULA FOR WORKING ASTRO- 
 NOMICAL PROBLEMS.* 
 
 By these formulae a figure of the heavens may be taken 
 for any part of the world, and the true places of the plan- 
 ets entered therein. 
 
 Rule. — To reduce the motion of the Moon, or any planet to 
 any time of the day required. 
 
 Take out the daily motion of the Moon or planet from 
 the Ephemeris, by taking the longitude at the previous 
 noon from that of the following noon ; then to the prop, 
 log. a. c. of 24 hours add the proportional logs, of the 
 daily motion and that of the time elapsed ; the sum will be 
 the amount of the motion required. 
 
 Example. — The Moon's diurnal motion being found to be 
 14 degrees 10 minutes on October 22, 1863, and her longi- 
 tude at noon that day X 3 degrees 49 minutes, required 
 her exact longitude at 7 h 35 m p.m. 
 
 Log. a. c. of 24 hours 9.1249 
 
 Log. of 14° 10' 1.1040 
 
 Log. of 7' 1 35 m 1.3754 
 
 Log. of Moon's mot 4° 29' 1.6043 
 
 Add thereto X 3° 49' 
 
 Moon's long, required 8° 18' 
 
 If the planet's motion be retrograde, subtract the result 
 obtained from his place at the previous noon. 
 
 * For signs and abbreviations used in this chapter, see pages 169, 170. 
 
158 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 Example 2. — Kequired the longitude of $ at 9 h 17'" p.m. 
 on October 9, 1863. 
 
 The planet is found to be retrograding, and as his long, 
 on the 9th was tt# 19 degrees 56 minutes, and on the 10th 
 njj 18 degrees 45 minutes, the difference 1 degree 11 min- 
 utes is his daily motion. 
 
 Then to log 9.1249 
 
 Add log. 1° 11' 2.1821 
 
 Also log. 9 h 17 m 1.2875 
 
 Log. of motion 0° 27' 2.5945 
 
 Then ttjj 19° 56' — 0° 27' = rt)j 19° 29', the long, g re- 
 quired. 
 
 These calculations are exact enough for all astrological 
 computations. 
 
 Another brief method of reducing the Moon's motion, 
 etc., is as follows : 
 
 Take half the Moon's diurnal motion, and throw it into 
 a decimal form. Do the same by the time elapsed. Then 
 multiply the two sums together, and divide the result by 
 10. You will then have the Moon's motion in minutes. 
 Ex. 14° 10' 
 
 =7° 5'=7.1 
 
 2 
 7 h 35 m 
 
 = 3° 47' = 3.8 
 
 2 
 
 568 
 213 
 
 26.98x10=269.8=4° 29' as before. 
 
TRIGONOMETRICAL FORMULAE. 159 
 
 Table to find the Difference of Mean and Sidereal Time. 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 Hours. 
 
 Minutes. 
 
 Seconds. 
 
 Minutes. 
 
 Seconds. 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 9.83 
 
 1 
 
 0.16 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 19.66 
 
 2 
 
 0.33 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 29.49 
 
 3 
 
 0.49 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 39.32 
 
 4 
 
 0.66 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 49.15 
 
 5 
 
 0.82 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 58.98 
 
 6 
 
 0.98 
 
 7 
 
 1 
 
 8.81 
 
 7 
 
 1.15 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 18.64 
 
 8 
 
 1.31 
 
 9 
 
 1 
 
 28.47 
 
 9 
 
 1.47 
 
 10 
 
 1 
 
 38.30 
 
 10 
 
 1.64 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 48.13 
 
 11 
 
 1.80 
 
 12 
 
 1 
 
 57.96 
 
 12 
 
 1.97 
 
 Explanation. — Although generally it is sufficient to take 
 10 seconds for each hour elapsed since the previous noon, 
 for the difference between mean and sidereal time, it may- 
 be well on some occasions to be more exact. 
 
 This table gives at once the exact amount for any num- 
 ber of hours not exceeding 12, and every sum for any num- 
 ber of minutes not exceeding 12. To find the difference 
 for any period beyond 12 hours, take out l' n 57.96 s , and 
 add thereto the amount against the number of hours be- 
 yond 12 hours. 
 
 Example. — Required the difference for 21 hours. 
 
 Then difference for 12 hours l m 57.96 s 
 
 Then difference for 9 hours 1 28.47 
 
 Total 2 86.43 
 
 If there be odd minutes for which the difference is re- 
 quired, divide them by any number not exceeding 12, and 
 
160 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 multiply the amount against the divisor by the quotient, 
 and add the sum to the result already obtained. 
 
 Example. — If the time be 21 h 40 m , after finding, as above, 
 the difference for 21 h , divide 40 by 8, and as the amount 
 against 8"' is 1.31 s , multiply this by 5, the quotient, and 
 add the sum, 6.55 s , to the 3 m 26.43 s , the sum, 3'" 32.98 s , 
 will be the difference required. If there be a remainder 
 of 1 or 2 minutes, etc., add the corrections against them. 
 But these extreme corrections are rarely necessary. 
 
 TO FIND THE GREENWICH MEAN TIME, WHEN THE MEAN TIME AT 
 ANV OTHER PLACE BE KNOWN. 
 
 Multiply the degrees and minutes of longitude by 4, 
 then change the degrees to minutes and the minutes to 
 seconds of time. Lastly, if the longitude be west, add the 
 difference to the mean time of the place, but if the longi- 
 tude be east, subtract the difference from the mean time of 
 the place; the result will be the mean time at Green- 
 wich. 
 
 Example. — Let the mean, or clock, time be found to be 
 7 h 21 m a.m. at a place in 4° 15' west longitude ; required 
 the mean time at Greenwich. 
 
 4° 15' Time at the place = 7 h 21 m a.m. 
 X 4 Longitude in time 17 
 
 17 m s Mean time at Greenwich 7 38 
 
 If the above were a time of birth, the planet's places 
 must be found for the mean time at Greenwich, viz., 7 h 
 38 m s a.m., because the Ephemeris is computed for Green- 
 wich mean noon, daily. 
 
TRIGONOMETRICAL FORMULAE. 
 
 161 
 
 EXAMPLE OF THE METHOD OF WORKING BY LOGARITHMS. 
 
 If the Right Ascension of the M. G. at London be 208° 0', 
 what degree of Ecliptic Longitude will be on the Ascendant ? 
 This is determined by Formula No. 6. 
 
 R. A. of M. C. 208° 0' 
 
 O. Asc. of 3 houses 90 
 
 O. Asc. of Asc. = 
 
 : 298 
 270 
 
 
 0. Asc. from V5 
 
 Log. sine 
 Log. cot. 
 
 28 
 
 . 51° 32' 
 
 ang. A 69 33 = 
 + 23 27 
 
 9.67161 
 9.90009 
 
 Log. cot. 
 
 = 9.57170 
 
 Ang. B 
 
 = 93 
 - 90 
 
 
 3.0 
 
 Log. sine a. c. 1.28120 
 
 Log. cos. ang. A 9.54331 
 
 Log. cot. O. Asc. VS 10.27433 
 
 Log. cot. 4° 33' = 11.09884 
 
 Here / B exceeds 90° ; therefore we let this 4° 33' fall 
 backward from Y3, and it gives f 25° 27' for the long period 
 required. 
 
 If the obliquity of the Ecliptic be taken as 23° 28', which 
 it was when the Prince of Wales was born, the result would 
 be / 25° 25'. 
 11 
 
162 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 Formula No. 1. 
 
 From Longitude and Latitude of a Heavenly Body to find its 
 Bight Ascension and Declination. 
 
 1. Log. sine (a. c.) long T or=o= ) + 9.637265 = log. tang. 
 
 or log. cos. long. ££ or yj ) /_ A. 
 
 2. Long, and lat. same name, 90° — lat. = / or long, and 
 lat. different name, 90° + lat. = / B. And / B - /_ A 
 
 = /a 
 
 Then for Declination — 
 Log. cos. / A (a. c.) + log; cos. / C + 9.962562 = log. sine 
 dec. 
 
 For the Bight Ascension — 
 
 C log. cos. long. T ) 
 Log. cos. dec. (a. c.) + } or ===, or log. sine V + log. cos. lat. 
 j long. 25 or VJ ) 
 
 _ j log. cos. B. A. from T or =^, or log. { 
 ~ \ sine B. A. from Sorl^J ) 
 
 Formula No. 2. 
 
 From Bight Ascension and Declination of a Heavenly Body 
 to find its Longitude and Latitude. 
 
 1. j Log. sine B. A. from T or =^ 5 \ + log. cotang. dec. = 
 { or log. cos. B. A. from s or V? j log. tang. / A. 
 
 2. ( B. A. and dec. same name as / A. 4- 23° 27' = / B 
 B. A. and dec. of different names, the difference / 
 A and 23° 27' = / B. 
 
 Then, for the Latitude — 
 Log. cos. / A (a. c.) + log. cos. / B + log. sine dec. = 
 log. sine lat. 
 
TRIGONOMETRICAL FO'RMUL.E. 163 
 
 For the Longitude — 
 
 Log. sine / A (a. c.) f log. j log. tang. R. A. T or =s=, or } _ 
 sine / B + { log. cotang. R. A. s or VJ J ~ 
 
 _ j log. tang. long. T or^ ) 
 ~ | or log. cotang. long. 5> or XJ j 
 
 If R. A. be less than 180°, call it North : if more, call it 
 South. Note.— If /_ B exceed 90°, the lat. is of contrary 
 name to the declination. 
 
 Formula No. 3. 
 
 From Sun's Longitude to find his Eight Ascension. 
 
 Log. 9.962562 + log. tang. long. Tor^= (or log. cotang. 
 long, from 25 or VJ) = log. tang. R. A. from T or =a= (or 
 log. cotang. R. A. from 25 or VJ). 
 
 Formula No. 4. - 
 
 From Sun's Longitude to find his Declination. 
 
 Log. 9.599827 4- log. sine long. T or =2= (or log. cos. 
 long, 25 or ltf) = log. sine declin. 
 
 Formula No. 5. 
 
 Sun's Bight Ascension given to find his Longitude. 
 
 Log. 9.962562 + log. cotang. R. A. r or =a= (or log. tang. 
 R. A. 25 or VJ) = log. cotang. long. T or =^ (or log. tang, 
 long. 25 or VJ). 
 
 Formula No. 6.' 
 
 Oblique Ascension given to find Ecliptic Longitude. 
 
 Log. cos. O. asc. T or ^ (or log. sine O. asc. 25 or VJ ) 
 + log. cotang. lat. or pole of house = log. cotang. / A. 
 
164 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 Then, if O. asc. be less than 90° or above 270°, / A + 
 23° 27' = / B. But if O. asc. be more than 90°, yet less 
 than 270°, the difference of / A and 23° 27' = / B. 
 
 And log. cos. / B (a. c.) + log. cos. / A 4- log. tang. O. 
 asc. T or^ (or log. cotang. O. asc. <n> or VJ ) = log. tang, 
 long. °f or =£= (or log. cotang. long. 55 or VJ ). 
 
 If / B be above 90°, the long, will fall backward from 
 the point from which the O. asc. is taken. 
 
 Note. — If / B exceed 90°, take log. sine of its excess, in- 
 stead of log. cos. / B, using the arith. comp. of the log., as 
 usual, in the first term. 
 
 Formula No. 7. 
 
 When Oblique Ascension is exactly 90° from v or =^, to find 
 the Degree Ascending, etc. 
 
 Log. 9.599827 + log. tang. lat. of the place = log. cotang. 
 of the degree ascending. 
 
 Formula No. 8. 
 
 To find Ascensional Difference. 
 
 Log. tang. lat. of the place + log. tang, declin. of the 
 planet = log. sine of the asc. diff. 
 
 Formula No. 9. 
 
 The Declination and Ascensional Difference given to find the 
 
 Pole. 
 
 Log. cotang. dec. + log. sine asc. diff. — log. tang. pole. 
 
TRIGONOMETRICAL FORMULA. 165 
 
 Formula No. 10. 
 To find the Circle of Position. 
 
 Say : " As semi-diurnal arc to 90 degrees, so is the merid- 
 ian distance to the circle of position from the meridian." 
 
 Then the circle of position, taken from the meridian dis- 
 tance, leaves the asc. diff. under the pole. 
 
 I have given this last formula to render this work com- 
 plete ; but I prefer to work by the semi-arcs only, as more 
 simple and easy than by means of oblique asc, excepting 
 in the case of aspects to the ascendant. 
 
 ON THE USE OF LOGARITHMS IN ASTRONOMICAL CALCULATIONS. 
 
 Logarithms were invented by Baron Napier, for the pur- 
 pose of facilitating his calculations as an astrologer. They 
 perform multiplication by addition, and division by sub- 
 traction. They also give the result of proportion, or the 
 rule of three, by merely adding three numbers together, and 
 they raise powers and extract roots by an extremely simple 
 process. 
 
 Ex. 1.— Multiply 786 by 786. 
 
 786 Log. 2.895423 
 786 Log. 2.895423 
 
 Answer, 617796 Log. 5.790846 
 
 The index is always 1 less than the number of figures in 
 the integer number. Thus the index to the log. of 786 is 
 2, and that of 617796 is 5. 
 
 Ex. 2.— Divide 80794 by 397. 
 
 80794 Log. 4.907379 
 397 Log. 2.598791 
 
 Answer, 203.51 Log. 2.308588 
 
166 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 Ex. 3. — If the average motion of the Sun be 59' 8".34 per 
 day, how much will he move in 17 clays 7 hours ? 
 
 59' 8".34 
 60 
 
 3548 .34 Log. 3.550025 
 
 Log. 24 — 1.380211 
 
 Log. of mot. per hour 2.169814 
 
 17<i 7h _ 415 h 2.618048 
 
 Log. of mot. in seconds 4.787862 
 
 1° = 3600 seconds 3.556303 
 
 Log. of 17°.04354 1.231559 
 
 This is 17° 2' 6". 74— the answer. 
 
 The student will do well to practise himself in the use 
 of these logarithms and in decimals. 
 
 For calculations in spherical trigonometry logarithms 
 are essential, and every student should learn something of 
 this art ; but to those who do not, the formulae given will 
 suffice for most purposes. Let it be remembered, that 
 when the index of the logs, of sines, tangents, etc., exceeds 
 10, it is generally necessary to throw away that amount ; 
 also, that in proportion, or where three logs, are to be 
 added together, and the fourth is the log. of the answer, 
 the first log. should be taken from 10.00000, which gives 
 the arithmetical complement ; and this must be used instead 
 of the log. itself, and then all is performed by addition. 
 
 Ex. 4. — To extract the square root or find the power of 
 any number. 
 
 Find the V 973. Log. 2.988113. 
 
 Divide the log. by 2, and the quotient is the log. of y 1 
 973. 
 
TRIGONOMETRICAL FORMULAE. 167 
 
 Thus, 2.988113 
 
 = 1.4940565 ; of which the natural num- 
 
 2 
 ber is 31.193, the answer. 
 
 So any other root of a number may be found by dividing 
 its log. by the number of the root required. 
 
 Thus, 2.988113 
 
 = Log. 0.9960377 = 9.9092, the cube root 
 
 3 
 of 973. Thus, required the 3d power of 9.9092. 
 
 Its log. 0.996037 x 3 = 2.988113 ; the natural number 
 of which is 973 ; the answer. 
 
 It is obvious that any power of a number is found by 
 multiplying its log. by the index of the power required. 
 
 TO FIND THE EEAL AND TRUE RELATION BETWEEN THE DIMEN- 
 SIONS AND DISTANCES OP THE SUN, MOON, AND EARTH. 
 
 The following simple calculations show that there is a 
 close relation between the distances and dimensions of the 
 Sun, Moon, and Earth. They give us the true distance of 
 the Sun from the Earth, viz., 91,260,000 miles. They are 
 introduced here to show the student how easy and simple 
 the method of working by logarithms becomes. 
 
 Mean diameter of } = 2160 miles, mean dist. 3) 237,000 
 
 miles. 
 Equat. diam. of = 7925.648 equat. radius of © = 3962.824. 
 Polar diam. of © = 7899.170 
 
 15824.818 
 
 = 7912.4 = mean diam. 
 
 2 
 7912.4 
 = 3956.2 = mean radius of ©. 
 
 2160 
 
 = 1080 = radius of D . 
 
 5036.2 = rad. © -l- rad. }. 
 
168 
 
 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 Then 
 237,000 - 5036 = 231,964 = disk surface of J log. 5.365440 
 
 2160 ^ diam. } log. 3.334454 
 
 Dlst ' ^ = 107.395 the Log. ratio = 2.030986 
 Diam. D 
 
 7912.4 M. diam. log. 3.898308 
 
 Diam. O = 849,756 miles log. 5.929294 
 Log. ratio = 2.030986 
 
 Disk © from = 91,260,000 miles = 7.960280 
 Then to find the horizontal parallax of the Sun, we have — 
 
 Log. of disk © a. c. 2.039720 
 Equat. rad. © = 3962.824 3.598005 
 
 Sine hor. par. = 8.959" 5.637725 
 
 To show that the above is the true distance of the Sun, we 
 may compute it from his apparent semi-diameter, which is 
 16' 3.3". Allow 3.3" for refraction of the atmosphere, and 
 take the semi- diameter = 16'. 
 
 Then sine 16' a. c. = 2.332155 
 
 849,756 = 424,878 = 5.628264 
 2 
 
 Cosine 16' = 9.999995 
 
 Disk © = 91,288,000 miles 7.960414 
 As above 91,260,000 
 
 28,000 = difference. 
 
 We have thus : 
 diam. 
 
 = 3.66314, and dmm ' Q = 1 I 
 
 diam. J) disk D 
 
 Hence diam. 5 : disk D :: diam. O : disk O; and diam. 
 : diam. ©. And diam. x dist. J) = diam. D x 
 diam. Q. 
 
TRIGONOMETRICAL FORMULAE. 169 
 
 For d i st ^_ = 107.395. And ^ = 107.396. 
 diam. 3) diam. © 
 
 And dist Q = 107.395. 
 diam. O 
 
 TO FIND THE VELOCITY OF LIGHT. 
 
 Light is known by observation to occupy 8 m 18' in com- 
 ing from the Sun to the Earth. 
 
 Therefore dist. © 91,260,000 mile log 7.960280 
 
 Log. 498 s = 8 m 18 s 2.697229 
 
 Velocity of light per second = 183,253 miles 5.263051 
 
 Mr. Hind makes this 183,470 miles, which is 217 miles dif- 
 ference only. His numbers are as follows : Diameter of 
 Sun = 850,100 miles : difference = 344 miles. Distance 
 of the Sun, 91,328,600 miles : difference = 40,600 miles. 
 Horizontal parallax of Sun = 8.95" : difference = 0.009". 
 These results of Mr. Hind are those computed by M. Le 
 Verrier, the celebrated French astronomer. They are 
 founded on observations of parallax, none of which agree 
 exactly ; and we may therefore conclude that none are so 
 likely to be correct as this simple process now offered, 
 which relies on the beautiful simplicity of the relative pro- 
 portions established between the Sun, the Earth, and the 
 Moon. 
 
 Notes and Abbreviations used in Chapter XXII. 
 
 + Plus, or added to. A. G. — Arithmetical comple- 
 
 — Minus, or taken from. inent. 
 
 x Multiplied by. Asc. — Ascendant. 
 
 -s- Divided by. M. C. — Medium Cceli, or Mid- 
 
 = Equal to. heaven. 
 
 : As. R. A. — Right Ascension. 
 
 :: So is, or so are. O. Asc. — Oblique Ascension. 
 
170 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 . Ta S. A. — Semi-arc. 
 
 Log.— Logarithm. S. D. A.— Semi-diurnal arc. 
 
 Prop. log. — Proportional log- S. N. A.— Semi-nocturnal arc. 
 
 arithm. M. D. — Meridian distance. 
 
 L g. s.— Logarithm sine. Lat.— Latitude. 
 
 Log. cos.— Logarithm cosine. Long.— Longitude. 
 
 Log. tang.— Logarithm tangent. Dec— Declination. 
 
 Log. cot. — Logarithm cotan- Asc. Diif.— Ascensional differ- 
 gent. ence. 
 
 T Aries ; » Taurus ; n Gemini ; ® Cancer ; SI Leo ; M Virgo ; 
 £= Libra ; 1H. Scorpio ; t Sagittarius ; VS Capricorn ; zz Aquarius ; 
 K Pisces. 
 
 Ifl Uranus ; ^ Saturn ; If Jupiter ; $ Mars ; O Sol ; ? Venus ; 
 £ Mercury ; J) Luna, or the Moon ; Pars Fortunse, the Part of 
 Fortune or Earth ; Q the Dragon's Head ; t5 the Dragon's Tail. 
 
 ° degrees ; ' minutes ; " seconds. 
 
 Each Degree gives 
 
 In Movable Signs and Angles DAYS. 
 
 In Common Signs and Angles WEEKS. 
 
 In Fixed Signs and Angles MONTHS. 
 
 Succedent houses give weeks, months, and years, as the sign is 
 movable, common, or fixed ; and cadent houses give months in 
 movable signs, years in common, and an indefinite time in fixed 
 
 signs. 
 
XXIII. 
 
 SPIRITUAL AFFINITIES. 
 
 The normal representatives of the sexes are the lumina- 
 ries, the Sun standing for the Will and the Moon the 
 Soul of humanity. And this classification at once suggests 
 another division, for there is the Selfish Will and the Ani- 
 mal Soul, and this distinction is made by Mars and Saturn. 
 We have now three sets of affinities, and if we place them 
 as below, the following diagram will denote their relative 
 position : 
 
 Spiritual Affinities. 
 
 Mercuru /^ 9^\Vei\us 
 
 pu^O 
 
 g 
 
 Moon 
 
 Physical Affinities. 
 
-M T8H 
 
 1t)f=^/# 
 
 
 SUCCEDKNT HOUS 
 
 E. /\ 
 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 / A 
 
 / T\ 
 
 & 
 
 ui 
 
 
 j$W S> 
 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 X 
 
 *- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 w 
 o 
 o 
 
 9 
 
 *0 
 
 Id 
 ifl 
 
 3 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 X 
 
 z 
 
 hi 
 
 D 
 Ul 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 
 
 w \ 
 
 x* 
 
 X 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 / 
 
 / 
 
 
 
 SUCCEDENT H OUSE. 
 
 
 TABLE OF PLANETARY HOUSES. 
 
 Aries opposite Libra. 
 Taurus " Scorpio. 
 Gemini " Sagittarv 
 
 Cancer opposite Capricorn. 
 Leo ' ' Aquarius. 
 
 Virgo " Pisces. 
 
SPIEITUAL AFFINITIES. 173 
 
 The Sun and Moon's " houses " are at the top of each row ; 
 and between each two ,pf the other signs is the planet whose 
 " houses " those signs are. Thence we see that the great 
 man Soter, the Archon, or ruler, of Thebes, was an astrolo- 
 ger ; and that his astrology, 2,000 years ago, was precisely 
 the same as it is now taught in Zadkiel's "Grammar of As- 
 trology ; " for, verily, Truth is the same yesterday, to-day, 
 and forever. Of no other science can it be said that a 
 book to teach it even one generation ago is now an au- 
 thority ; they all change, because founded on human ob- 
 servation and theories ; while that " divine science " is es- 
 tablished by Nature herself. 
 
 INSTRUCTIONS IN MAKING HOROSCOPE. 
 
 Horoscopes consist of a number of degrees, forming a 
 circle containing in all three hundred and sixty degrees. 
 These three hundred and sixty degrees are divided or por- 
 tioned out into twelve divisions, or what are called houses, 
 each house containing thirty degrees each, these thirty de- 
 grees forming the first aspect, called " a semi-sextile," being 
 one house apart. For instance, if a planet — say Mars — was 
 in five degrees of Aries, and another — say Venus — was in 
 five degrees of Taurus, they would then be in semi-sextile 
 aspect. The next aspect will be the one that is formed 
 when two planets are forty-five degrees apart : this is called 
 the "semi-square." For instance, if Mars was in fifth de- 
 gree of Aries, and Venus in twentieth degree of Taurus, 
 then Mars would be semi-square Venus, there being forty- 
 five degrees of space between them. The next aspect is 
 that called the "sextile," and is sixty degrees distant, or 
 two signs apart. For instance, if Mars was in the first de- 
 gree of Taurus, and Venus first degree of Cancer, then 
 Mars would be sextile Venus. The next aspect is called 
 
174 
 
 ASTROLOGY 
 
 the "square," and is an exact quarter of the entire Zodiac. 
 It consists of ninety degrees in space, or three signs apart ; 
 i.e., the Moon in the second degree of Aries and the Sun in 
 two degrees of Cancer would be the asjDect of. the Moon 
 square Sun. The next aspect obtainable is called the 
 "trine;" it is composed of one hundred and twent}- de- 
 grees, and is four signs apart, viz., if Saturn was in four 
 degrees of Cancer, and Jupiter in four degrees of Scorpio, 
 then Saturn would be trine Jupiter, this being just one 
 hundred and twenty degrees apart. The next aspect is 
 arrived at by adding fifteen degrees to the last aspect, being 
 one hundred and thirty -five degrees distant ; i.e., if Mercury 
 was in five degrees of Leo and Herschel twenty degrees of 
 Sagittarius, then Mercury would be in sesquiquadrate as- 
 pect with Herschel, four signs and a half forming one hun- 
 dred and thirty-five degrees. Now the last aspect will be 
 the " opposition," which is just one-half of the Zodiac, or 
 one hundred and eighty degrees distant — one hundred 
 and eighty being the half of three hundred and sixty, the 
 planets that are opposite the sign being in opposition. 
 There is a position called the " conjunction." This takes 
 place when two planets are in the same sign and within 
 five degrees of each other. 
 
 No. of Degrees. 
 
 Aspect. 
 
 Symbol. 
 
 Nature. 
 
 30 
 
 Semi-sextile 
 
 AL 
 
 Weak good. 
 
 45 
 
 Semi- square 
 
 Z 
 
 Weak evil. 
 
 60 
 
 Sextile 
 
 * 
 
 Good. 
 
 90 
 
 Square 
 
 □ 
 
 Evil. 
 
 120 
 
 Trine 
 
 A 
 
 Very good. 
 
 135 
 
 Sesquiquadrate 
 
 9 
 
 Very evil. 
 
 180 
 
 Opposition 
 
 8 
 
 Very evil. 
 
 The fiery signs are always in trine aspect to each other; 
 i.e., if Mars was in fifth degree of Aries, then a planet in 
 
SPIRITUAL AFFINITIES. 175 
 
 either fifth degree of Leo or Sagittarius will be in trine ; 
 and this holds good with the earthly, watery, and airy signs. 
 The fixed signs are always in square aspect to each other. 
 The fixed signs are Taurus, Leo, Scorpio, and Aquarius ; 
 so that a planet in the tenth degree of Taurus would be 
 square to another in the tenth degree of Leo or Aquarius, 
 but in opposition to one in the tenth degree of Scorpio. This 
 will also hold good with the common and Cardinal signs. 
 
 The twelve signs of the Zodiac were very early discovered 
 to have an alternate character of masculine or feminine. 
 Thus, the sign Aries, the first sign, was male ; the second, 
 or Taurus, was female ; and so alternately through the 
 whole twelve. Then, if the Sun was in Aries, or any other 
 of the masculine signs, he was considered as a male ; but 
 if in Taurus, or other feminine sign, he was found to be 
 female. And so if he were the significator of children, for 
 instance, they were male or female accordingly. And this 
 principle of the Sun becoming similar to, or adopting the 
 character of the planet he is in conjvmction with, or in 
 whose house or sign he is situated, is one of the most im- 
 portant of the arcana of astrology. Hence that science 
 teaches that if a man be born when the Sun is close to 
 Mars, for example, and in Aries or in Scorpio, the houses of 
 Mars, the man will prosper and attain dignity in all martial 
 concerns. If the Sun be with Mercury, or in his houses, 
 then the native gains honor by science or literature ; because 
 these things are influenced by this latter planet as those 
 of a martial stamp are by Mars. And this is the reason 
 why, as the Sun takes so many qualities, the Orphic hymns 
 term Apollo polyonomous, or one of " many " names. 
 
 Astrology consists of four branches, or distinct parts, 
 which are essentially different from each other : they are — 
 1, Nativities, or the art of foreseeing, from the figure of the 
 heavens at the moment of birth, the future fate and char- 
 

 176 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 acter of individuals; 2, Mundane Astrology, or the art of 
 foreseeing, by the positions of the heavenly bodies at cer- 
 tain periods, the circumstances of nations, such as wars, 
 pestilences, inundations, earthquakes, etc. ; 3, Atmospherical 
 Astrology, or the art of foreseeing, by the positions of the 
 planets at the periods of the Sun and Moon being in mutual 
 aspect, and some other circumstances, the quality of the 
 weather at any required time or place ; 4, Horary Astrology, 
 or the art of foreseeing, by the positions of the heavens, at 
 any period when an individual may be anxious about the 
 matter, the result of any business or circumstance what- 
 ever. 
 
XXIV. 
 
 DESCRIPTION OP PERSONS IN EACH OF THE TWELVE 
 
 SIGNS. 
 
 SATURN IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 
 
 \ in T gives a strong, well-set body ; but little beard ; 
 sanguine complexion ; sharp sight ; somewhat given to 
 rule, and if crossed, then ill-natured and spiteful. 
 
 \ in 8 gives a middle stature, and, if born at night, 
 dark -brown hair, an ingenious mind, but peevish, needing 
 much encouragement ; if not helped will be indolent and 
 reserved. 
 
 >? in n denotes a tall, moderate built person, an obliging 
 disposition, a tolerable good complexion, ingenious and 
 passionate, and inclined to be deceitful, which will be to 
 their own detriment ; usually troubled by law matters, 
 often brought about by jealousy of others. 
 
 \ in S> personates a middle stature, not tall ; pale, sickly 
 complexion ; eyes not bright ; jealous and malicious, and 
 not over- valiant or courageous when put to the test. 
 
 h in Si represents a person of moderate stature, broad 
 shoulders, good height, large-boned, gray eyes, lightish 
 hair, some good qualities ; generous and passionate, quick- 
 tempered, and with a great dislike to be overruled by 
 others ; as a rule cautious in their dealings and speech, 
 and would be successful as ministers, or in law, or in occult 
 science. 
 
 13 
 
178 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 »2 ill rrg describes a person of rather tall stature, well- 
 proportioned body, good balance, brown hair, pleasant 
 countenance, and active and quick step ; given to thought 
 and study ; a projector of many curious matters ; . studious, 
 intuitive, reserved, secretive, successful as a teacher or writ- 
 er ; good as a pharmacist or veterinary surgeon. 
 
 \ in =2= describes a person of middle height and stature, 
 oval face, well-proportioned forehead, a searching eye, a 
 good pose in standing or walking, self-opinionated, often 
 brought into controversy, both in private and public mat- 
 ters, with either sex ; liable to imprisonment by or through 
 enemies, such as acting as bondsman, or signing papers. 
 
 \ in n^ gives a square-build, medium height, a sullen 
 face, a leering eye, and hair a dark brown, inclined to curl ; 
 inclined to be quarrelsome, violent temper, sudden impulses 
 to do and undo much to their detriment ; given to pilfer- 
 ing and indirect dealings ; gains by or through inventions, 
 dentistry, and patent medicines. 
 
 \ in f personates a person rather above the middle 
 height, strong build, heavy set, small eyes, and well-pro- 
 portioned visage ; square hands and feet, of willing and 
 obliging temperament, quick to resent an insult or an 
 affront ; true in friendship, and overlooks faults in his ene- 
 mies, but seldom forgets a wrong done ; changeable in 
 place and occupation ; should succeed in real estate, tim- 
 ber, grain, or as a brewer, painter, surgeon, or as dealer 
 in cattle. 
 
 \ in VJ denotes a middle stature, not stout, rather lean 
 than corpulent ; eyes somewhat prominent, strong expres- 
 sion, and a reader at sight ; brownish hair, much heavier 
 in build as years advance ; disposition tolerably good, mind 
 
PERSONS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 179 
 
 ingenious, but peevish ; inclined to melancholy, looking at 
 the dark side of things ; cool and calculating, firm and pos- 
 itive in opinion, and strictly adhering to justice ; deep 
 thinker, cautious and superstitious, meeting with many 
 reverses and much hard work ; succeeds well in govern- 
 ment matters ; good reasoner as a lawyer, particularly in 
 real estate ; successful in politics, and naval or military 
 distinctions. 
 
 i> in £? gives a well-made person, above the middle 
 stature, rather stout, firm, expressive face, full eye, clear 
 complexion, deportment graceful, disposition free and affa- 
 ble ; a busy, loquacious character, apt to meddle with other 
 people's concerns ; very proficient in what they under- 
 take, and very obliging and complaisant to their friends ; 
 inclined to rule and govern, rather than be ruled and gov- 
 erned by others ; succeed well in travelling, either on land 
 or water ; favors by the public in general, gains through 
 public exhibitions, as orators, actors, musicians ; generally 
 proficient in what they undertake ; skilful, genius, fond of 
 dress, bright colors, and fond of travel. 
 
 V in ^ describes a middle stature in build, pale, sickly, 
 and dull complexion ; features long, ears small, rather 
 prominent nose, inclined to stoop while standing ; liable to 
 toothache, and trouble in their ears and inclined to deaf- 
 ness ; but if Mercury is in good position to Gemini at 
 time of birth it takes away many of the evils, and gives 
 more height and weight to the person ; disposition active, 
 restless, mischievous, malicious, given to contention and 
 dissimulation ; not to be trusted too much in family or 
 business matters ; it is difficult for them to keep a secret, 
 and are liable to do mischief with it ; they would meet 
 with success in serving ministers, doctors, and acting as 
 
180 ASTROLOQY. 
 
 nurses to aged persons ; liable to accidents by water, but 
 man is less liable to accidents and would likely become 
 wealthy througli liquids — water or oils. 
 
 JUPITER IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 
 
 % in V represents a middle stature, inclined to stout- 
 ness, but not corpulent ; quick sight, prominent nose, close- 
 set ear, generous in disposition, complaisant and obliging, 
 especially to their friends ; ambitious, but well-tempered 
 in regard to their will-power ; gain military honors, fortun- 
 ate in travelling ; gain wealth, but find difficulty in keeping 
 it ; best location, west by north-west, for health and life. 
 
 % in 8 gives a well-set body, medium height, full neck, 
 darkish-brown hair, cheerful face, full of expression ; ears 
 and nose not too prominent ; disposition reasonably well- 
 balanced, good judgment, humane and compassionate in 
 the distress of others ; will suffer through jealousy, and the 
 losses of fortunes through the opposite sex ; should keep 
 proofs, copies of writings, and save expense and losses by 
 law. 
 
 % in n represents a tall, well-made, compact body of 
 good stature, expressive eyes, easy carriage of head and 
 shoulders, quick step ; in deportment graceful, affable in 
 speech, courteous, mild, and obliging ; good entertainer, 
 and doing much to oblige others ; does much to advance 
 knowledge ; benefited by inventions, and successful in deal- 
 ing with large companies or corporations ; liable to dangers 
 through falls or heavy lifting. 
 
 % in 2S gives a person of well-proportioned stature, pale 
 complexion, restless eye, brown hair, round features, and 
 body rather inclined to stoutness ; a busy, loquacious char- 
 
PERSONS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 181 
 
 acter, conceited, and apt to intermeddle with other people's 
 concerns ; ambitious^ enterprising ; meets with success in 
 investments and speculations, popular in all public places, 
 and will be fond of political distinction and well-fitted for 
 a variety of occupations ; inclined to travel much by water 
 and would be successful in handling liquors. 
 
 % in SI represents a strong, well-proportioned person ; 
 hair and complexion light ; eyes full and bright ; disposi- 
 tion good and magnanimous; ambitious, fond of contend- 
 ing for honors ; often entrusted, when young in years, with 
 great responsibilities; could fill government positions, 
 church dignities, authority, command of others, and one 
 who delights in war-like actions ; little fear of his enemies, 
 and full of trust and daring enterprise ; liable to kicks and 
 bites from cattle, and injury to the lower limbs. 
 
 % in njj gives a person of a reasonably full stature, tall 
 and well-built ; may be termed handsome ; brown hair, 
 clear complexion, grayish eye, and quick sight ; in walking, 
 a quick, easy gait ; strong shoulders, with easy movement, 
 and one of a cheerful and obliging disposition ; studious, 
 not covetous, but ambitious, and by too much over-anxious- 
 ness to push matters often makes enemies, and meets with 
 serious losses ; not easily imposed on, they having quick 
 perceptions and foresight ; great ability for study of natural 
 law ; would make a good secretary, teacher, accountant, 
 stationer, printer, and would be an excellent politician with 
 a great love for science as well. 
 
 % in =a= renders the body complete in height and stature, 
 with cheerful and expressive face ; a clear, far-seeing eye, 
 and brown hair ; temper mild, winning and obliging, partial 
 to exercise and recreation, much esteemed, great love of 
 justice, many honored acquaintances, fortunate in travel- 
 
182 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 ling ; is liable to meet with losses by Laving too much trust 
 in others, or in accommodating them with loans, or by sign- 
 ing, and at times by not signing or keeping proofs of trans- 
 actions. 
 
 % in n^ describes a middle stature, well set ; dusky and 
 thoughtful face, clear eye, dark hair inclined to curl ; in dis- 
 position ambitious, covetous, crafty, desire to govern, in- 
 clined to be quarrelsome, makes enemies by too much per- 
 sistency ; not fortunate in law ; should reconcile or com- 
 promise ; successful in mechanics ; surgeon, physician, or 
 druggist, and if Mars or Aries was in good aspect to Scor- 
 pio, would make a good broker, manager of railroads, real 
 estate, timber, and founders ; liable to inward weaknesses, 
 through strains, and ear and head troubles. 
 
 % in f gives a tall and well-proportioned body, good 
 form, inclined to stoutness, with a tendency to corpulence as 
 years advance ; clear complexion and light-brown hair ; good 
 eye, not large, but much expression ; courteous, humane, 
 agreeable, and accomplished ; good as a writer, speaker, 
 and accountant, taking great interest in public matters 
 generally, and winning many honors thereby ; generally 
 successful till the middle part of life, and will then have 
 breaks through losses in business, family troubles, and 
 deaths, and strong inclination to journey by land, or travel 
 by water ; a lover of cattle, horses, and would meet with 
 success as a veterinary surgeon. 
 
 % in V5 gives a fine, tall, upright body, good form, long 
 features, obscure complexion, lightish brown hair, blue-gray 
 eyes, with strong expression, rather large ear and nose, firm 
 step and good carriage, long arm and hand ; mind, ingeni- 
 ous, careful, mindful of detail, trustworthy, good overseer ; 
 not fortunate in speculation till late in life ; meets with 
 
PERSONS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 183 
 
 satisfactory results in dealing with real estate, mining, 
 minerals, oils, brewing ales or liquors, patent medicines, 
 hardware stores, or farming commodities to trade, buy or 
 sell ; fortune, health and strength increase as his years 
 advance. 
 
 % in ™ personates a middle stature, inclined to stout- 
 ness, clear complexion, brownish eye, and sparkling ; well- 
 proportioned head and face, slow movement ; mind ingeni- 
 ous, good-humored and industrious, not indifferent to the 
 wants of others, fortunate, and given to plenty ; fond of 
 travelling and recreation, rather extravagant in dress ; fond 
 of bright colors and jewellery, gaining favors through 
 the church, lawsuits, and theatres. 
 
 % in X denotes a person of rather small stature, of 
 medium height, not stout, dark, reddish-brown hair, gray 
 eyes, shoi-t, nervous step, and danger in falling ; affliction 
 in teeth and ears ; care is required in use of medicines, 
 also in bathing, particularly in deep water ; in disposition 
 mild, studious, possessed of many good talents, change- 
 able in occupation and place ; not given to extravagance, 
 delight in scientific company, moderate in recreation, in- 
 dustrious, make good nurses, and faithful to their trust ; 
 make good jesters, musicians and astronomers. 
 
 MAES IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 
 
 $ in T produces a middle-sized person, well-formed, 
 small, keen eyes, light-brown hair, inclined to baldness 
 early; liable to dangers, and losses through fire, cuts and 
 broken limbs, disposition brisk, cheerful, cute understand- 
 ing, confident, choleric, and of bilious temperament ; fond 
 of martial affairs, boastful, and fond of ruling, and of a 
 strong, scientific turn of mind. 
 
184 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 (? in 8 shows a well-proportioned body, medium height, 
 dark hair, full face and neck, slow and heavy movements ; in 
 disposition, firm, positive, revengeful, fight for their own, 
 either in law or other matters ; liable to danger through 
 fire-arms, explosions, and accidents by handling chemicals ; 
 not easily coaxed into good or evil paths, they being master 
 of their own will ; liberal, but will not be imposed upon, 
 and know well when justice is due them. 
 
 <? in n gives a tall person, well-proportioned body, ex- 
 pressive features and bright eyes, nose and mouth well- 
 proportioned, giving impression of much genius and in- 
 telligence ; good speaker, mental acuteness ; ambitious to 
 succeed in scientific matters ; good tradesman, writer, sur- 
 veyor, builder, auctioneer, and in mechanical work gener- 
 ally ; inclined to many changes, given to restlessness, and 
 the mind turned somewhat to speculation ; gains by selling 
 or purchasing old property ; fire insurance should be well 
 looked after if dealing in new property. 
 
 $ in £5 produces a rather short figure, round features, 
 small nose and ears, and mouth well-proportioned ; quick, 
 light step ; disposition brisk, fond of company, change- 
 able in business, taking an interest in out-door exercise ; 
 lacks continuity ; ambitious, and would often risk money to 
 carry out big plans ; inclined to be argumentative, and will 
 dispute with their best friends, and, though good-natured, 
 are soon aroused to anger. 
 
 <? in SI denotes a well-proportioned body, rather tall and 
 stout, brown hair, oval face, good complexion ; expressive 
 eye full of thought and reason ; fond of an active life, in- 
 doors and out ; good business tact ; little fear of danger ; 
 fond to command or lead ; good reasoner, and loves argu- 
 
PERSONS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 185 
 
 ment, and successful in law ; not easily imposed upon ; fond 
 of travelling, and gains thereby, and through his cautious- 
 ness seldom goes intd excesses. 
 
 $ in trjj represents a middle-sized body, well-propor- 
 tioned, tall, features rather lengthy, cheerful expression, 
 well-set eye and far-seeing, representing thought and 
 power ; good talkers, argumentive, not quarrelsome, and 
 takes much to rouse them into anger ; often deceived by or 
 through friends, and have need to watch more their friends 
 than enemies, and look well to their own interest before 
 trusting any one else ; their nature is sensitive and evasive, 
 quick to see and feel an injustice ; hard to be understood, 
 yet not difficult to please ; should avoid surgery and opi- 
 ates, and physics in general. 
 
 £ in =2= describes a rather tall person, general good build, 
 mirthful and cheerful expression, fond of music, singing, 
 designing, and fine arts in general, and a favorite at home 
 or in journeying ; conceited, fond of dress, hasty, revenge- 
 ful, and spiteful ; one who retains an injury, and is slow 
 to forgive ; often meets with disappointments in love, law, 
 business, and journeys, but will invariably best their en- 
 emies, even if it takes years to do so ; not fortunate in 
 taking lease of premises over a twelve month, would be 
 well to be their own lawyer and councillor ; generally un- 
 fortunate in trusting their affairs and secrets to others ; 
 property should be well guarded by insurance. 
 
 3 in r\ denotes a well-set form, middle stature, of rather 
 heavy build, quick, penetrating eye, expressive mouth, quick 
 speech, dark, wavy hair ; temper changeable, revengeful, 
 and ungrateful to their associates, and apt to quarrel over 
 little things ; shrewd and penetrating, and generally for- 
 tunate in undertakings ; good genius, ready apprehension, 
 
186 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 and thereby excelling in mysteries ; fond of quaint studies, 
 mythology, bric-a-brac, and antique ware in leather and 
 china, and house decorations ; good upholsterers, saddlers, 
 and having bright, original minds, can adapt themselves to 
 a variety of trades and professions. 
 
 $ in / represents a tall, well-proportioned body and well- 
 made person, expressive eyes, rather large mouth, great 
 talker, boaster, not always given to the truth, fond of ap- 
 plause ; fond of military exercise, will hold prominent 
 positions, make good lawyers, veterinary surgeons, jockeys, 
 coachmen, painters, surveyors, and builders ; could act as 
 secretary or clerk in large wholesale houses ; fond of sports, 
 and generally takes the lead ; usually good-natured and 
 generous to their friends ; fortunate in travelling, and will 
 have quite considerable of it in their younger years, both 
 on land and water. 
 
 $ in V5 gives a well-set, well-proportioned body, rather 
 tall, dusky complexion, large ears, slight deafness, expressive 
 eyes, showing trust and hopefulness ; hair soft-brown ; quick 
 walker ; exact, and given to cleanliness ; an ingenious mind, 
 witty, shrewd, affable, considerably sensitive, doubtful in 
 trusting others, and one who is generally virtuous and 
 trustworthy, and though having many changes, and subject 
 to variety of undertakings, usually succeed more so in their 
 middle and older years of life ; they make many friends, 
 but they will, at times, become their enemies through jeal- 
 ousy, so should have a care to watch their friends and not 
 become beholding to them ; have good business ability, 
 an inclination to save money ; not fortunate in lending. 
 
 $ in £? describes a well-composed body, tall and stout, 
 clear skin and bright eyes ; talkative, fondness for music 
 and singing ; turbulent disposition, fond of controversy, and 
 
PERSONS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 187 
 
 are revengeful, ungrateful, and yet at times do much to 
 benefit others ; confident, proud, and somewhat bold ; make 
 good collectors, leaders in organizations, political gather- 
 ings, reforms in church or schools ; fond of change and 
 travelling ; liable to accidents when travelling on land ; 
 hold their own in argument ; sarcastic when opposed ; 
 crafty and persistent ; are subject to a variety of occupa- 
 tions, and having good physical strength will ride over 
 many evils, and generally be victorious. 
 
 $ in X denotes a short, but well-set person ; rather ugly 
 in temper and disposition ; addicted to controversy, deceit- 
 ful, at times timid and cautious, but if angered suddenly 
 changes to spitefulness ; likes praise, but seldom accepts 
 flattery ; hypocritical in religion ; retains their own indi- 
 viduality and belief, though at times are affected thereby ; 
 are favored by government employ ; holds authority and 
 dignity over others, and not easily imposed upon by either 
 friends or foes. 
 
 THE SUN IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 
 
 in T gives a good stature, well-proportioned, rather 
 tall, long features, keen, small eyes ; expressive speakers, 
 magnetic in entertaining ; fond of music and company ; 
 good orators, politicians, school-masters ; in disposition 
 somewhat hasty, passionate, high-minded, lofty, courageous, 
 loquacious, fond of applause, delighting in war-like actions, 
 and generally successful in that which is undertaken; 
 
 O in 8 represents a rather short, but a well-composed 
 body, full face and thick neck ; slow movements ; confident 
 and firm in purpose and decision ; fondness to control, not 
 fearing opposition ; valiant, and proud of their physical 
 strength, and usually successful in all undertakings ; good 
 
188 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 genius and ready apprehension, excelling in what they 
 undertake, and not easily controlled or imposed upon by 
 others. 
 
 O in n produces a well-set form of middle stature, 
 rather tall, full and expressive features and eyes ; in dis- 
 position, kind, affable, cheerful, honorable, and fairly cau- 
 tious ; gives a love for scientific subjects, good reasoner, dig- 
 nified ; loves travelling either on land or water ; have good 
 business ability and the power to accumulate money and 
 some inventive abilities ; they can control or work under 
 control of a master ; smooth in argument, not too persis- 
 tent, or easily made angry; should gain political distinc- 
 tion, favors by physicians, clergymen, lawyers and chemists. 
 
 O in 25 describes a stature rather short, stout, full face ; 
 tolerable fair temper, not much push, free from malice, 
 not aiming for very great things, rather indolent, fond of 
 pleasures, rowing, fishing, spending much time in sports, 
 very agreeable conversationalist, gains love and friendship 
 by their easy address ; not over desirous in taking up rule 
 or responsibilities ; not fortunate on ice, for they are likely 
 to meet with accidents while skating thereon. 
 
 O in SI represents a strong, well-proportioned person ; 
 roundish face and eyes ; good walker, quick step ; restless, 
 generally looking for something new to occupy their mind ; 
 ambitious, fond of rule and authority ; generally just and 
 honorable in principle ; of tolerable fair temper, and gains 
 the confidence of his friends, and magnanimous even to 
 his enemies ; liable to have heart trouble ; racing and 
 horseback should be avoided. 
 
 O in nj? describes an upright, tall, and well-proportioned 
 person, dark-brown hair, of an ingenious mind, cheerful, 
 
PERSONS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 189 
 
 just and honorable in their dealings, agreeable in their 
 conversation, and free from malice and deceit ; proud to 
 hold and superintend their own affairs; inclined to rule 
 rather than be dictated to ; neat, orderly, good manager, 
 trustworthy ; fond parent, sympathetic and fond of chil- 
 dren ; good business ability and power to save money; love 
 of science in general, very good for psychological influence. 
 
 in =£= gives a tall and somewhat slender body ; good 
 figure, graceful in movements, light -brown hair, mind hon- 
 orable, and disposition good ; earnest in their work and un- 
 dertakings ; reasonable and not inconsistent ; sociable and 
 good-humored ; ingenious, eloquent, active and of an in- 
 spiring turn ; just and charitable in their dealings ; re- 
 markably sensitive, cautious, fond of variety of pleasures 
 and pursuits ; peaceable and obliging in their affairs, and 
 respected by their friends and acquaintances in general ; 
 should use great caution in the handling of accounts, 
 signing, loanmg of money, giving security, and acting as 
 bondsman, also in contracting for buildings. 
 
 inm, denotes a stature rather short, good build, full 
 face, eyes keen and restless, ears and nose somewhat promi- 
 nent ; ears inclined to disease, may cause deafness ; dis- 
 position tolerably good ; ambitious, somewhat extravagant 
 in gaining their point ; lover of their own appetites, wine 
 and enjoyments ; subject to sudden changes in life and 
 strange catastrophes ; fortunate in journeying on land or 
 water; likely to go to sea or to deal in liquids, and are 
 fond of political distinction, and not easily deluded by 
 cunning knaves that may be encountered. 
 
 O in f represents a tall, strong well-proportioned per- 
 son, inclined to be portly, lightish-brown hair, one who is 
 lofty and proud-spirited, just, and upright, punctual, and 
 
190 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 true to his friends ; aiming at great things ; austere and 
 severe at times ; often becomes ennobled, or receives titles, 
 and honorary distinctions; generally fortunate in travel- 
 ling, but liable to accidents by horseback riding, or 
 through cattle in general ; forms strong attachments to 
 their parents and country. 
 
 O in VJ describes an upright person of tall stature, well- 
 proportioned physique and form ; soft brown hair ; quick 
 and easy walk ; tolerable fair temper, the mind ingenious, 
 cheerful, and fond of honest recreation, and gains love 
 and friendship by their agreeableness and conversational 
 powers ; make good canvassers, solicitors, agents, hotel 
 proprietors, brewers, dealers in liquors, beer and wine ; 
 or to do with horses, cattle, and make good doctors and 
 veterinary surgeons ; fond of distinction, but not too am- 
 bitious to bear, rule, or make conquest ; usually successful 
 in their undertakings, and much esteemed by their friends. 
 
 O in £? produces a tall, handsome, well-proportioned 
 person, inclined to corpulency ; good complexion, brown 
 hair ; proud spirited, aiming at great things ; austere and 
 severe ; ambitious, fond of rule and authority ; spends much 
 time in sport and pastime, dancing and music ; interested 
 in theatres, public assemblies, and fond of political distinc- 
 tion ; like to associate with people high in power ; proud of 
 their physical strength, and takes pleasure in victory over 
 their friends or foes ; fond of contending for honors, and 
 full of daring enterprise ; in disposition courteous, agree- 
 able, polite manners ; accomplished in art and scientific 
 pursuits. 
 
 O in }£ represents a short, stout person, and well made 
 in proportion ; features rather long, eyes small, hands and 
 feet a tendency to be small ; suffers in head and ears, in- 
 
PEKSONS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 191 
 
 clined to deafness ; in temper, unsociable, generally re- 
 vengeful, and inclined to be quarrelsome, dogged, and 
 stupid ; a tendency to control affairs ; one who remembers 
 an injury, and does not forget an injustice done, and un- 
 dergoes various mutations in life, and not often fortunate 
 in their undertakings ; in health they are frequently indis- 
 posed, though not seriously to affect life. 
 
 VENUS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 
 
 ? in T shows a tall, well-proportioned figure, small 
 eye, long features, brown hair, soft and luxuriant ; often 
 suffer in face and teeth, and liable to danger through the 
 treatment of dentists, and generally unfortunate by ov 
 through surgery ; disposition, kind, human, and obliging ; 
 generally gains respect from those with whom they con- 
 verse, and though of an inspiring turn of mind, they are 
 rarely successful in their pursuits; subject to sudden 
 changes in life, and sudden catastrophes. 
 
 9 in 8 describes an upright, tall, elegant person, body 
 exceedingly well made, and inclined to stoutness, with a 
 genteel carriage, pleasing face and expressive eyes ; in dis- 
 position kind, humane, ingenious, eloquent, clever, and of 
 an inspiring turn ; temper mild and winning, and they 
 generally gain much respect from those with whom they 
 converse ; fortunate in their pursuits and their general un- 
 dertakings ; liable to dangers through explosive materials, 
 sewer-gas, opiates, choking, and throat disease ; they are 
 fitted for a variety of occupations, such as clerks, secre- 
 taries, schoolmasters, and things appertaining to woman's 
 affairs, such as business trust, money, and clothing. 
 
 9 in n denotes an upright, tall, and handsome person, 
 a well-composed body and mind, features and eyes express- 
 
192 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 ing much that is not spoken ; disposition generous, soci- 
 able, and good-humored ; proud in doing good and help- 
 ing others ; are generally fortunate in their affairs, and re- 
 spected by their friends and acquaintances, and are pos- 
 sessed of but few evil propensities ; great writers ; gain 
 through literature, printers, painters, stationary, and or- 
 namenters ; good jesters, singers, players ; talented mind, 
 witty, and ingenious. 
 
 9 in 25 gives a middle stature, well-proportioned figure, 
 medium height, round features, small nose and mouth, and 
 small, expressive eye ; commonly person, not very active, 
 inclined to mischief, malicious, and given to contention 
 and dissimulation ; though often presenting a good outside 
 appearance, they are fraudulent and deceitful .in the end ; 
 they are not loquacious, but deliberate in what they do 
 for good or evil, but there is a greater improvement in 
 their deportment, judgment, and sense as they grow older, 
 and more complaisant, especially to their friends. 
 
 9 in SI represents a tall, aristocratic person, features 
 and eyes well-proportioned, and very expressive either in 
 love or anger ; disposition brisk, cheerful, affectionate, 
 humane, kind, and charitable ; are at times petulant, easily 
 made angry, for they are sensitive to teasing, both in ways 
 and words ; rather proud in choice of place and people ; 
 are of an inspiring turn of mind, and usually successful in 
 their pursuits. 
 
 9 in tijj produces a rather tall, well-made person, ex- 
 tremely well formed, medium in weight ; pleasing and 
 affable countenance, expressing trust and confidence ; dis- 
 position humane, kind, and obliging ; are ingenious, elo- 
 quent, active, clever, of an inspiring turn of mind, and usu- 
 ally successful in their pursuits and undertakings ; need- 
 
PERSONS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 193 
 
 ing but little medicine, rest and sleep being their best 
 physicians, having a good constitution, and but frequently 
 indisposed either in brain or body. 
 
 § in === denotes an upright, tall, handsome, well-propor- 
 tioned person ; complexion ruddy, but not too fair ; eyes 
 of a grayish-blue, and of strong expression ; hair soft-brown 
 and plentiful; disposition kind, affectionate, open, and 
 generous ; merry, jocular, fond of amusements, and much 
 respected by those whom they associate with ; forgiving, 
 and holding but little malice ; trustworthy to those who 
 they have dealings with ; subject to crosses and losses in 
 love affairs, and requiring great cautiousness and positive- 
 ness to guard off the evil. 
 
 $ in tit, gives a middle-size, strong, well-set person ; quick- 
 witted, but not very expressive in countenance ; acute, pene- 
 trating into the evil propensities of life ; finding out and 
 hunting up hidden secrets ; often doing mean things to 
 gain knowledge for the benefit of others, for they are pos- 
 sessed of knowledge that in using would make them good 
 detectives ; somewhat unstable, and a mind rather addicted 
 to dispute, falsehood, and subject to many strange devices ; 
 seldom settled in place, liking change of scene ; one who 
 perfectly understands his own interests, and not easily de- 
 luded by the most cunning knave they may meet. 
 
 $ in f describes a rather tall, upright, well-proportioned 
 person, inclined to stoutness, expressive eyes, cheerful 
 countenance, and intelligent expression ; disposition bright, 
 pleasing, affable, courteous ; talented mind ; good speaker, 
 studious, having great natural abilities, and may acquire 
 accomplishments ; successful in law and church affairs, 
 chemistry, also as poet, orator, and efficient in all elegant 
 
194 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 amusements, and easy and genteel in address; much at- 
 tached to learning, and gains much reputation by his 
 ability. 
 
 $ in VJ denotes a person of middle height, good stature ; 
 features lengthy ; quiet, expressive eyes, soft brown hair ; the 
 disposition is one that requires careful handling ; peevish, 
 and of a pining nature ; not easily reconciled ; apt to be 
 discontented, and unfortunate to himself and disagreeable 
 to. others, yet if thoughtfully handled and properly under- 
 stood would become more talkative and expressive, and give 
 vent to better abilities ; fond of company and enjoyment, 
 and takes well to eating and drinking ; fond of short jour- 
 neys, and moderately fortunate in this world's goods, 
 though often disappointed by the death of persons consid- 
 erably older than himself, and by losses in trade. 
 
 9 in £? represents a person of middle height, rather 
 fleshy, good complexion, brown hair, cheerful face, expres- 
 sive eyes ; good walker, and fond of dancing ; good disposi- 
 tion, affable, courteous, ingenious, inclined to study fine arts 
 and science ; fond of dress, and pay much attention to his 
 appearance ; not hard to please, and partial to company 
 and entertainments ; fortunate in his affairs, and much re- 
 spected by friends and acquaintances. 
 
 9 in X gives a middle stature, rather tall, inclined to 
 stoutness, features long, with little expression ; eyes dull, 
 representing thought more than expression ; liable to suffer 
 with the teeth, and also distress in the ears and hearing ; 
 disposition tolerably good, mind ingenious, gains love of 
 friendship by agreeableness in manners and sociableness ; 
 ambitious, but not overbearing ; can rule, or serve under 
 authority ; not indolent, fond of recreation ; meets opposi- 
 tion easily, and nurses well his physical strength ; dresses 
 
PEESONS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 195 
 
 well, fond of mixed colors, not extravagant, and partial to 
 exercise and recreation ; fond of horses, dogs, pets ; fortu- 
 nate in all undertakings, and respected by friends. 
 
 MEKCUKY IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 
 
 £ in T denotes a small-sized person, slim body, light 
 complexion ; subject to a variety of ailments, especially 
 nervous headaches. In disposition changeable, erratic, un- 
 stable ; not sociable, few people gaining his confidence ; 
 quarrelsome and disputable on small matters ; inclined to 
 secrecy, tricky, inquisitive in other people's affairs ; suc- 
 cessful in handling questionable literature, fine arts, statu- 
 ary, lotteries, and horse-racing ; gains through hotels ; 
 mathematical turn of mind ; uses surgical instruments with 
 great skill ; strong in scientific ability, philosophy, and 
 divination ; through shrewdness and caution gains the ap- 
 plause, assistance, and good wishes of friends. 
 
 £ in & describes a person of medium stature, rather tall, 
 inclined to stoutness ; brown hair and eyes, thick neck ; 
 disposition, spirited, positive ; quick to anger ; overruling, 
 and may lose much by strife and contention, and some- 
 times receives wounds in quarrels ; subject to a variety 
 of occupations — surveyor, builder, contractor, dealer in 
 bricks, lime, gravel, wholesale lumber, farming commodi- 
 ties, house-painter, gardener ; ambitious and proud, spir- 
 ited, aiming at great things, and may receive titles and 
 honorary distinctions in political affairs in the middle and 
 older years of life. 
 
 $ in n represents a tall, Avell-proportioned figure, ex- 
 tremely well formed, light step and genteel carriage, ex- 
 pressive eye and pleasing face ; mind ingenious, cheerful, 
 fond of recreation, an agreeable and convivial party ; good 
 
196 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 orator, linguist, librarian, inventor ; inclination to study art 
 and science ; gains through ecclesiastical preferment ; in- 
 clined to the study of astronomy and all occult works. 
 
 5 in 25 describes a well-formed person, short stature, 
 round, plump body, shrewd face, cunning, small eye, dull- 
 brown hair, shaggy and unkempt ; mind is ingenious, yet 
 crafty, and susceptible to excess ;not of the best disposi- 
 tion, nor easily contented ; changeable in place, friends, and 
 fortune ; should avoid contention in law ; careful in lending 
 or borrowing, or may meet with losses thereby, and have 
 trouble through being too partial to drink, company, and 
 merry-making. 
 
 ^ in SI denotes a full, large body and good stature, 
 medium height, full face, expressive eyes, loud, clear voice ; 
 disposition, hasty, proud, ambitious, aiming for honors, 
 often changing, and undergoes many mutations in life ; 
 hasty, but soon reconciled ; rash in many things to his own 
 injury, yet well disposed ; one who gains esteem, and is 
 much respected, and attains preferment according to his 
 situation in life. 
 
 £ in tt£ personates a tall, well-proportioned stature, face 
 rather long, expressive of much thought ; eyes deep set, of 
 a grayish brown ; quick, light step in walking ; reserved, 
 austere countenance ; witty, ingenious, and talented mind ; 
 quick in learning, studious ; good linguist, and capable of 
 any undertaking which requires patience, strength, and per- 
 severance ; a liking for literature, poetry, mathematics, and 
 occultism ; good memory on figures and calculations ; 
 successful in all scientific work, and good business abilities 
 where it requires trust and confidence. 
 
 $ in =^ describes a person of tall stature, well formed, 
 medium weight, clear complexion, soft-brown and plentiful 
 
PERSONS m THE TWELVE SIGNS. 197 
 
 hair, and not subject to premature gray n ess ; features and 
 eyes expressive of study and good memory ; disposition, 
 good, open, and generous, but hasty at times, yet forgiv- 
 ing ; prudent ; a lover and promoter of learning, and, having 
 natural ability, may acquire accomplishments in many ways ; 
 one who reaches out for great things, seldom disappointed, 
 and loved and respected by those whom he associates with. 
 
 $ in ttl represents a short stout, well-set stature, shoul- 
 ders broad, full neck, strong build, ears prominent, not 
 quick in hearing ; some trouble with mouth and teeth ; 
 should choose well his dentist to guard off accident, which 
 might effect health as well as fortune ; in disposition as- 
 piring, but not ambitious ; ingenious, studious, good nat- 
 ural abilities ; well balanced, and capable of taking an in- 
 terest in his own affairs, as well as that entrusted to him by 
 his friends. Remarkable talents, but requires much time 
 and study to bring them to the front, and seldom attaining 
 full development till after the thirty-fifth year of life. 
 
 £ in f gives a full, large body, tall and good stature, 
 oval face, prominent nose and ears, medium -sized mouth, 
 full lips ; firm and decisive step ; disposition tolerably 
 good ; not holding malice, nor too ostentatious ; honorable 
 in principle, tolerably fair temper ; punctual, faithful to 
 friends, and magnanimous to his enemies ; one who is un- 
 fortunate to himself by anger, and by forming a too hasty 
 conclusion by his superstitious propensities ; though for- 
 tunate, does not easily gain his purpose and object in life, 
 and undergoes various mutations in his life-course. 
 
 £ in VJ describes a middle stature, spare and thin ; face 
 pale and sallow ; eyes deep set, far-seeing ; liable to acci- 
 dents in the lower limbs ; should be guarded in the use of 
 fii-e-arms ; fond of change, travelling ; favored by strangers 
 
198 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 often more than by relatives ; fortunate in travelling either 
 on land or water ; restless, unsettled, but ingenious, and 
 often having to exercise his wits to gain a livelihood ; he 
 will make a very good overseer, watchman, physician, chem- 
 ist, merchant, distiller ; makes an excellent politician, and 
 aims for iDolitical distinction ; the middle and later part of 
 his life will be the most fortunate, and with a medium 
 amount of care should live to a great age. 
 
 $ in ^r denotes a well-proportioned figure, middle 
 height, brown hair, bluish-gray eyes ; face cheerful, ex- 
 pressing much fun and good-humor, a lover of company, 
 song, and music ; talented mind, a lover and promoter of 
 learning, having good natural abilities ; is subject to a va- 
 riety of occupations — writer, clerk, surveyor, astronomer, 
 oculist, school principal ; could deal in liquids, excise busi- 
 ness, and such things as appertain to woman, as clothing 
 and household furniture ; fortunate in travelling, gaining 
 the confidence of strangers and the good-will of friends. 
 
 5 in X represents a short stature, full and well set, but 
 not well formed about the neck and shoulders ; brown hair 
 and pale face ; head and ears likely to be afflicted, and 
 liable to accidents and suffering in the feet; necessitates 
 care in the use of water for bathing purposes, and in travel- 
 ling on the same ; generally well liked and fortunate in his 
 affairs, and, though independent, is not desirous to bear 
 rule ; should cultivate the hopeful side of life. 
 
 THE MOON IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 
 
 D in T personates a middle stature, inclined to stoutness, 
 full face, dimpled chin, a clear complexion, gray eyes and 
 brown hair ; mind given to contention, envious, addicted to 
 dispute and trickery ; ambitious to gain his own points, and 
 
PEKSONS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 199 
 
 often changing to the inconvenience of others, and seldom 
 attaining his own desires ; a better fortune in life is 
 reached about the fortieth year, and will then be better 
 disposed to strive after honorable things ; more obliging, 
 and inclined more to pleasure than to study, and more care- 
 ful of his own interests than that of others ; are likely to 
 suffer from scalds through steam, boiling fats, distilling, 
 molten metals, and all explosive materials. 
 
 D in 8 describes a medium stature, well proportioned, 
 strong build, thick neck, small eye, keen sight ; sober, de- 
 cisive speaker ; disposition tolerably good ; obliging, sin- 
 cere, generous, but hasty and passionate, yet forgiving ; one 
 who gains esteem and is much respected by those with 
 whom he associates ; is fitted for a variety of occupations 
 indoors or out, on land or water ; being well disposed, 
 could hold, rule, or work under command ; gains favors 
 through military and martial men ; care should be exer- 
 cised in the handling of explosive material, such as powder, 
 guns, or pistols. 
 
 3 in n denotes a person above the middle height well 
 proportioned, strong build, brown hair, expressive features, 
 hazel eye, good sight ; mind flexible, given to change ; in- 
 genious, active, positive in his pursuits ; ambitious, search- 
 ing, of an inquiring mind ; one who abhors servitude, and 
 who prefers to work his own way through, even at a loss ; 
 he gains esteem and preferment according to his station in 
 life ; caution should be used to ward off danger by falls 
 and heavy lifting, either on land or water. 
 
 D in 55 gives a person of middle height, stout, short neck 
 and arms, small hand and foot, ears small and quick of hear- 
 ing ; fond of bright colors, but well harmonized ; delights 
 in bright and witty company ; disposition merry, jocund, 
 
200 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 pleasant, admired by the company he keeps or intermin- 
 gles with; fond of amusements, but somewhat unsteady, 
 yet free from passion or rash actions ; dangers will come 
 by or through water or liquids, such as physics, strong 
 drinks, or the capsizing of a boat ; generally fortunate in 
 travelling on land or ocean journeys. 
 
 J) in SI represents a person above the middle stature, 
 well proportioned, strong, and well set, eye full and ex- 
 pressive, features conveying knowledge and intelligence ; 
 quick of hearing ; great walker and talker, either on sub- 
 jects pertaining to his country, himself, or others ; one who 
 is generally well disposed to his fellow-men in whatever 
 station of life they are placed ; fond of amusements, enter- 
 tainments ; seldom discontented with himself or others ; 
 good linguist and capable of undertaking that which re- 
 quires mind, thought, and judgment ; is ambitious, though 
 not particularly desirous of bearing rule or dictating ; can 
 help, or be helped through either young or older persons ; 
 usually fortunate in travelling and in gaining the confidence 
 of strangers. 
 
 D in ti)7 gives a tall, well-proportioned body, dark hair, 
 good complexion, full brow, rather small eye, bright and 
 mischievous, expressing much that is not spoken ; is merry 
 and cheerful and agreeable with a variety of company, 
 male or female, and if the place or people does not fit it- 
 self to him, he can easily accept the situation and fall in 
 with the conditions with very little fault-finding ; not cov- 
 etous, nor does he exert himself to any great extent to be- 
 come wealthy ; cautious in business dealing and in the 
 outlay or use of money; liable to suffer by disputes in 
 writings, signing papers, checks on banks, forgery, coun- 
 terfeiting, and political troubles ; should cultivate memory 
 
PERSONS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 201 
 
 and sight, and watch well his actions in counting and hand- 
 ling money, so as to guard off trouble and disputes that 
 might affect himself as well as others ; will make a very good 
 reporter, floor -walker, clerk, hotel - manager, conductor, 
 night-watchman, baggage-master, expressman, and gains 
 favors through theatres, government positions, and could 
 act well as a politician ; fortunate in taking short jour- 
 neys. 
 
 D in =^= denotes a well-composed body, medium height, 
 dark-brown hair, clear complexion, cheerful countenance, 
 gray sparkling eyes, showing a fondness for fun and liking 
 for music ; mind is flexible, given to change, fond of good 
 company, and one who is generally well liked ; not pas- 
 sionate or rash in his actions ; liable to annoyance and 
 jealousy, and evilly spoken of by others, and often blamed 
 for what he has not done ; should use great care in what 
 engagements he makes or receives through others, either 
 in love or business matters, so as to avoid law, which might 
 bring losses and troubles in many ways ; it would be well 
 not to take a house or premises on too long a lease ; does 
 well in buying or selling household commodities or in gen- 
 eral speculating on a small scale ; is somewhat ingenious, 
 well disposed, and attain preferment according to his sta- 
 tion in life. 
 
 J) in rri describes a middle stature, not tall, but well 
 proportioned, small, restless eye, dark hair, small mouth 
 and ears ; in disposition tolerably good and generous, but 
 hasty and passionate, spasmodic, and who aims at great 
 things ; is careful of his own interests, and at times over- 
 steps the boundary line of his neighbors ; has good talents, 
 fair scholar and linguist, publisher, reporter, broker, in- 
 ventor, jester, singer, play- writer ; is aspiring, ambitious, 
 
202 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 and desirous of bearing rule ; objects to servitude, or being 
 dependent on others any length of time ; successful in 
 travelling, on land or water ; should study more the com- 
 fort of the house he lives in, for family or business use, 
 than the neighborhood or its location. 
 
 D in f gives a strong, well-formed, upright, command- 
 ing person, pleasant countenance, rather large mouth, firm 
 and expressive in speaking ; disposition generous, peaceable, 
 fond of good company, humane, well disposed, and one who 
 is fortunate and much respected by those with whom he 
 associates ; will make a good leader, political speaker, gov- 
 ernment official, accountant ; gains through church and 
 religious bodies, real estate, or acting as real-estate lawyer, 
 but no gains as a criminal lawyer ; favored through hand- 
 ling cattle, or as a veterinary surgeon. 
 
 J) in V3 represents a well-formed body, medium height, 
 long features, rather large ears and eyes, brown hair, hand 
 broad, strong grip, feet a tendency to be large, heavy step, 
 and a weakness to the knees ; is subject to headaches, 
 noise in the ears, and deafness ; fond of travel and exercise ; 
 strongly attached to his own country and relations ; gains 
 through elderly persons ; much interested in the affairs of 
 his parents, particularly of the mother, aunts, uncles, elder 
 sister, and brother ; in disputes it would be well to settle 
 or compromise, rather than go to law, for by so doing 
 he would save money and time ; in disposition generous, 
 temperate, human, and obliging, sensitive, soon angered, 
 but not lasting ; rather proud, and frequently indisposed, 
 but not seriously ; simple remedies — sleep and rest — are 
 his best doctor, physic, and nurse ; it would be well not to 
 take too great a risk in deep-water bathing, boating, and 
 skating, as danger may follow through falling or taking 
 
PERSONS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 203 
 
 cramps; with care can reach great age, and be much re- 
 spected by his friends and acquaintances in general. 
 » 
 
 3 in £? describes a middle stature, well proportioned, 
 somewhat stout, light-brown hair, clear skin, and complex- 
 ion, kind and expressive eye and features ; showing traits 
 of a love for the curious and scientific studies ; disposition 
 good, open, and generous ; fond of good company and 
 music, and one who is generally well loved and fortunate 
 in most affairs ; fond of travel, change of country, new 
 scenery, and can easily adapt himself to customs and 
 nations ; has a tendency to selfishness, watching closely 
 his own interests, either in dealing in property or money 
 transactions ; free in spending money for his own grati- 
 fication ; fond of rich clothing, jewelry, and showy colors ; 
 enjoys applause and attention ; is apt to listen too much 
 to the persuasion of others, and by that means bring on 
 many of his losses and crosses ; should avoid the vision- 
 ary, and cultivate more his home surroundings, for his 
 busy turn of mind causes a restlessness for change and a 
 fondness for travel ; his mind has a tendency to scientific 
 study, forwarding inventions, acting as agent for building 
 properties, theatres, railroads, insurance, shipping, mer- 
 chandise ; favored in lending and borrowing money, and, 
 although he undergoes various mutations in life, he is gen- 
 erally fortunate. 
 
 D in >£ gives a person of middle height, inclined to 
 stoutness, darkish-brown hair, pale face, brown eyes ; rather 
 dull and inactive temperament, requiring a considerable 
 amount of patience to draw out his wit and usefulness ; 
 apt to be peevish and repining ; addicted to wine and com- 
 pany, which is often to his loss, physically and financially ; 
 is fitted for a variety of occupations, but should not hold 
 
204 AstEOLOGY. 
 
 himself responsible where it requires too much ability and 
 constancy; should avoid contentions and discussions in 
 political matters ; is inclined to be rash and unreasonable 
 to his own injury, yet well meaning, and even striving to 
 honorable things, but seldom attaining them, as he is sub- 
 ject to sudden changes in life and strange catastrophes. 
 
XXV. 
 
 EFFECTS OF THE ASPECTS BETWEEN THE SIGNIFICA- 
 TORS. 
 
 h 6 %. 
 
 If \ be significator, lie gives the querent inheritance of 
 estates, and profit by means of agriculture ; his disposition 
 is extremely moral and grave ; he may gain a fortune by 
 merchandise, or, probably, by preaching. 
 
 If % be significator, the disposition is not so good; the 
 querent seldom meets with much success in the world ; he 
 is very niggardly, and generally acquires property by some 
 selfish and unusual means ; though he seldom enjoys it 
 like other persons. He generally lives hated by everyone 
 for his mean and deceitful ways, and dies in obscurity. 
 
 If $ be in □ to the significator, and in aspect with $ , 
 the querent is generally duped of his property, and dies a 
 miserable death. 
 
 b 6 $. 
 
 If k be significator, the querent is of a rash, turbulent 
 disposition, and generally very unfortunate ; very often 
 engaged in some public calling of the lowest order, and 
 frequently ends his days in prison. 
 
 If $ be significator, the disposition is equally bad, but 
 not quite so rash, being more sly and cowardly. Some- 
 times he gains favor from elderly persons, who assist him 
 with their property, which he generally loses in the end, 
 and becomes very unfortunate, especially if the significa- 
 tors be under the Earth. 
 
206 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 k 6 
 
 Signifies losses to the querent by fire (especially if they 
 be in a fiery sign), or by men in power, who persecute him, 
 and confine him within the walls of a prison for some con- 
 tempt of the law ; and he is seldom healthy or of long life. 
 
 If © be significator, the querent is generally very dis- 
 agreeable, deceitful, mistrustful, and unfortunate ; always 
 losing his property by some speculation, which in the end 
 often brings him to ruin, particularly if the querent have 
 anything to do with the government, or persons 'connected 
 with the state. 
 
 \ 6 9 
 
 Shows gain to the querent by means of ladies to a con- 
 siderable extent ; he is much attached to them, greatly 
 addicted to pleasure, and very fortunate where females are 
 concerned. If he be a man of property, he often wastes 
 most of it by gaming or pleasure. 
 
 If 9 be significator, the querent is very artful, sly, 
 unfortunate, destitute of friends, often disappointed by 
 death ; and he loses considerably by persons older than 
 himself, especially if he be in trade. 
 
 h 6 ?. 
 
 If >? be significator, the querent is subtle and crafty, 
 fond of researches into antiquity ; one of much gravity and 
 considerable learning ; though not always of the most 
 agreeable manners. 
 
 If $ be significator, he is dull, suspicious, mean, cow- 
 ardly, calculating, and covetous. Should he turn his at- 
 tention to literature, he may gain some knowledge, al- 
 though with great labor ; and should he become an author, 
 his writings may bring him into some disgrace. 
 
ASPECTS BETWEEN THE SIGNIFICATOKS. 207 
 
 k <$ D. 
 
 If \ be significator, the person is restless and unsettled 
 in bis purposes, and often cbanges bis residence. He is 
 not very fortunate, though be may sometimes benefit by 
 tbe populace and by tbe lower order of females. 
 
 If D be significator, be is poor, miserable, and dejected ; 
 of unpleasant manners, and sullen disposition ; extremely 
 unfortunate, and uncommonly covetous, tbougb possessing 
 scarcely any property. With much suspicious caution, he 
 frequently commits the most unaccountable errors in 
 affairs of the greatest consequence ; as, through excess of 
 prudence, he is very likely to doubt and deliberate in the 
 moment of action. 
 
 % 6 $. 
 
 If % be significator, the querent is bold, proud, and 
 ambitious ; fond of martial exploits and enterprises ; a 
 good soldier or surgeon, though he may lose much by 
 strife and contention, and sometimes receive wounds in 
 quarrels. 
 
 If $ be significator, he is good, pious, and just ; he is 
 eminently successful in the law or the church ; and often 
 makes a fortune by those means. 
 
 % 6 ©. 
 
 If U be significator, the querent is weak, servile, and 
 credulous ; he incurs the displeasure of men in power, by 
 whom he is much oppressed, and often ruined ; he has bad 
 health, and is generally a vain, loquacious character, in- 
 dulging in fanciful speculations about religion, and other 
 matters for which he is totally unqualified. 
 
 If © be significator, the power of 11 is so much de- 
 stroyed by the power of O, that he has but very little 
 
208 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 effect ; though the party will, in general, be very much 
 given to religion, which, if % be well dignified in other re- 
 spects, and not ill aspected, will be sincere, otherwise it is 
 fanatical or hypocritical. 
 
 % 6 ?• 
 
 If TJ. be significator, it promises the greatest happi- 
 ness ; the querent is highly favored by the female sex, by 
 whose means he gains great advancement ; he is rich, pros- 
 perous, and fortunate ; very healthy, and greatly admired 
 and respected. It shows great personal beauty. 
 
 If 9 be significator, it denotes great beauty of person 
 (unless $ be in m, or VJ), riches, honors, ecclesiastical 
 preferment ; the person so represented is truly virtuous, 
 pious, kind, and beneficent to all, with the greatest good- 
 ness of heart, and a disposition that will command univer- 
 sal love and esteem. 
 
 If 11 be significator, it denotes a person of great learn- 
 ing, a good lawyer or divine, of excellent abilities and 
 much information. 
 
 If $ be significator, he is mild, humane, religious, fond 
 of literature ; possessing an elegant mind, and a gentle, 
 engaging disposition ; he is raised to eminence, and pro- 
 tected by powerful patrons ; he accumulates great riches, 
 and is, in general, extremely fortunate. 
 
 % 6 D- 
 
 If % be significator, the person so represented is rest- 
 less and changeable, and seldom sufficiently settled to pro- 
 cure much wealth ; he is, on the whole, very fortunate, 
 often gains considei'ably by marriage, and is a general 
 favorite with the fair sex ; he is a great traveller, and is 
 
ASPECTS BETWEEN THE SIGNIFICATORS. 209 
 
 eminently successful in maritime affairs and among sea- 
 men and shipping. 
 
 If D be significator, he is fortunate in ecclesiastical 
 affairs ; or among mercantile men and magistrates. He ob- 
 tains great wealth, though he is liable to losses frequently by 
 canting, hypocritical persons, who impose upon his natural 
 kindness and generosity of disposition. He has, however, 
 too much good fortune to be injured by those persons to 
 any serious extent. 
 
 $ 6 0. 
 
 If $ be significator, the querent is in danger by 
 fire, lightning, or infectious fevers ; it has been said in this 
 case, with great truth, "he has the favor of kings and 
 princes," and it may be their frowns, too, to his utter un- 
 doing ; he may rise hastily, but, perhaps, to a precipice. 
 
 If O be significator, the querent is brave, but headstrong 
 and violent ; he will probably attain some considerable 
 rank in the army or navy ; but he will be frequently 
 wounded, and most probably die in battle, or be killed by 
 some accident, or fall a victim to some contagious fever. 
 
 $ 6 9. 
 
 If $ be significator, the querent is kind and gentle upon 
 the whole, though at times rather hasty ; he is moderately 
 fortunate, extremely fond of women, and not always very 
 particular as to their respectability. 
 
 If 9 be significator, he is wicked and debauched, a com- 
 panion of prostitutes, from whom he generally receives 
 great injury ; a drunkard, frequently brawling in taverns 
 or low public-houses ; though he may sometimes meet with 
 good fortune, he will quickly dissipate whatever property 
 he may possess in the company of the most worthless of 
 mankind. 
 
 14 
 
210 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 i 6 5. 
 
 If £ be significator, it represents the querent as pos- 
 sessed of considerable ability, a skilful mechanic, or a 
 good mathematician ; one of an acute sarcastic wit ; if he 
 be in the army or navy, for which he is well qualified, he 
 obtains great reputation for his bravery, and is distin- 
 guished still more for the policy of his measures. He is 
 never very scrupulous as to the means he employs ; and 
 will pay but little respect to the persons or possessions of 
 others, when he can gain any advantage by sacrificing them 
 to his own interest. 
 
 If £ be significator, he makes a cheat or swindler, a 
 thief, robber, or treacherous miscreant ; a frequenter of 
 gaming-houses, rash, furious, and blood-thirsty. 
 
 Any evil aspect of ^ increases these evils, and a good 
 aspect of O, 2/, or 9 will much diminish them. 
 
 S 6 3). 
 
 If $ be significator, it shows one of an unsettled life 
 and temper, and a favorite of females ; he is frequently a 
 wandering adventurer, more remarkable for the variety of 
 his fortune than his success or abilities. He is likely to 
 die in a strange country. 
 
 If J> be significator, he is a bold, enterprising character ; 
 frequently in great danger of a violent death, quarrelsome; 
 and given to duelling. He may be a good surgeon or 
 soldier ; and is seldom noted for much humanity. If a 
 female, she is extremely likely to be seduced. 
 
 O <S o. 
 
 If O be significator, it denotes one of soft and effemi- 
 nate manners, a pleasing address, a great admirer of the 
 ladies. He is too much given to extravagance and dissipa- 
 tion. 
 
ASPECTS BETWEEN THE SIGNIFICATOKS. 211 
 
 If ? be significator, lie is of short life, unfortunate, and 
 oppressed ; too sickly to make much exertion ; very proud 
 and extravagant. 
 
 O 6 $. 
 
 If O be significator, it gives some ingenuity, but not 
 much sound judgment. 
 
 If 9 be significator, he represents a person of mean and 
 shallow abilities ; one addicted to fraud and deception ; in- 
 capable of learning anything which requires memory or 
 judgment, and extremely superstitious. He may succeed 
 well in trade or business, but for study he is wholly un- 
 qualified. 
 
 O 6 J. 
 
 If © be significator, it represents a restless and change- 
 able person, who aims at great things, but seldom accom- 
 plishes them. 
 
 If D be significator, the querent is extremely unfortu- 
 nate, and generally sickly and unhappy, dejected and op- 
 pressed by men in power. He is rash and violent, subject 
 to burns and scalds, and has frequently some defect in the 
 eyes ; and if the 6 happen near the Hyades, Pleiades, or 
 Prcespe, he is likely to be nearly blind. If the D be apply- 
 ing, he is in danger of death, especially if it happen in the 
 8th house, or © be lord of the 8th ; but if J) be sepa- 
 rating, the danger is not so great. 
 
 $ 6 $. 
 
 If 9 be significator, it represents one who is polite, mild, 
 and courteous, fond of the elegant branches of literature ; 
 a pleasant companion, a favorite of females ; and one of an 
 excellent disposition. 
 
 If 5 be significator, he excels in any pursuit that re- 
 
212 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 quires taste ; a good painter, an excellent poet or musician, 
 of a very humane disposition, and of the most prepossess- 
 ing appearance. 
 
 It must be most carefully observed, whether these planets 
 have any other familiarity at the same time ; for should $ , 
 \ , or & be in D , it will make a most remarkable difference. 
 Indeed, this must be scrupulously attended to in all cases, 
 but especially where 9 , £ , or J) may be significator. 
 
 ?<5). 
 
 If 9 be significator, it renders a man very mutable and 
 uncertain ; often promising, through goodness of disposi- 
 tion, much more than he is capable of performing. 
 
 If D be significator, he is of an easy, happy disposi- 
 tion, with little care beyond the enjoyment of the present 
 moment ; a great proficient in all elegant amusements, 
 and of an easy and genteel address. 
 
 $ 6 D. 
 
 If $ be significator, the native is possessed of great abili- 
 ties, though generally very unsteady in* his pursuits. He 
 frequently travels in some literary capacity. 
 
 If J) be significator, the effects are not very different ; 
 his intellectual powers are of the first order ; he is much 
 attached to learning, and gains great reputation by his 
 abilities. 
 
 OF THE ifc AND /\ ASPECTS BETWEEN THE SIGNIFICATORS. 
 
 h * or l\ U. 
 
 If \ be significator, it gives riches by means of agricult- 
 ure ; and he is of a sedate and religious disposition. 
 
 If U be significator, he is extremely grave, and fre- 
 quently gains riches by legacies or mining concerns. 
 
ASPECTS BETWEEN THE SIGNIFICATOES. 213 
 
 t> * or A S • 
 
 If *> be significator, it increases the courage of the per- 
 son so signified, and renders him more open in his resent- 
 ment. 
 
 If £ be significator, he is prudent and cautious, bigoted 
 in religion, and, should other aspects befriend $ , he may- 
 gain an estate. 
 
 h * or/\ 0. 
 
 If h be significator, he is generous and noble, though 
 somewhat austere in his behavior. 
 
 If O be significator, he is ostentatious, boastful, and 
 conceited ; he may be expected to gain by legacies, or to 
 be successful as a farmer. 
 
 \ >|c or A 9 . 
 
 If \ be significator, he is prodigal and extravagant, 
 wasting his money among females. 
 
 If 9 be significator, he is modest, shy, and retired in his 
 manners ; he gains the favor of elderly people, and some- 
 times inherits their property. 
 
 \ * or A 2 • 
 
 If \ be significator, it gives ingenuity and subtility, 
 though his talents are mostly employed to little purpose. 
 
 If £ be significator, he is very cautious and prudent, and 
 is addicted to the study of arts and sciences. 
 
 \ * or A D • 
 
 If k be significator, the querent is changeable, jealous, 
 and mistrustful. 
 
 If J) be significator, he is vain and conceited, mean in his 
 actions, though without the excuse of rashness, as he does 
 nothing without much deliberation. 
 
214 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 U * or A £• 
 
 If 2/ be significator, it gives bravery and the spirit of 
 military adventure ; he is a good soldier, surgeon, or 
 chemist. 
 
 If & be significator, he is noble, generous, and ambi- 
 tious, and will rise rapidly in the army. 
 
 % * or /\ O. 
 
 If U be significator, it makes one extremely fortunate, 
 and very noble and courageous in his disposition. 
 
 If O be significator, he gains money rapidly, is always 
 respected, and possesses a most excellent disposition. 
 
 % * or /\ o . 
 
 If 2/ be significator, it causes beauty, love, riches, and 
 real goodness of heart ; this is the most fortunate aspect 
 that can be formed. 
 
 If ? be significator, the person is virtuous, amiable, of a 
 noble disposition, incapable of fraud or malice. 
 
 % >fc or /\ $ . 
 
 If % be significator, it gives great learning, sound judg- 
 ment, and excellent abilities. 
 
 If $ be significator, he possesses solid sense, an open, 
 generous disposition, and real good fortune. 
 
 % %. or /\ D . 
 
 If % be significator, it makes a man very fortunate, be- 
 loved by females, and much respected by the poorer classes 
 of society. 
 
 If D be significator, he is just and charitable, sincere in 
 his friendships, and generous to the full extent of his 
 means. 
 
ASPECTS BETWEEN THE SIGNIFICATORS. 215 
 
 $ * or /\ ©. 
 
 If $ be significator, it gives a very noble disposition and 
 great mind ; it causes one to rise rapidly in the army ; he 
 is uncommonly successful in war, and will gain much by 
 the patronage of men in power. 
 
 If © be significator, it confers great bravery and a high 
 spirit ; he rises to grandeur by means of his courage and 
 invincible military talents. 
 
 <? * or /\ ? . 
 
 If $ be significator, it causes lewdness and dissipation ; 
 his disposition is not radically bad, but he is extremely 
 thoughtless and improvident ; he may gain by females, for 
 he seems to possess a fascinating influence, which he never 
 fails to exert to the utmost with the female sex. 
 
 If ? be significator, he is handsome, but proud, rash, 
 and inconsiderate ; and neither remarkable for prudence 
 nor principle. 
 
 $ * or /\ % . 
 
 If $ be significator, this aspect gives great acuteness, 
 penetration, and learning ; the querent, however, is crafty, 
 rather hasty, and extremely confident. 
 
 If $ be significator, he possesses great courage, is very 
 ingenious in any mechanical trade, a good engraver or 
 mathematician, and will succeed in anything that requires 
 presence of mind, acuteness, and ready wit. 
 
 If $ receive any aspect of i#, he is extremely fitted to 
 become a good astrologer, especially if 5 assist £ . 
 
 $ * or /\ J). 
 If 3 be significator, it makes one restless and change- 
 able, servile and talkative ; he travels much, and receives 
 much assistance .from females. ■ 
 
216 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 If D be significator, he is very passionate and change- 
 able, with a high spirit and good abilities. 
 
 O * or A D • 
 
 If O be significator, it confers riches and honor ; the 
 querent is fortunate with women, and is much respected 
 by the multitude. 
 
 If D be significator, he is proud and aspiring ; he is 
 generally successful, but his fortune is not permanent, 
 unless both O and D be in fixed signs. 
 
 9 * or A 5 • 
 
 If ? be significator, this aspect gives ingenuity, subtle- 
 ty, and good-nature. 
 
 If $ be significator, the querent possesses a refined and 
 accomplished mind ; he is neat in his person, and elegant 
 in his manners ; a lover of music and the fine arts in gen- 
 eral. 
 
 9 * or /\ J). 
 
 If $ be significator, it is a very fortunate aspect ; it shows 
 a person who is much assisted by female friends ; and one, 
 who, though unstable, often obtains considerable property. 
 
 If D be significator, the querent is gentle, obliging, 
 amiable, and genteel in his manners, and is much admired 
 by females ; whose condition in life depends on the strength 
 or debility of ? . 
 
 $ >(c or /\ 5 . 
 
 If $ be significator, the person signified is witty, inge- 
 nious, subtle, easily learning anything to which he ap- 
 plies, and frequently acquiring many sciences without any 
 assistance. He is somewhat reserved, and a little melan- 
 choly, but, from his extensive knowledge, he is always a 
 useful and sometimes a pleasant companion. 
 
ASPECTS BETWEEN THE SIGNIFICATORS. 217 
 
 If D be significator, this is the most favorable aspect 
 for learning or scientific speculation. 
 
 THE EFFECTS OF THE D OR <? ASPECTS BETWEEN THE SIGNIFI- 
 
 CATORS. 
 
 \ U or 8 %. 
 
 If >? be significator, it shows much trouble by lawyers 
 or the clergy. 
 
 If % be significator, he is always wretched and miser- 
 able, idle, unfortunate, and beggarly. 
 
 >? U or 8 S. 
 
 If i? be significator, it is the aspect of cruelty and mur- 
 der, and the person so signified is extremely unfortunate ; 
 he generally lives a most dejected life, and dies a violent 
 death. 
 
 If $ be significator, the person shown by him is very 
 malicious, treacherous, and blood-thirsty ; one delighting 
 in the most evil deeds, yet very cowardly, sly, and much ad- 
 dicted to suicide and secret revenge ; of a cruel complex- 
 ion ; in short, such a character as Don Miguel of Portugal. 
 
 *> □ or 8 O. 
 
 If *> be significator, it is the aspect of infamy and con- 
 tempt ; the person is prodigal, ambitious, overbearing, 
 hating control, very disagreeable in his manners, extremely 
 unfortunate, subject to the frowns of persons in power, 
 and often meets a violent death. 
 
 If O be significator, the person is cowardly, spiteful, 
 treacherous, malicious, unfeeling, covetous, repining, al- 
 ways despising anything of kindness and humanity ; one 
 who generally leads a life of wretchedness, and frequently 
 meets with a bad end, and sometimes dies in prison. 
 
218 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 *> □ or § $ . 
 
 If i? be significator, it shows dissipation, and the person 
 leads a most detestable life, connected with the lowest 
 order of prostitutes, by whom he is eventually brought to 
 ruin and disgrace. 
 
 If 9 be significator, the person is generally of an evil 
 complexion, and not very handsome ; very sly, artful, full 
 of mischief, and much addicted to dissipation, though not 
 suspected ; mostly unfortunate. 
 
 i> u or 8 S . 
 
 If \ be significator, it indicates a thief, cheat, or 
 swindler ; a low, cunning fellow, sly, envious, treacherous, 
 and malicious, one who is always planning some scheme 
 to deceive his most intimate friends ; generally forming a 
 bad opinion of everyone, and not at all particular as to 
 speaking the truth. 
 
 If $ be significator, the person is very artful, always in- 
 volved in strife and contention, and much given to vilify 
 the character of others, by whom he is tormented with 
 lawsuits ; it also indicates pettifogging attornies, who very 
 seldom act honestly towai'd their clients. 
 
 t? u or § D. 
 
 If \ be significator, it shows a wandering, unsettled, and 
 changeable person, not of a genteel form, but one who is 
 down-looking, and inclined to stoop forward ; always very 
 fretful, and appearing full of trouble ; not a good dispo- 
 sition, nor to be depended on. He seldom attains any high 
 situation, but, if he does, he soon falls into disgrace again. 
 
 If D be significator, the person is extremely unfortu- 
 nate, always in trouble with the lower order of mankind, 
 from whom he receives many injuries ; he is mean, cow- 
 
ASPECTS BETWEEN THE SIGNIEICATOES. 219 
 
 ardly, and very dejected ; is rather unhealthy, seldom liv- 
 ing a long life, and generally dying a miserable death. 
 
 * 
 
 % a or § $. 
 If 2/ be significator, it denotes violence, ingratitude, a 
 furious temper, and danger of death by malignant fevers. 
 
 If $ be significator, it shows pride, ingratitude, inso- 
 lence, and the hatred of the clergy on account of theologi- 
 cal opinions. 
 
 11 n or 8 Q. 
 
 If % be significator, it gives arrogance, prodigality, and 
 much vanity, with a great desire to be distinguished, which 
 is but very rarely gratified. 
 
 If © be significator, the person represented wastes his 
 property by riotous living and all kinds of extravagance. 
 
 2/ □ or 8 9- 
 
 If 2/ be significator, it shows extravagance, dissipation, 
 and all kinds of debauchery and intemperance. 
 
 If 9 be significator, the person has many enemies 
 among the clergy, and the legal profession, magistrates, 
 etc., and he is equally void of virtue and prudence. 
 
 2/ o or § $ . 
 
 If 2/ be significator, it gives trouble, contention, per- 
 plexity, lawsuits, and, in consequence, indigence. 
 
 If $ be significator, the person is frequently persecuted 
 for his singular religious opinions ; his understanding is 
 weak, and he is often involved in strife and contention. 
 
 2/ U or 8 }. 
 If 2/ be significator, it shows one of many words, though 
 of poor abilities , he is weak and foolish, and, if in a public 
 capacity, is execrated by the multitude. 
 
220 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 If D be significator, lie is injured by faithless friends 
 and deceitful relatives ; and his property is impoverished 
 by hypocritical fanatics. 
 
 6 D or 8 ©. 
 
 If $ be significator, it denotes a man of great ambition 
 and violence ; but his fortune is too evil to allow him to 
 succeed. 
 
 If © be significator he is restrained by no principle of 
 honor or gratitude ; his affairs are always deranged, and 
 he makes use of the most violent means to retrieve them. 
 Such an one frequently becomes a footpad, murderer, or 
 house - breaker, and is either killed in some contest, or 
 falls a victim to the laws of his country. 
 
 S n or 8 9. 
 
 If $ be significator, these aspects cause lust, excess, 
 prodigality, disease, and injury by loose women, and com- 
 plete waste of fortune. 
 
 If 9 be significator, he is very treacherous, mischievous, 
 base, and inconstant ; or if it be a female, she is a prosti- 
 tute, or very shameless. 
 
 $ a or 8 $. 
 
 If $ be significator, it shows one of some ability, but his 
 talents are applied to the most dishonorable purposes. 
 
 If $ be significator, it denotes a thief or assassin ; one 
 whose most solemn protestations are not to be believed ; 
 who will desert his benefactors at their utmost need ; he 
 is violent, furious, contentious, and despised by everyone 
 for his infamous life. 
 
 S o or 8 D- 
 If £ be significator, the querent described by him is a fit 
 companion for the lowest and most unprincipled of man- 
 
ASPECTS BETWEEN THE SIGNIFICATORS. 221 
 
 kind ; lie is very unfortunate, and is probably a wandering 
 vagabond, who travels over the earth without a friend or a 
 home. 
 
 If 5 be significator, he is excessively abusive, malicious, 
 and treacherous. He may travel into foreign countries 
 as a sailor or soldier, amid innumerable dangers and hard- 
 ships, and die by pestilence, dysentery, or the sword. 
 
 O D or 8 D . 
 
 If O be significator, the person suffers losses, trouble, and 
 much anxiety. 
 
 If D be significator, he is obstinate and quarrelsome ; he 
 is exceedingly ambitious and prodigal ; and is sometimes 
 marked in the face, or his eyes are affected ; the latter is 
 especially the case if O be afflicted by $ , or either O or D 
 are with the nebulous stars. 
 
 9 □ or <? D. 
 
 If 9 he significator, it shows a changeable, unsettled life, 
 great troubles in marriage, and much ill fortune. 
 
 If D be significator, it shows a dissolute, extravagant life, 
 attended with indigence and poverty, and much trouble 
 from females. 
 
 $ □ or <? D . 
 
 If $ be significator, it no doubt gives some abilities, but 
 such persons are too unsettled to apply very closely to any 
 subject ; they are continually shifting their situations (espe- 
 cially if $ be in a movable sign), nor are they very sincere 
 in their professions of friendship, nor very scrupulous in 
 the method by which they may attain their ends. 
 
 If D be significator, they have a defect in their utterance, 
 have but little ability, except a kind of low cunning, which 
 they apply to dishonest purposes. But as $ is acted on 
 by every planet having an aspect to him, it will be neces- 
 
222 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 sary to observe each aspect, and allow for its influence ; for 
 if $ have a /\ of %, the a of $ to J) will not be near so 
 evil, though the person will be far from sensible, notwith- 
 standing that they are tolerably honest and well meaning. 
 Observation. — The reader must always remember that 
 the true character and condition of the person signified 
 can only be correctly learned by noticing all the aspec Is 
 the significator may receive, as well as observing the nature 
 of the sign and house it is in, and the degrees of strength 
 or weakness it possesses, as well as those planets which as- 
 pect it. Thus, if the significator be £ , and he receive the 
 § of O, yet if O be weak, and £ have also a /\ of 11, this 
 benefic planet being strong, he may judge that the querent 
 will suffer by the evil influence of ©, by receiving a severe 
 wound in a duel, or in honorable warfare ; whereas if, in- 
 stead of the /\ of %, the D of $ occurred, there would be 
 little doubt that he would be killed by police officers, or 
 die by violence ; the latter especially, if O was in the 10th 
 house. 
 
XXVI. 
 
 THE NATURES OF THE PLANETS. 
 
 Herschel. — This is the most distant planet from the Sun. 
 He takes eighty-four years to go through the twelve signs. 
 He is frequently retrograde, appearing to go backward in 
 the heavens. His diameter is to that of our Earth as 4.332 
 to 1. 
 
 The nature of Herschel is extremely evil. If ascending 
 at the time of birth, he causes the native to be of very 
 eccentric disposition, pursuing extraordinary and uncom- 
 mon objects ; one who despises the track of custom, and is 
 very abrupt in his manners. Whatever good he may pro- 
 duce, when well aspected or situated, will be of a sudden 
 description, and quite out of the common course of things. 
 Persons whose minds are influenced by this planet are un- 
 settled in life, partial to travelling, witnessing many 
 strange scenes, very romantic and extraordinary in their 
 ideas, and given to the study of antiquity ; yet likely to 
 strike out many novelties. 
 
 Saturn. — This planet is next to Herschel. He is at a 
 great distance from the Sun, and exceeds this Earth in 
 bulk nearly one thousand times. He goes through the 
 Zodiac in twenty-nine years and a half ; his diameter is to 
 that of the Earth as 9.987 to 1. 
 
 The nature of Saturn is far more evil than that of Her- 
 schel ; he is called the Greater Infortune, and he is un- 
 doubtedly the cause of the greater portion of human suf- 
 fering. When he is rising or setting at birth, the person 
 born will suffer much lingering sickness, and be very sub- 
 ject to blows, bruises, and falls. If he be on the meridian, 
 
224 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 or coming to the meridian, he causes perpetual trouble and 
 disgrace ; all the native's affairs go wrong, and, unless 
 there be some very strong aspects of other planets to coun- 
 teract this evil position, the native is the complete child of 
 misfortune. If he be in the opposite situation, that is, 
 near the north meridian, or cusp of the 4th house, his 
 effects are nearly as evil. Persons born under his influ- 
 ence are nervous, fearful, bashful, cowardly, melancholy, 
 and given to shed tears. They suffer from chronic dis- 
 eases, and are liable to mental infirmities. Their disposi- 
 tions are thoughtful, malicious, and reserved ; they are firm 
 and obstinate in their opinions, but adhere strongly to their 
 attachments. 
 
 Jupiter. — This planet is next to Saturn in the solar sys- 
 tem. He is the largest of all, in bulk exceeding that of 
 the Earth nearly one thousand three hundred times. He 
 is very nearly twelve years in going round the Zodiac ; his 
 diameter is to that of the Earth as 10.86 to 1. 
 
 His nature is eminently benefic, and he is called the 
 Greater Fortune. When rising at birth, he confers much 
 strength of constitution, enabling the native to overcome 
 very evil directions, which would otherwise prove fatal. 
 The persons under his influence are healthy, cheerful, and 
 jovial in disposition, and are open, sincere, generous, and 
 quite free from fraud or meanness of any kind. They are 
 generally much esteemed, from pursuing always very hon- 
 orable, magnanimous conduct ; and they are the favorites 
 of fortune. If Jupiter be approaching the meridian at 
 birth, the native will (unless very evil aspects occur to 
 counteract his influence) become extremely wealthy, and 
 arrive at distinction. This is verified in the nativities of 
 Queen Victoria and the Duke of Wellington. 
 
 Mars. — This planet is between the Earth and Jupiter ; 
 he is rather less in size than our globe, and goes round the 
 
THE NATURES OF THE PLANETS. 225 
 
 Sun in about six weeks less than two years. His red, fiery 
 appearance renders,hini very conspicuous in the heavens ; 
 his diameter is to that of the Earth as 0.517 to 1. 
 
 Mars is a very evil planet, but his nature is quite differ- 
 ent from Saturn. He causes all hot and violent diseases, 
 and persons under his influence are subject to cuts, burns, 
 and other violent accidents. They are rash, angry, and 
 always ready to rush into quarrels and bloodshed. They 
 feel no pity. If Mars be in the ascendant of any person's 
 nativity, they become liable to receive cuts or have marks 
 in the face ; they are fond of war and danger ; if in the 
 10th house, or on the meridian, they are generally ob- 
 served as warlike characters, and may gain honors as such. 
 In George LIL's nativity he was so situated, and during his 
 reign England was perpetually at war. 
 
 Venus. — This beautiful planet is situated nearer the Sun 
 than is the Earth. She goes round the Sun in thirty-two 
 weeks, and is very nearly the same size as our globe ; her 
 diameter is to the Earth as 0.975 to 1. 
 
 Her nature is decidedly benefic, but her power nothing 
 equal to that of Jupiter. She assists to strengthen the 
 constitution if ascending at birth, but she gives such a 
 strong inclination for pleasure, that the native often injures 
 his health in its pursuit. Persons born under her influ- 
 ence are generally of a mild, quiet disposition. If on the 
 meridian, she renders the native respectable in life, unless 
 in ill aspect to Saturn, when he will generally be very 
 mean in his conduct. She partakes very much of the nat- 
 ure of those planets to which she is in aspect, and no 
 judgment can be formed of her effects without taking this 
 into full consideration. If well aspected, the native will 
 gain chiefly through the means of females ; if ill aspected 
 by £ , the native is not chaste. 
 
 Mercury. — This planet is the nearest to the Sun of any 
 15 
 
226 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 yet discovered. He is very small, being only 3,200 miles 
 in diameter, and travels very swiftly, going round the Sun 
 in twelve weeks and four days ; his diameter is to the 
 Earth's as 0.398 to 1. 
 
 His influence, when in no aspect with any other planet, 
 and if in the ascendant, causes great restlessness and desire 
 of change ; fondness for travelling, and a busy turn of mind, 
 addicted to literature ; but as this planet is the chief ruler 
 of the mental faculties, great care must be taken to note 
 what aspect he forms with other planets, for on that will 
 chiefly depend the mental disposition of the native. If 
 close to the Sun, the native never has any great abilities 
 for science ; his mind is rather contracted and superficial, 
 though he may be well adapted for any kind of plodding 
 business. If at the same time he be afflicted by the evil 
 aspects of the malefics, and the Moon also be weak and 
 afflicted, the native will be of very weak mind ; and if the 
 ascendant also be afflicted by the presence or ill aspect of 
 evil planets, and there be no good aspect between the Moon 
 and Mercury, or between them and the ascendant, the na- 
 tive will be an idiot or become insane. This may be the 
 case even where Mercury is distant from the Sun, as oc- 
 curred in the nativity of George III., where Mercury was 
 twelve degrees and a half from the Sun. In that king's 
 nativity Mercury had the sextile aspect of Jupiter, which 
 preserved his mental faculties for several years ; but being 
 in conjunction with Saturn, and in semisquare with Mars, 
 and the Moon being also in square to Mars, and in no as- 
 pect to Mercury, and neither of them in aspect to the 
 ascendant, the royal native, under ill directions, lost his 
 reason. 
 
 The Sun. — The glorious body which gives us light and 
 heat is less noticed than the Moon in the judgment of a 
 nativity, though, if astrology were all fancy, his appear- 
 
THE NATURES OF THE PLANETS. 227 
 
 ance would have been likely to say much in his favor. The 
 Earth is distant about ninety-five millions of miles from 
 the Sun, which in bulk exceeds that of the Earth in the 
 proportion of 1,384,472 to 1 ; its diameter is to that of the 
 Earth as 111,454 to 1. The human mind strives in vain to 
 comprehend its immense bulk. Just as difficult is it to 
 comprehend how he keeps all the planetary bodies in per- 
 petual play around his centre ; for although the terms at- 
 traction and gravitation have been long in use, they are still 
 as full of mystery as is that of planetary influence. The 
 specific influence of the Sun is small ; but it seems to be 
 similar to that of Mars. If in the ascendant, or in aspect 
 to it, he causes a degree of pride ; when in good aspect to 
 the Moon, he causes success in life ; but if in evil aspect, he 
 gives rashness, and injures the native's fortune. If in con- 
 junction with any planet, he destroys the power of that 
 planet in a great measure, and assumes the nature of the 
 planet himself, to a certain extent. It is highly important 
 that the Sun should be free from the ill aspects of the malefic 
 planets, to produce success in life ; and it is better that he 
 have no aspect whatever to them, unless it be to Mars, when 
 the Sun is near the meridian, as this may cause military 
 preferment. 
 
 The Moon. — This beautiful globe apparently goes round 
 the Earth in twenty-seven days, seven hours, and forty 
 three minutes. Her distance is 237,000 miles from us ; 
 and she is nearly 50 times her own size smaller than this 
 Earth ; her diameter is 2,160 miles, that of the Earth at 
 the Equator, 7925.648 miles. 
 
 She has most powerful influence on every person, accord- 
 ing to her situation at birth, or what is termed her mun- 
 dane position ; that is, her rising or setting ; and also as 
 regards her aspect with other placets. If she be nearly in 
 conjunction with the Sun, the native will be of weak con- 
 
ASTROLOGY. 
 
 stitution, and, if not very well aspected, and the hyleg not 
 strong, of very short life. Persons born during an eclipse 
 of the Sun, when the Moon is nearly in a, direct line with the 
 Sun, are invariably very weakly, and are said never to live 
 many years. The Moon has certainly, at all times, much 
 to do with the stamina of the native's constitution ; and, if 
 she be much afflicted, his health will rarely be good, and 
 his fortune will be as poor. The animal propensities de- 
 pend almost wholly on the Moon ; and if she be afflicted, 
 the native will be idle and given to drinking, gluttony, and 
 debauchery. The good aspects of Mercury and the Moon 
 to each other are important, to give wit and ingenuity. If 
 the Moon ascend at birth, the native will be very fond of 
 novelty and roaming about ; and if she be weak, will lead 
 a very dissolute life. If the Moon be on the meridian, or 
 approaching it, and at the same time in good aspect to 
 Mercury, the native will be clever, and fortunate through 
 his own talents ; if in good aspect to Jupiter, he will gain 
 wealth ; to the Sun, he will meet preferment ; to Venus, he 
 will have many female friends, and be very agreeable in his 
 manners ; to Saturn, if Saturn himself be strong, he may 
 gain by elderly persons, legacies, buildings, or agricultural 
 pursuits ; to Mars, he may succeed in warfare, or as a sur- 
 geon, cutler, etc. But in all these cases, if there be any 
 evil aspects to the Moon, or to the meridian itself, the good 
 will be materially diminished. 
 
 When evil aspects are found between the Moon, Mars, 
 and Mercury, the native is inclined to dishonesty. The 
 Moon in good aspect to Mars gives courage ; and if Mars 
 be evilly affected by other planets, boldness and impudence. 
 
 OBSERVATIONS ON THE EFFECTS OF DIRECTIONS. 
 
 We are to judge whether a direction be good or evil by 
 the nature of the aspect and planet. The extent and char- 
 
THE NATURES OP THE PLANETS. 229 
 
 acter of its effects are to be learned by the degree of angu- 
 lar power of the planet, the sign it is in, and its freedom 
 from affliction ; also the opposing influences are to be well 
 considered. Nor can any safe judgment be formed unless 
 all the directions in opei-ation within six months of the 
 time, and the transits and ingresses, be considered. A good 
 direction gives prosperity from such things or persons as 
 the planet signifies, and also as the house of which he is 
 lord intimates. In the same manner judge of an evil direc- 
 tion. Take also into consideration the house the moderator 
 is in or rules over, and also the house wherein the direc- 
 tion falls when complete. Directions in children's nativ- 
 ities act upon and through their parents, guardians. 
 
 The Horoscope, or ascendant, signifies all matters which 
 affect the person, such as sickness or health, birth or death 
 of children ; also the affections of the mind. 
 
 The Moon's directions affect both mind and body, also 
 wealth and character, as regards public estimation. 
 
 The Sun concerns the health, honor, preferment, favor 
 of the great, the father and his affairs. 
 
 The M. G. denotes honors, character, employment, credit, 
 trade ; also the parents. 
 
 The Pars fortunes has influence over money matters, and, 
 in some measure, family affairs. 
 
 SPECIFIC EULES. 
 
 Asc. d □ 8 ', h • — According to the sign \ is in will 
 the native suffer sickness (especially if the ascendant be 
 hyleg), family affliction, or mischief by elderly persons or 
 saturnine affairs, accidents, falls, or bruises. The mind be- 
 comes dull and heavy, the body suffers lingering diseases, 
 especially coughs and colds, phlegmatic complaints, and 
 low fevers. If both \ and the ascendant be in watery 
 
230 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 signs, danger by water ; if in tt#, danger of suffocation, or 
 being smothered. On this direction old diseases re- 
 turn. 
 
 Asc. % /\, h ■ — Benefits by land or houses, inheritances, 
 agricultural pursuits, buildings, legacies, gifts, and favors 
 of old persons. The native becomes grave and studious, 
 and also laborious. 
 
 Asc. 6 % /\, U- — Health in general, though, if 2/ be 
 afflicted, blood abounds, and pleurisy occurs on the con- 
 junction ; gifts, patronage, new friends, children, prefer- 
 ment, and general prosperity. 
 
 Asc. D <? , 2/ • — The body is distempered, blood abounds, 
 danger of pleurisy, or liver complaints, especially if 2/ be 
 in SL or -£? ; in children measles, and, if 2/ be affected by 
 S , the small-pox ; losses of money, deception and injuries 
 by churchmen and magistrates. The native is careless and 
 improvident ; false friends betray. 
 
 Asc. 6 □ § , $ . — Sickness of the nature of $ and the sign 
 he is in, considered with that of the ascendant ; also acci- 
 dents, cuts, burns, or stabs. The native suffers by hot dis- 
 eases, and rarely escapes loss of blood. He becomes quar- 
 relsome and venturesome, rushes into disputes and dangers, 
 and suffers accordingly. If he be a gentleman, he may be 
 called out in a duel ; if a mechanic, he fights ; if a female, 
 she quarrels with her husband. Persons under S influence 
 at birth become violent and furious. If $ be in an earthy 
 sign, he threatens great evil ; to kill or be killed ; in an 
 airy sign, inflammation of the blood, or falls ; in a fiery 
 sign, violent fevers, burns, stabs ; in a watery sign, bloody 
 flux, danger of drowning. 
 
 Asc. %■ /\, $ . — The native becomes martial in his ideas, 
 delights in horse exercise and military affairs. He becomes 
 angry and impatient, inventive and diligent, receives favors 
 from military persons, preferments, or studies chemistry. 
 
THE NATUKES OF THE PLANETS. 231 
 
 Females frequently marry under these directions, or have 
 a son born. 9 
 
 Asc. 6 0. — The native becomes publicly employed, or 
 receives favors from public characters ; his reputation ad- 
 vances. Yet troubles and anxieties attend. Hot diseases 
 in the head, and especially the eyes. In watery signs, flow 
 of humors. 
 
 Asc. ^c /\, ©. — Health of body, peace of mind, new 
 friends and eminent. Also preferment, creditable employ- 
 ment, and honorable journeys. Affairs generally success- 
 ful. A female may expect marriage, or a son born. 
 
 Asc. □ 8 , ©. — Troubles and diseases ; envy or ill treat- 
 ment from a person in power, quarrels, lawsuits, prosecu- 
 tions ; also decay of estate, deceit, and disrespect to the 
 native ; danger of imprisonment and shipwreck ; complaints 
 in the eyes, acute diseases or fever ; death or danger to the 
 native's father. 
 
 Asc. 6 >fc /\, $ . — Pleasure and content. He is beloved 
 of women, marries, or has a daughter born or married. He 
 purchases furniture, clothing, and is greatly given to luxury 
 and pleasures, especially under the conjunction, where, if 
 $ be afflicted, he may suffer diseases accordingly. 
 
 Asc. □ 8 , $ • — Disease by surfeit or excess ; inclined to 
 be wild, intemperate, and extravagant. He runs into 
 vicious pursuits, and is scandalized ; many troubles by 
 women, vexations in love matters, jealousy, and conjugal 
 quarrels. 
 
 Asc. 6 $ . — This incites a desire to study, poetry, and 
 mathematics. He takes a degree at the university, or 
 enters some school or college, if a youth. It denotes a 
 busy time with accounts, writings, law-papers ; also jour- 
 neys and changes in situation. The whole good or evil ac- 
 cording to the strength of £ in the radix. 
 
 Asc. * /\, $ . — This is of the same character with the 
 
232 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 6 ; but no evil arises therefrom, even if ? be afflicted. It 
 gives changes of residence. 
 
 Asc. □ 8 , $ • — This brings expenses by literary things 
 and persons ; a very unsettled time ; disputes, quarrels, 
 lawsuits, annoyances by young persons. He may be arrested 
 or questioned for some mistake or fraud in accounts, or be 
 libelled, or write some foolish book or libel. It also causes 
 cutaneous diseases, coughs, and affections of the breath. 
 Much depends on the aspects to $ . 
 
 Asc. 6 D . — Sudden benefits or reverses, changes, jour- 
 neys, preferment, losses by the populace, or death of the na- 
 tive's mother, all depending on the strength of the D on the 
 radix. It brings marriage to males and sea- voyages to all. 
 It causes lunar diseases, especially if the ascendant be hy- 
 leg. 
 
 Asc. %. /\, D . — Content of mind and body, much active 
 business and employment, a journey or sea-voyage. It 
 gives benefits by females, new female friends, marriage, or 
 the birth of a daughter, public esteem, and prosperity. 
 
 Asc. □ 8 , D . — Disputes and controversies, especially 
 with females and vulgar persons ; misfortunes at sea, loss 
 of office, many public affronts, and open enemies ; also 
 lunar diseases, corrupt humors, cancers ; a general ten- 
 dency to gluttony and intemperance, and the consequent 
 distempers, according to the sign the 1> is in at birth. 
 
 Midheaven 6 u 8 , b . — The anger of magistrates and 
 employers is felt ; loss of office and trade, disgrace and 
 ruin may occur ; death of parents. He is apt to act dis- 
 creditably ; his servants do the same ; conspiracies against 
 him, private enmity ; accusations and robberies. 
 
 Midheaven 6 %. — Preferment, employment, and nu- 
 merous benefits by the favor of some person of rank. It 
 raises in life according to the situation of the native. It 
 gives increase of wealth ; but much depends on how the 
 
THE NATURES OF THE PLANETS. 233 
 
 M. C. is aspected. In a married female's nativity it bene- 
 fits her husband ; in children, their parents. 
 
 Midheaven ^c /\, %. — This acts like the 6 , but generally 
 with less power. The /\ by % coming to the cusp of the 
 2d house gives great increase of wealth. 
 
 Midheaven □ 8 , %• — Trouble by law, magistrates, and 
 the clergy ; losses in commerce and trade ; accusations 
 against the native, which rarely prevail. He suffers by 
 persons pretending to religion. 
 
 Midheaven 6 □ <? , £ . — Great mischances to life and 
 fortunes. The wrath of powerful men fan on the native. 
 He suffers wrong or injury in various ways, imprisonment, 
 disgrace, loss by fire or theft. To a soldier it gives military 
 authority, but danger. It often shows a violent death, 
 where the radix prenotes the same. It kills or afflicts 
 parents. 
 
 Midheaven ^ /\, $ . — The native takes to military 
 actions, fencing, shooting, riding, and he may enter the 
 army, or receive promotion. To tradesmen it denotes good 
 business. 
 
 Midheaven 6 O- — This elevates the native to dignity 
 and honor ; makes him hold some public office, having 
 command or control. It gives fame and reputation, and 
 also benefits the native's parents. 
 
 Midheaven >fc /\, Q. — Preferment, success, gifts, and hon- 
 ors by means of persons of rank and power. It makes the 
 native esteem himself higher, and lays the foundation for 
 his farther advance in life. In a female's nativity it brings 
 marriage, or, if married, the birth of a son. 
 
 Midheaven D <? , O. — This causes sudden disgrace and 
 loss of office and employment. It causes imprisonment 
 and the sentence of a judge. To a tradesman it will bring 
 losses and bankruptcy. It afflicts the parents, frequently 
 by means of fire or public calamities. 
 
234 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 * 
 Midheaven 6 * /\, 9 ■ — Mirth and pleasure, gayety to 
 
 the native, who mixes in female society, falls in love, and 
 
 may marry, if of proper age ; also the birth of children and 
 
 their marriage when of age ; prosperity in the family, new 
 
 female friends, benefits by females, and general success ; 
 
 the going into new houses and buying furniture. 
 
 Midheaven a <? , 9 . — Scandal and disgrace by means of 
 females, unfortunate wooings, jealousy, contention, and 
 delusion by women. It shows loss of estate and squan- 
 dering of property ; also a separation, from a wife, and 
 sometimes the death or misfortune of a wife, sister, or 
 mother. If marriage occur, it is rash and unhappy. 
 
 Midheaven 6 * A' $ • — Preferment and credit by learn- 
 ing or literary productions ; much active business, especi- 
 ally with accounts, lawyers, booksellers, or merchandise ; 
 also the study of languages, public speaking. Youths go 
 out in the world, young men set up in business, take de- 
 grees. It brings new employments, joui-neys, profit by 
 writings. But if $ be weak or afflicted, the conjunction 
 may give scandal, libels, and information against the native. 
 
 Midheaven 6 J) . — This argues an unquiet and busy 
 time, afflicted with variety of matter and action, both in 
 body and mind ; a troublesome and queasy time, now well, 
 now ill, full of business ; sometimes getting, otherwise 
 losing. All depends on the strength of D at birth. If 
 she bs strong, it benefits greatly, bringing some new oc- 
 cupation of a public nature ; office, trade, or dignity ; also 
 journeys and sea-voyages, the latter, especially, if 5 be in 
 watery signs. In a male nativity it promises marriage or 
 female connection, and benefits by females. 
 
 Midheaven $c /\, D . — Increase of fortune, fame, and esti- 
 mation, especially among the people ; gifts and benefits by 
 ladies ; prosperity in the native's office of employment ; 
 a long sea-voyage, and sometimes public command, ac- 
 
THE NATURES OP THE PLANETS. 235 
 
 cording to the native's rank in life ; changes and general 
 prosperity ; with a male, marriage ; birth of children, male 
 or female, as the J) may be aspected ; family advancement. 
 
 Midheaven D, <?, J). — Public disesteem, loss of office 
 and good name ; expense and waste of property by low 
 or bad women ; danger to the wife, mother, or daughter ; 
 quarrels in the family and separations ; punishment by the 
 law, sentence by a judge, for offences. The greatness of 
 the evil depends on the J) 's aspects and the sign she 
 occupies ; fixed signs make it durable. 
 
 The © 6 , n, S , h • — If the © be hyleg, danger of 
 severe and fatal illness ; much weakness of body, colds, 
 melancholy, chronic diseases, especially in the head, heart, 
 back, and stomach, or other parts, according to the sign ^ 
 is in at birth ; the eyes are likely to suffer ; danger of falls 
 from buildings and of being crushed ; also the native's father 
 suffers, and may die ; much trouble by saturnine persons, 
 especially such as are in power, noblemen and landlords ; 
 dangers in travelling, loss by storms and shipwreck ; sepa- 
 ration of the native's parents, destruction to his fame and 
 credit, loss of business and good name. He is robbed and 
 cheated by servants and tenants, and is full of heavy 
 thoughts, and suffers much vexation, and may be tempted 
 to commit suicide. Envy and malice are active against the 
 native. If an eclipse happen at the time on the place of 
 the 6 , the effect is violent, and generally of a public nature. 
 
 The >£, /\, J> . — Some marks of esteem from an aged 
 gentleman or person in power. The native is preferred, 
 and manages his affairs prosperously, receiving honor, gifts, 
 or legacies. It inclines to gravity and severity, laborious 
 studies or works. It imports wealth by husbandry, archi- 
 tecture, or some inheritance. The native succeeds with 
 elderly persons and in all matters under the influence of 
 Saturn. 
 
236 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 The O 6 , *, /\, IX- — Health of body, peace of mind, in- 
 crease of wealth, and enjoyment of the goods of fortune ; 
 preferment, office, dignity, employment, according to the 
 native's situation in life ; church preferment, benefit by 
 lawyers, magistrates, or merchants ; commerce flourishing ; 
 the clergy grasping at power. The native may have a son 
 born, or preferred. 
 
 The O Q <? > %• — The native suffers by lawyers, magis- 
 trates, clergymen, and professors of religion, who cause 
 him expenses ; yet he usually overcomes, and recovers all ; 
 mercantile sufferings and injury to bankers. 
 
 The O 6 , □ , <? , 8 • — Acute diseases, fevers, accidents 
 by fire, iron, or hot water, also bites of dogs or kicks by 
 horses, according to the sign $ is in. In a martial nativity 
 the 6 gives preferment. In watery signs these directions 
 denote fluxes, and in all cases some loss of blood. The 
 native is rash and violent, he does nothing prudently ; let 
 him, therefore, beware of disputes with superiors and men 
 of i*ank, and let him avoid any new work, for he will have 
 no success. Let him shun quarrels and the company of 
 soldiers, especially if © be hyleg ; also let him beware of 
 fevers and inflammation, and live temperately. 
 
 The © >fc /\, $ . — These bring martial friends and pre- 
 ferment ; also an inclination to shoot, hunt and ride, more 
 than formerly ; soldiers act daringly and meet promotion. 
 It causes a journey, and "much trotting and trudging from 
 one place to another." 
 
 The © 6 , *, /\, $ . — Stirs up a desire for music, plays, 
 and merriment ; also all kinds of o pleasures. The native 
 makes love, and spends his time and money among the 
 ladies. If $ be weak, the 6 causes unlawful affections. 
 The body is now healthy, and mind cheerful ; all things 
 succeed, the estate is increased, female children born, and 
 the native respected ; in female nativities, marriage. 
 
r 
 
 THE NATURES OP THE PLANETS. 237 
 
 The ©□,<?? . — A barren time, no issue. The native 
 given to impure conduct and sordid actions. He incurs 
 discredit and scandal. If © be hyleg, he suffers $ dis- 
 eases according to the sign $ is in at birth. He has dif- 
 ferences with females, is refused marriage, quarrels with 
 his wife, and his daughter elopes. 
 
 The O 6 , # , /\^, $ . — Much active business and inclina- 
 tion to literary things and persons ; gain by literature, or 
 dealing in books and new employments. Occupied with 
 accounts and writings. He gains fame thereby, or by some 
 invention, if £ be strong. It brings an inclination to 
 travel, and benefits by young persons. Also the 6 brings 
 controversies, disputes, and lawsuits, or prejudice by false 
 witnesses or lies being spoken of the native ; and if © be 
 hyleg, serious diseases, hurts, according as $ is aspected. 
 He is generally changeable in his fancy, and unsettled in 
 his studies. 
 
 The © D , £ , $ . — Accusations and suits against the na- 
 tive, or he may be guilty of some deceit or knavery, and 
 be thereby much disgraced. He suffers by forgery, fraud, 
 bad bills, and unsuccessful journeys ; and is greatly an- 
 noyed by lawyers and young persons. His mind is af- 
 flicted, and he loses his employment, probably by decision 
 of a court against him. Young persons run away from 
 their employers, are rusticated from college. It gives an 
 averseness from learning, and the native is often unjustly 
 aspersed. His health suffers according to the sign $ is in, 
 and the planets which aspect him. 
 
 The © 6 j) . — This impairs the health, brings humors in 
 the body, pains in the head, weak eyes, and blindness. The 
 native is unsettled, travels, removes, wastes his property 
 by idle courses and improvidence. The 3) being strong, 
 it gives preferment, and may give marriage ; but the wife 
 will be proud and imperious, striving for mastery. 
 
238 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 The O #, A> ^ • — Favor and friendship of powerful 
 persons, and rich ladies, who employ the native, or benefit 
 him by preferment. It gives journeys of a profitable and 
 honorable kind, and public employments. He is much 
 occupied with females, and may marry a rich wife if 5 be 
 strong. It increases his friends, and may give the birth of 
 children or their settlement in life to the native's content. 
 
 The © □ , <? , D . — An unhappy time, full of losses and 
 crosses ; many powerful men are provoked against the 
 native. He wrangles with his wife, and may separate ; 
 quarrels in the family occur. His parents separate, his 
 children die or act amiss. The native lives intemperately, 
 mixes with low company, and loose women ; and has ill 
 health. If J) be hyleg, he suffers grievous diseases, accord- 
 ing to the sign the O is in. It produces fevers, sore eyes, 
 and blindness, the small-pox, measles, worms. It lowers the 
 native's credit and character, and renders him unpopular. 
 
 The D 6 n , § , k ■ —Many chronic, cold, and moist dis- 
 eases arise, with humors abounding, and general ill health. 
 If D be hyleg, it gives agues and low fevers, palsy, 
 dropsy, coughs, influenza, gout, and apoplexy, all lingering 
 diseases, according to the nature of \ , and the sign he 
 occupies. These directions bring mental troubles and 
 afflictions, fears and anxieties ; also loss of property and 
 aspersions of character by low, vulgar people and the mob. 
 He quarrels with female relations, loses by the sea or 
 seamen, becomes bankrupt or insolvent. It gives death of 
 wife, children, or mother. 
 
 The 5 >k, f\, h ■ — Gifts and rewards from elderly per- 
 sons, especially females ; respect from the lower classes, 
 much popularity, friendship of saturnine persons, benefits 
 by dealing in saturnine commodities, as lead and wool, and 
 by buildings and farming ; also legacies. 
 
 The 3 6 , %:, /\, 21- — Health, honor, and wealth occur 
 
THE NATURES OF THE PLANETS. 239 
 
 according to the situation in life of the native ; prosperity 
 and success in journeys and speculations ; injury to his 
 enemies ; office, employment, command, new business ; 
 university degrees or law preferments ; many friends ; to 
 kings, peace, flourishing revenues. 
 
 The 3 □ , <? , % . — Difficulties in his employment ; law- 
 yers, religious people, and magistrates annoy him ; losses 
 of property by waste and extravagance. By his own virtue 
 and exertions he may, however, overcome all attempts 
 against him, and those who were his enemies will become 
 his friends. He may be likely to quarrel with his land- 
 lord or some petty lawyer or churchman, or about church 
 matters ; yet no lasting evil need be apprehended. The 
 blood becomes corrupt, and hence diseases of the liver. 
 
 The 3 6 , □ , § , $ . — Abundance of sorrows, accidents, 
 and misfortunes ; imprisonment, loss of property, thefts, and 
 squandering on the part of his wife. Active enemies rise 
 against him, and he suffers strange anxieties. He has dis- 
 eases according to the sign $ is in, and accidents. He is 
 in danger of death, if 3 be hyleg, by fire, cuts, wounds, 
 bites, kicks, or gunshot, and, if ? throw an ill aspect, by 
 poison or treachery of females. He is choleric and quarrel- 
 some, very much inclined to bear arms, or associate with 
 martial men ; and he becomes addicted to vices according 
 to the sign $ is in ; if in the house of >> , he is dogged ; if 
 that of 2/, he becomes hypocritical ; that of Q, proud and 
 haughty ; his own house, very quarrelsome ; that of 2 , 
 loose ; that of $ , fraudulent ; that of 3 , unsettled. If $ 
 be aspected by \ or 0, and he in SI, especially near asselli, 
 he may die of pestilence or fire. He receives disdain and 
 insults by women. If he have a good wife, she may die. 
 It causes injuries to the face or eyes, also the small-pox, 
 stone, or gravel. If he marry under the 6 it is very un- 
 fortunate. 
 
240 ASTROLOftY. 
 
 The D %, /\, $ . — It gives a desire to martial and manly 
 exercises, as riding and shooting, and the native takes de- 
 light in horses, the company of military men, and warlike 
 affairs ; preferment and profit, birth of a son ; or, if single, 
 he may marry. Yet he may expect losses by women, and 
 by dealing in horses, unless $ be well aspected. If $ be 
 weak, and the nativity denote it, he takes to drinking, 
 gaming, or loose conduct. 
 
 The D 6 Q. — It causes fevers and affections to the eyes, 
 and, if the D be hyleg, it may cause death ; much trouble 
 of mind, many mutations in his affairs and expectations, 
 and reverses. In many cases it denotes marriage ; to mer- 
 chants, good trade, yet some slur on their credit. It causes 
 generally some great change in the life and affairs of the 
 native ; if O be strong and fortunate, beneficial ; if other- 
 wise, the reverse. 
 
 The D ^c, /\, Q. — Profitable and honorable friends, es- 
 pecially among females of rank ; he becomes popular, 
 receives some office or employment ; journeys or voyages 
 beyond sea, especially if it fall in the 9th house and in a 
 watery sign ; much gain thereby. The native should exert 
 himself under this influence to rise in life. He is strongly 
 inclined to marry, and if he do, it is prosperous ; if mar- 
 ried, he may expect a child, unless O be afflicted. To 
 merchants it brings prosperous trade. 
 
 The D, □ <? , O- — Extreme danger and affliction of body 
 and mind. It converts the love of some female to hatred. 
 It causes injury by popular tumults, and the dissembling 
 friendship of some man of rank, by which the native suf- 
 fers. If the aspect fall near nebulous stars, there is 
 danger of hurts or disease to the eyes. It produces fevers, 
 coughs, colics, and fluxes, according to the nature of the 
 sign and house the significator and promittor are in. To 
 a farmer, an ill landlord, who wrongs him ; to a poor man, 
 
THE NATURES OF THE PLANETS. 241 
 
 danger of prison. It brings contentions and quarrels, and 
 oppressions from men in power ; and is an ill time to spec- 
 ulate. It generally endures live or six months. 
 
 The D 6 , *, /\, ? . — A pleasant and happy period. The 
 native inclines to be merry and jocund, fond of entertain- 
 ment, and addicted to pleasure, which will be legitimate or 
 otherwise as 9 is well or ill aspected. He receives gifts 
 and favors from females ; is inclined to love-making and 
 marriage, and free from all care. To the married it de- 
 notes children, chiefly females, and also the marriage and 
 settlement of children ; to merchants, good success, to 
 farmers, profit by ? matters, small cattle, and poultry; 
 generally happy marriage, obedient children, domestic fe- 
 licity, and prosperity by means of females. 
 
 The D D , <? , ? . — Much trouble by wandering affections 
 and illicit amours, scandal and infamy in consequence ; 
 many crosses and controversies through women ; waste of 
 estate by improvidence and intemperance. If the native 
 marry under these directions, it is unhappy, and to one 
 whom he loves not, and who will not be obedient and 
 affectionate. It produces 9 diseases ; and, in children, if 
 2 be in a watery sign and afflicted, measles, and small-pox ; 
 in women, diseases of the matrix. 
 
 The D 6 $ . — This direction brings journeys or voy- 
 ages ; the latter if 9 be in Z5 . It engages him in causes 
 and controversies sometimes ; brings him much active 
 business ; he is very energetic, and given to study, writing, 
 and public speaking ; to a merchant, much business and 
 journeys; to a factor, many accounts.* 
 
 The D >|c, /\, $. — Good speed and success to the na- 
 tive in his employments. He is inclined to read, write, and 
 pursue accounts and mathematical studies. It gives a de- 
 
 • All depends on how 5 is aspected ; as, if afflicted, he gives trouble hy fraud, theft, 
 etc.; also sickness and accidents, according to the sign. 
 16 
 
242 ASTKOLOGY. 
 
 light in music or mechanical devices, a propensity to travel 
 and make changes in his abode. He has the friendshij) of 
 some lady of rank, or receives an employment, literary, or as 
 a messenger, traveller, or ambassador. He has pleasure in 
 his children, may have a child born, or married, and appren- 
 ticed. He succeeds in law, or with young peojjle. 
 
 The J) , <9 , $ . — An averseness to study is felt. He is 
 frowned on by the vulgar, suffers by popular tumult, cpies- 
 tioned for some fraud or forgery, imprisoned, banished, 
 or sentenced to death, according as $ is aspected at birth ; 
 many scandals, libels, false charges, and swindling and 
 fraudulent attempts by cunning attorneys against the na- 
 tive ; injuries by law and lawyers, thefts. He is annoyed 
 by his children, who are unfortunate and impudent ; and 
 by young persons generally. He may lose a child. There 
 is sometimes danger of delirium and madness. 
 
 The © to his own S >fc or ^z produces peace, felicity, 
 profit, and renown, the $z chiefly ; but it should fall in a 
 good house ; to his own parallel, preferment. 
 
 The © to his own S a or □ . — Abundance of sorrow and 
 misery, and many maladies, according to the sign the O is 
 m, and in which the aspect falls. The □ produces a de- 
 sire to be dissolved, that he may be at rest. 
 
 The D to her S :% or >fc . — Changes in life, journeys, and 
 the friendship of females and benefits by them ; to her own 
 parallel, changes. 
 
 The D to her own S □ or □ . — Troubles, losses, changes, 
 and the enmity of women and the populace. 
 
 THE PAET OF FOKTUNE. 
 
 The © 6 □ , <? , i? . — Consumption of estate by theft, 
 gaming, and saturnine persons ; sometimes almost imper- 
 ceptibly. 
 
THE NATURES OF THE PLANETS. 243 
 
 The © >fc, /\, >> . — Increase of property by aged per- 
 sons and legacies, and^ by buildings, agriculture, sea affairs, 
 and cattle. 
 
 The © 6 , sfc , /\, % . — Gifts, rewards, patronage, jovial 
 persons, success in business and office. 
 
 The © □ , § , % • — Losses by gentlemen or churchmen, 
 and lawsuits ; some falling off in trade or income, disap- 
 pointment in receiving money. 
 
 The © %, /\, $ . — Wealth by martial persons, or by buy- 
 ing arms and horses, also by traffic in small cattle, and by 
 going to sea. 
 
 The © □ , 8 , $ .—Loss by thieving servants, or robbery 
 of thieves or soldiers, or firing of houses, or by idle courses, 
 quarrels and lawsuits. 
 
 The © 6 O . — Honorable disbursements ; the native 
 more liberal than formerly ; waste of estate and prodigality. 
 
 The © *, /\ ©. — Profit and advantage by persons of 
 rank ; many friends above his own rank in life ; profit but 
 expenditure ; not much saving. 
 
 The© D 8 ©• — Damage by lawsuits, waste of property, * 
 by the envy of great persons, false and scandalous accusa- 
 tions and loss of office. 
 
 The © 6 , ^ , /\ 9 . — Great gifts and benefits from ladies 
 of rank ; freedom of expenditure on ornaments and attire ; 
 merchants gain rapidly. 
 
 The © D <? $ . — Expenses by women, love-making, and 
 jealousies ; much consumption of property by extravagance 
 and folly. 
 
 The © 6 , >fc, /\ $. — Gain by bargains, contracts, ac- 
 counts, learning, the law ; also by degrees at the univer- 
 sity, by inventions and writings, and by his own exertions 
 and industry ; also profit by some inheritance, or by jour- 
 neys or sea-voyages. 
 
 The © D 8 , 5 • — The native is cheated in accounts, or 
 
244 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 by lawyers, literary men, or youths. He loses by ingenious 
 conceptions and false witnesses. His credit is questioned, 
 and lie may act foolishly, and be sued at law, or lose by his 
 children. 
 
 The © 6 , ^c, A, J). — Friendship and gain by females ; 
 much action for and with the common people, by whom 
 the native profits. He may undertake long journeys or 
 voyages, and he will have full employment. 
 
 The © D , (? , D . — Losses by bargains and contracts, by 
 trade with the lower classes ; by sea-voyages or sailors ; 
 hatred and loss by some respectable female ; many lawsuits 
 and heavy debts. 
 
 Directions to # have effect similar to $ and k combined; 
 but events occur suddenly or in a manner quite unexpected. 
 The or 5 to | causes deaths of relations and strange 
 conduct, much trouble by the press and public bodies ; his 
 >k or /\ unlooked-for benefits. The hyleg afflicted by di- 
 rection to $ gives sudden dangers and extraordinary acci- 
 dents. 
 
 Final Observation. — Let the student bear in mind that 
 the primary direction usually shows the general nature of 
 the event, and the secondary direction its especial character, 
 according as the planet is situated in any angle or house 
 of the radical figure. And the effects on the health will be 
 ascertained by attention to the "table of diseases signi- 
 fied BY THE PLANETS IN THE DIFFERENT SIGNS OF THE ZODIAC." 
 
 The reader should understand that, when a direction 
 threatens sickness, the planet importing it will cause such 
 diseases as are herein mentioned, according to the sign he 
 is in. 
 
XXVII. 
 
 THE SIGNS OF THE ZODIAC RULING THE TWELVE 
 MONTHS. 
 
 AQTJAEIUS (£?). 
 
 The temperaments, likes, and functions of persons born 
 in January are aerial, termed the negative pole of the Air 
 Triplicity, giving the strong sensitiveness to the brain and 
 bod}^. They are naturally endowed with great possibilities, 
 which takes them to extreme heights of usefulness in what- 
 ever direction their mind becomes trained. They are peo- 
 ple of strong impulse, and changeable in their desires, and 
 with difficulty they keep their balance. Their minds are 
 active in the direction of public good, and have a great 
 deal of the psychic power over people and place, and can 
 adapt themselves very quickly to the public. They are nat- 
 urally endowed with considerable discrimination, and their 
 mental quickness makes them very apt in any study, trade, 
 or profession they may follow ; natural good traders and 
 buyers. They have the adaptability to study the character 
 and tastes of the parties they have business with, and are 
 truthful to their duties in whatever sphere of service they 
 are placed. They are affable, agreeable, and retain their 
 dignity on all occasions ; love the beautiful, and can be 
 brought to a phenomenal use by encouragement and train- 
 ing ; have much pride of personal and general appearance, 
 and value public opinion. They are supporters of opera, 
 parades, fairs, and places of popular resort ; never at loss in 
 an assembly, or become bewildered in a crowd ; fortunate in 
 receiving handsome gifts, delighted with the presentation 
 of the same, but soon forgetting its valuation and place. 
 
246 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 They are inquisitive, fully on the inquiry of purchase, price, 
 and value of things, and at times on the most simplest mat- 
 ters they become the most anxious, but if they would waken 
 up their own intellectual and thinking faculties, all would 
 become clear. In temperament they are active, nervous, 
 and of low circulation ; suffer from rheumatic affliction in 
 the lower limbs, and a variety of ailments, but not of a seri- 
 ous nature. It necessitates that their vital heat should be 
 kept in good circulation through body and brain, and it is 
 necessary that they should be surrounded with pleasant 
 things and people of a kind and patient nature. If left too 
 long to themselves they would be apt to become thoughtful, 
 gloomy, and despondent, which would weaken the body and 
 hasten death. They are people of a fine, striking, and dig- 
 nified appearance, and are more powerful from their phys- 
 ical build and makeup than from their love and innate 
 environment, and by their attractiveness gain favors and 
 attention. Their favorable months are April, May, and 
 August. 
 
 PISCES (X). 
 
 The disposition of February people under good transit 
 shows a fondness for travel, more in the research for 
 knowledge than pleasure ; have a good flow of language ; 
 fond of the beautiful ; take an interest in art ; are good 
 buyers and sellers, cute in criticising statuary, bric-a-brac, 
 and artist work. They are clever in packing either large or 
 small quantities ; could deal in leather, and meet with suc- 
 cess in the shoe business ; make good saddlers ; fine uphol- 
 sterers in leather and tapestries. They put themselves to 
 great inconvenience to acquire knowledge ; are indepen- 
 dent, and, at times, over-anxious as to the future, fearing 
 they may have to lean on or apply to others for support. 
 Though they have a good storehouse of knowledge, they 
 
THE ZODIAC RULING THE TWELVE MONTHS. 247 
 
 are reluctant in bringing it forth, and by hesitating lose 
 their opportunity, and therefore it would be wise for them 
 to be in partnership, for one would help the other. They 
 have sympathetic and strong instincts to help others, both in 
 sickness and distress ; have religious tendencies, and often 
 wish they could do more for suffering humanity ; have 
 fondness for home, music, reading ; gain public favor, but 
 not anxious to hold public position ; whatever they embark 
 in they become attached to, and exercise all their powers to 
 make it a success. They are usually strict and overwatchful 
 in their family affairs, and if aught goes wrong are deeply 
 grieved, fearing they may have neglected part of their 
 duty. Though liberal, they are careful and watchful of 
 their outlay. It is hard to take them from their customs, 
 habits, and beliefs. They are ardent and sincere in their 
 love nature ; faithful to their marriage vows, and lovable 
 as parents. The diseases to which they are liable are bil- 
 iousness, severe headache, earache, and pain and trouble to 
 their feet. With simple diet, fair amount of recreation, 
 their mind detracted from themselves, hope cultivated, but 
 little medicine, and fair amount of sleep, they can reach 
 great age. Their favorable months are May and June. 
 
 ARIES (T). 
 
 The temperament of March people, through being under 
 a movable and fiery sign, makes them great thinkers, lead- 
 ers, and rulers, who are determined to accomplish and suc- 
 ceed in what they undertake ; great speakers ; controllers, 
 and having a keen understanding as to how things should 
 be carried through, they keep harmony, and guard off con- 
 fusion. They have a strong perception of right and wrong, 
 and at times are severe, but not unjust ; have their own 
 way of doing things, and with great difficulty they can 
 
248 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 work by plan or system ; can accomplish much if left to 
 their own methods. In likes, they prefer the useful to the 
 ornamental ; they are fond of the home circle, but, at the 
 same time, prefer outside pleasure and labor. It is hard 
 for them to submit to others habits, likes, or dislikes, and 
 should be allowed to follow their own habits and customs ; 
 they would then succeed better in their undertakings. An 
 excess of excitement should be guarded against, as they are 
 liable to headaches, sick stomach, and digestive troubles. 
 Sedative medicine and rest will relieve quickly. Ice should 
 be avoided in its use for either inward or outward applica- 
 tion. Hot-water towels and steam-heat will soon relieve 
 pain ; and a little peppermint or salt added to the water 
 helps. Their tendencies, through nervousness, are to be- 
 come over-anxious, whimsical, capricious, and impetuous. 
 They are neat and orderly, not wasteful ; have good taste 
 and judgment, but often destroy some of their best talents 
 through jealousy and anger, and do not easily forgive those 
 who have wronged them. Harmony is essential for their 
 health and happiness, for they have not an overabundance 
 of patience and physical endurance. Their favorable 
 months are June and July. 
 
 taueus ( b ). 
 
 The nature of April people, being born under a fixed, 
 nocturnal, feminine, earthy sign, shows them to have fine 
 intuitions in all that pertains to life, and are very zealous 
 and sanguine in every cause they espouse. They adapt 
 themselves readily to the customs of people, or place ; 
 good leaders through their ability to command ; have great 
 physical endurance ; are inclined to be studious ; imita- 
 tors rather than originators, and would rather take up 
 inventions than invent. They have active brains, and are 
 
THE ZODIAC RULING THE TWELVE MONTHS. 249 
 
 apt to be hard students, and make superior educational 
 attainments. They are seldom misled, having good control 
 over their feelings and passions, but strongly moved when 
 their sympathies are drawn out. In planning for business, 
 marriage, and journeys, it would be well for them to draw 
 their own map, and bring their own mind -influence on the 
 subject before making any decision, for they will find by 
 following their own plans it will be better than listening 
 to the advice of others. They are liable to suffer with the 
 neck and throat, stomach weakness, and heart trouble. 
 Racing, or rapid walking, should be avoided, also opiates. 
 Their favorable months are May and July. 
 
 gemini (n). 
 
 The disposition and temperament of persons born in May 
 under an airy, positive, masculine sign, are of an active, 
 restless, and excitable nature. It is difficult for them to 
 understand themselves, either in their wishes, wants, or 
 requirements, also for their friends to know their meaning 
 or intentions, as they are apt to act very suddenly. This 
 uncertainty causes an anxiety which is hard to overcome. 
 They are very affectionate, courteous, and kind ; have a 
 strong liking for their family ancestry. They have respect 
 for religion, for it brings them thought and rest, and it is 
 of some importance to their happiness ; have great respect 
 for advice and opinions of friends, as it helps them to move 
 readily, decide, and carry out their plans. They lack con- 
 tinuity ; are vivacious ; liable to be inconstant, and through 
 their exceedingly sensitive, physical, and mental condition, 
 they are liable to nervous disturbances, and are in danger 
 of extremes in everything they do. They love knowledge 
 and are successful speakers and lecturers ; fond of arts 
 and sciences ; clever musicians, having great executive 
 
250 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 ability through their arms and hands, as Mercury, the ruler 
 of the brain, gives them extra force and strength in those 
 members to convey thought and language in music. They 
 are good composers, fine makers of all string instruments, 
 cabinet-makers and designers; subject to ailments, but 
 no stationary disease of any importance ; should guard 
 off excesses, or they may bring on nervous prostration, 
 which would be weakening to brain and body. They carry 
 a good average of life, and should reach well on to their 
 seventy-seventh year. Their favorable months are April 
 and August. 
 
 CANCER (25). 
 
 Persons born in June are governed by a cardinal, femi- 
 nine, movable, watery sign. They belong to the maternal 
 functions, and take great pleasure in their domestic life — 
 home and family, and all belonging thereto. Being such 
 ardent lovers of home developments, they give very little at- 
 tention to mental or spiritual development. They have fine 
 executive ability in arranging their domestic affairs, and are 
 devoted to their children, and they are apt, through their 
 sympathetic nature, to overdo, and by that means weaken 
 themselves. They are extremely cautious in their outlays ; 
 deep thinkers before purchasing, and, once forming their 
 plans, cannot be persuaded or talked out of them ; are not 
 so stubborn ^s persistent to carry out their own ideas and 
 beliefs ; have a tendency to rule, but not to severely gov- 
 ern, and would rather be leaders, as they have quick per- 
 ception and personal management. They wholly approve 
 of new things, bringing out new principles, scientific dis- 
 coveries, putting both their time and money to their ad- 
 vancement, and are frequently found among the prime 
 movers in great enterprises ; are capable of taking up 
 and carrying through great responsibilities, for they are 
 
 ■> 
 
THE ZODIAC RULING THE TWELVE MONTHS. 251 
 
 remarkably acute in their perceptions and ideas. Their 
 ailments are inflammatory troubles, skin disease, humors 
 in the breast, and gastric weakness, which often lead to in- 
 digestion, ending in spells of biliousness. Their favorable 
 months are February and September. 
 
 leo (ft). 
 
 Persons born in July are under a changeable, fiery, 
 northern sign, showing them to be naturally active, ener- 
 getic, aspiring, and independent thinkers, and possess a 
 great variety of inclinations and desires. They have strong 
 reciprocal natures, and are greatly affected by the mental 
 and physical conditions of their surroundings, and to those 
 to whom they are intimately related. Then- intuitions 
 should be followed, for they usually manifest superior power 
 in whatever direction their minds lead them. They have 
 fine, orderly minds, and are usually very handy in accom- 
 plishing anything undertaken. Their nature is closely 
 allied to the laws of creation, and are not small or sel- 
 fish, but take all things in common, having strong hope- ' 
 natures and studious mind-force. It would be well to 
 avoid excesses in exercise in gymnasiums and athletic 
 games, for it is apt to bring on genital and heart trouble. 
 They should choose more the mental labor than muscular 
 work, or those kinds requiring more sprig 7 .ainess than 
 strength, more mind than muscle. Their favorable months 
 are January and October. 
 
 VIRGO (TTg). 
 
 August people are under an earthy, feminine, nocturnal, 
 common sign. They are natural philosophers, and pos- 
 sessed of more accurate intellectual powers than those of 
 
ASTROLOGY. 
 
 the other months. They are natural students of the laws 
 of health — anatomy, chemistry, and physiology ; have great 
 endurance and aptitude in the acquisition of an education ; 
 are keen- sighted and discriminating, taking in much at a 
 glance. Are artistic, lovers of music, and discord or in- 
 harmony affects them ; their harmony and combination of 
 colors are excellent. They have an exceedingly strong love 
 nature, and great power of self-control ; have great rallying 
 power, and it is hard to keep them down to a low grade 
 or condition. These persons are capable of making great 
 attainments in whatever line they undertake. Their sense 
 of feeling or touch is very accurate, and by practice they 
 quickly acquire rare gifts. They are apt to be originators, 
 and take great interest in new inventions, new theories, and 
 other scientific matters, and education in general. Through 
 having will-force and vital energies they are disposed to 
 control, lead, and govern ; are naturally self-protecting ; 
 strongly constituted ; quick to perceive and do ; agile ; 
 light-motioned ; limber-jointed, always in motion ; talk too 
 rapidly to be emphatic ; have no lazy bones in their bodies ; 
 are natural scholars ; quick to learn and understand ; 
 remarkably smart and knowing ; wide-awake, eager, and 
 uncommonly quick to think and feel ; sprightly in conver- 
 sation ; versatile in talent ; flexible ; suggestive ; abound- 
 ing in ideas, and apt at most things. They do much to 
 promote human happiness ; have strong social faculties ; 
 love life both for its own sake and to bless family ; have a 
 dread and dislike to change their mode of habits and ex- 
 istence ; have a great deal of earnestness for the comfort of 
 their domestic surroundings, and in the care of animals. 
 Their social faculties give them great command over busi- 
 ness, but caring more for family and domestic affairs than 
 worldly pleasures. It is with reluctance that they seek 
 pleasure outside of their own home, and would rather enter- 
 
THE ZODIAC RULING THE TWELVE MONTHS. 253 
 
 tain than be entertained. They love to travel, yet are too 
 fond of home to stay away long at a time ; may be cosmopol- 
 itan in early life, and see much of the world, but later settle 
 down. They are not excessive either in eating or drinking, 
 and enjoy food at home better than elsewhere. Invitations 
 to feast, food, and wine cater very little to their pleasure. 
 They are subject to but few ailments, and they arise mostly 
 through anxiety of the mind, or over-fatigue through study, 
 or following too closely the routine of business. Sleep and 
 rest at that time would be more important to them than 
 physic. Their favorable months are February and No- 
 vember. 
 
 LIBKA (===). 
 
 September people are under an airy, movable, equinoc- 
 tial, masculine sign. In taking a general survey and clas- 
 sification of Libra, I find a good balance of physical and 
 mental force ; strong susceptibilities of love for a conge- 
 nial spirit, and much strength of purity, intensity, and cor- 
 diality ; they have many warm friends and admirers, and 
 are powerfully influenced by the love elements, and will 
 keep the marriage relations inviolate, and regard unfaith- 
 fulness as the greatest of sins ; will defend the object of 
 love with great spirit, and resent powerfully any indignity 
 offered them. They manifest the most clinging fondness 
 and utmost devotion, aad are made or unmade for life by 
 the state of the affections ; are not too fastidious in estab- 
 lishing a warm, cordial intimacy or friendship, either with 
 masculine or feminine, either in the management or ex- 
 change of business, as they look more to the mental and 
 personal qualities than to their money, for if a person ad- 
 dressed them that was ill-spoken or badly clad, or seemed 
 at all vulgar, they would soon feel the fire of resentment 
 and passion, even though they had an abundance of wealth. 
 
254 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 They become strongly attached to those who are highly 
 moral and intellectual. They love their own children de- 
 votedly ; value them above all price ; cheerfully endure 
 toil and watching for their sake ; forbear with their faults, 
 and cheerfully sacrifice to promote their happiness. They 
 have many friends and few enemies ; fondness for social 
 cheer and friendly converse ; strong reasoners, and can give 
 good advice to friends, and lay excellent plans for them ; 
 are benevolent and hospitable, and delight to entertain or 
 be entertained ; love philosophical conversation, literary 
 societies, scientific books, and all works relating to mystical 
 subjects. Their complaints are heart-burn, pains in the 
 stomach, belching of wind, dull, heavy, or painful sensation 
 in the head, and of a dyspeptic temperament ; should not 
 drink too freely of ice-water, and are not particularly ben- 
 efited by its external application, farther than is necessary 
 for cleanliness. Their favorable months are August and 
 December. 
 
 scoepio (fll). 
 
 Persons born in October are under a fixed, nocturnal, 
 southern, mute sign. They have a great deal of magnetic 
 heat in their system ; have strong appetites, passions, and 
 of a jealous nature, and when angry a very high temper ; 
 are quite conservative, conventional, and apt to be preten- 
 tious. They love, and even venerate, great book knowl- 
 edge, and have great respect for those in high positions of 
 life ; seek government positions ; desire to superintend, 
 and act as overseers, for which they are well adapted ; are 
 industrious, economical ; acquire property for domestic 
 purposes ; are saving in the family, yet spending too 
 freely upon friends. Their activity is greater than their 
 power, and are liable to overdo and take on too much 
 work in order to save so much, as often to incur illness, 
 
THE ZODIAC KULING THE TWELVE MONTHS. 255 
 
 and thus lose more than gain. They have large intel- 
 lectual organs, love to accumulate books and whatever 
 facilitates intellectual progress ; are unfathomable, even 
 by acknowledged friends, and yet have a good moral 
 basis ; are deceptive, tricky, and instinctively employ many 
 stratagems calculated to cover up their real motives. 
 They evade direct questions, and are equivocal, and though 
 honest in purpose, yet resort to many little cunning 
 devices, and express ideas so guardedly as to lack dis- 
 tinctiveness and directness, and hence often misunder- 
 stood. They take many ways to secure notoriety ; they 
 form few friendships, and these only after years of acquaint- 
 ance, nor evince half the attachment felt ; are distant in 
 society, and communicate even with friends only on rare 
 occasions, and divulge very few plans or business matters 
 to acquaintances or friends; maintain a good share of 
 self-governme'nt, except when under excitement, and then 
 let the whole mind out fully ; have active temperaments 
 though generally able to control resentment, yet, when 
 once provoked, show the full extent of their anger. 
 Their complaints would be through sensitiveness, organic 
 troubles, and disordered nerves, often causing headaches ; 
 should cheer up, never despond, count favorably, look for 
 favorable chances, keep up a lively, buoyant state of mind, 
 and hope on, trusting to the future. Their favorable 
 months are January and July. 
 
 SAGITTABIUS ( f ). 
 
 People born in November are under the negative pole of 
 the Fire Triplicity ; it is a maculine, diurnal, eastern sign. 
 It shows them to be enterprising, progressive, far-seeing, 
 quick, and active in an emergency. They have a full share 
 of high, pure, and spiritual feeling ; are led and governed 
 
256 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 by a species of prophetic guiding ; feel by intuition what is 
 right and best ; are forewarned of danger, and led by 
 spiritual monition into the right way ; feel internally what 
 is true and false, right and wrong, best and not best ; 
 have many premonitions of interior warnings and guidings. 
 They rarely make mistakes when they follow their own in- 
 spirations, and can give and take advice of others. They 
 perfectly abhor the coarse, low, sensual, and animal action 
 of the propensities ; follow after the beautiful and perfect 
 in nature and art ; have strong propensities, and manifest 
 them in a proper manner. They love to make ; are able 
 and disposed to mend, fix up, manufacture, and employ ma- 
 chinery ; show mechanical skill and dexterity in whatever 
 is done with the hands ; are perceptive and inventive ; can 
 copy the improvements of others, and supply defects by 
 original inventions, as well as improve on the mechanical 
 contrivances of others ; are clever in the use of tools, and 
 in manual operations of every kind ; have good mental 
 and constructive temperament ; are good writers, with 
 cutting nourishes. They are generous and unselfish ; kind 
 to others, the sick included ; interest themselves in their 
 wants and woes, as well as their relief ; cultivate general 
 philanthropy, and practise goodness in sentiment and con- 
 duct ; indulge benevolence in all the little affairs of life, in 
 every book and action ; like to associate with persons of 
 wit, ingenuity, and refinement ; visit galleries of art and 
 mechanism, scenes of beauty and perfection ; read poetry 
 and other works of polished and refined writers. They 
 allow no selfish faculties to infringe on others, and do 
 much for the happiness of man or brute. They make 
 good veterinary surgeons ; handling cattle, poultry, pig- 
 eons, dogs ; are favored in keeping hotels, race-courses ; 
 and interested in sports and games ; fortunate in travel- 
 ling, on land or water. They have good constitutions, 
 
THE ZODIAC RULING THE TWELVE MONTHS. 257 
 
 inclined to stoutness ; their ailments are indigestion, 
 brought on by excessive eating, or consuming their food 
 too rapidly ; should be discreet in indulging the appetite, 
 in order to assist digestion, and should avoid dainties; 
 and do not do as wine connoisseurs do — that is, in tasting 
 wines or delicacies, but direct the attention more to solid, 
 well-cooked food and soups. Their favorable months are 
 February and June. 
 
 CAPKIC0KNTJS (Kj). 
 
 The persons born in December are under an earthy, 
 feminine, nocturnal, southern sign. They have good moral 
 and intellectual organs, possess talent and moral worth, 
 and yet are easy overcome by opposition and difficulties, 
 and deeply feel rebuke. They bear their own burden and 
 seldom ran to others for protection ; and should not be re- 
 strained but encouraged. They defend the interests of 
 friends more than themselves ; stand for the right and 
 oppose the wrong most spiritedly. Through disordered 
 nerves thay have a tendency to be irritable, fretful, and 
 fault-finding. In dress they have good taste and personal 
 neatness, having a style of their own ; very fastidious in 
 the ornamental, preferring the quality to the quantity in 
 jewelry ; are disturbed by spots and wrinkles, and apt to 
 discard things that are almost perfect, because not quite 
 so. They appreciate and enjoy beauty and perfection wher- 
 ever found, especially in nature ; but are rather awkward and 
 deficient in taste and elegance, and at times lack graceful- 
 ness and polish in manners ; have good harmony and per- 
 fection of character, with strong propensities, and some- 
 times evince them in rather an abrupt and harsh manner, 
 not always conveying the correct idea at the proper time. 
 They are by no means conservative in religion, but place. - 
 17 
 
258 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 religion mainly in doing good ; have great regard for 
 duty, often asking themselves what is right and wrong, 
 adhere closely to the former, never allowing conscience 
 to bear them down, their motto being : " Do just as nearly 
 right as you know how in everything." Their diseases arise 
 from excessive mental and physical labor, bringing on 
 fevers, nervous prostration, rheumatism, and injuries to 
 the knees, and troubles to the ear and headaches. Later 
 in years will be liable to inflammation of the stomach. 
 They can be helped by doctors, and would themselves make 
 good physicians. Their favorable months are March and 
 November. 
 
• XXVIII. 
 
 THE MOON IN THE HUMAN BODY AS SHE PASSES 
 THROUGH THE TWELVE SIGNS OF THE ZODIAC. 
 
 Space. Space. 
 
 ¥ Artes. Degrees. ^ Libra. Degrees. 
 
 Head and eyes to 30 Loins and kidneys... 180 to 210 
 
 a Taurus. ttj, Scorpio. 
 
 Neck and throat 30 60 Kidneys and bladder . 210 240 
 
 n Gemini. $ Sagittarius. 
 
 Arms and shoulders. . 60 90 Hips and thighs 240 270 
 
 £B Cancer. V3 Capricornus. 
 
 Breast and stomach. . 90 120 Knees and loins 270 300 
 
 Q Leo. £? Aquarius. 
 
 Heart and back 120 150 Legs and ankles 300 330 
 
 M Virgo. "H Pisces. 
 
 Abdominal organs ... 150 180 Feet and thighs 330 360 
 
 As the Moon passes through the twelve signs it shows 
 that in all operations, not only the month of birth should 
 be considered, but also the month of conception, to give 
 safety and good results both to doctor and patient. Peo- 
 ple born in March — Aries — head and eyes — succedent house 
 — the month of conception would be June — Cancer — breast 
 and stomach — also a succedent house. Those in April — 
 Taurus — neck and throat — succedent house — the month of 
 conception would be July — Leo — heart and back — also a 
 succedent house. In May — Gremini — arms and shoulders — 
 cadent house — the month of conception would be August 
 — Virgo — abdominal organs — cadent house. June — Can- 
 cer — breast and stomach — an angle — the month of concep- 
 tion would be September — Libra — loins and kidneys — also 
 an angle house. July — Leo — heart and back — succedent 
 house — the month of conception, October — Scorpio — kid- 
 neys and bladder — a succedent house. August — Virgo — 
 abdominal organs — cadent house — the month of concep- 
 tion, November — Sagittarius — hips and thighs — a cadent 
 house. September — -Libra— loins and stomach — an angle 
 — the month of conception, December — Capricornus — knees 
 
260 
 
 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 and loins — an angle house. October — Scorpio — kidneys 
 and bladder — a succedent house — the month of conception, 
 January — Aquarius — legs and ankles — succedent house. 
 November — Sagittarius — hips and thighs — a cadent house 
 — the month of conception, February — Pisces — feet and 
 thighs — cadent house. December — Capricornus — knees 
 and loins — an angle house — the month of conception, March 
 — Aries — head and eyes — angle house. January — Acpaarius 
 — legs and ankles — a succedent house — the month of con- 
 ception, April — Taurus — neck and throat — a succedent 
 house. February — Pisces — feet and thighs — a cadent house 
 — the month of conception, May — Gemini — arms and shoul- 
 ders — a cadent house. 
 
 Succedent House. 
 
 h 
 
 
 :/" 
 
 S3 
 
 «.«! 
 
 IX ^ 
 
 3: 
 
 
 Succedent H oiise. 
 
 Aries, first house — ascendant, or angle. 
 
XXIX. 
 
 COUNTRIES RULED BY THE TWELVE SIGNS. 
 
 ABIES. 
 
 Countries. — England, Germany, Denmark, Lesser Poland, 
 Palestine, Syria, Naples. — Towns : Florence, Verona, Padua, 
 Marseilles, Burgundy, Saragossa, Bergamo. 
 
 TAURUS. 
 
 Countries. — Ireland, Persia, Great Poland, Asia Minor, 
 the Archipelago, and the southern parts of Russia. — 
 Towns: Dublin, Mantua, Leipsic, Parma, Franconia, Lor- 
 raine ; also the islands of Cyprus and Samos, and the port 
 and vicinity of Navarino. 
 
 GEMINI. 
 
 Countries. — North America, Lower Egypt, Lombardy, 
 Sardinia, Brabant, Belgium, west of England. — Towns: 
 London, Versailles, Mentz, Bruges, Louvaine, Cordova, 
 New York, and Nuremberg. 
 
 CANCER. 
 
 Countries. — Holland, Scotland, Zealand, Georgia, and 
 all Africa. — Towns : Constantinople, Tunis, Algiers, Am- 
 sterdam, Cadiz, Venice, Genoa, York, St. Andrews, Man- 
 chester, New York, Bern, Lubeck, Milan, and Vicenza. 
 
 LEO. 
 
 Countries. — France, Italy, Bohemia, Sicily, Rome. — 
 Towns: Rome, Bath, Bristol, Taunton, Cremona, Prague, 
 
262 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 Apulia, Ravenna, and Philadelphia ; also the Alps and the 
 ancient Chaldea as far as Bussorah. 
 
 Countries. — Turkey in Europe and Asia, Switzerland, 
 Mesopotamia, or Diarbed; all the country between the 
 Tigris and the Euphrates, the land of the Turcomans, etc., 
 and the West Indies. — Towns : Paris, Lyons, Toulouse, St. 
 Etienne, Basil, Heidelberg, Reading ; also Jerusalem, 
 Candia, Lower Silesia, Croatia, or Liburnia, Babylon or 
 Bagdad, Thessaly, Corinth, and the Morea. Also the 
 trade and government of Livei-pool, which are ruled espe- 
 cially by the ninth degree. 
 
 LIBRA. 
 
 Countries. — China, Japan, parts of India near them ; 
 Austria, Usbeck in Persia, toward India ; Upper Egypt, 
 Livonia, the vicinity of the Caspian Sea. — Towns : Lisbon, 
 Vienna, Antwerp, Frankfort, Spires, Fribourg, Charlestown 
 in America, and its vicinity. 
 
 SCORPIO. 
 
 Countries. — Barbary, Morocco, Norway, Valentia, Cata- 
 lonia, Bavaria, and the ancient Cappadocia. — Towns : Frank- 
 fort on the Oder, Messina, Ghent, Liverpool, which is 
 especially ruled by the nineteenth degree. 
 
 SAGITTARY. 
 
 Countries. — Arabia Felix, Spain, Hungary, parts of 
 France near Cape Finisterre, Dalmatia, Istria, Tuscany, 
 Moravia, Sclavonia. — Towns: Cologne, Buda, Avignon, 
 Narbonne, Toledo. 
 
COUNTRIES RULED BY THE TWELVE SIGNS. 263 
 
 , CAPKICOKN. 
 
 Countries. — India, Greece, parts of Persia about Circan, 
 Macran, and Chorassan ; Lithuania, Saxony, Albania, Bul- 
 garia, Styria, Mexico, and parts about the Isthmus of 
 Darien, Santa Martha, Popayan, Pasta, etc. — Towns : Meck- 
 lenburg, Hesse, Oxford ; and also the Orkney Islands. 
 
 AQUARIUS. 
 
 Countries. — Arabia the stony, Russia, Tartary, Prussia, 
 parts of Poland, Lithuania, and Muscovy, Lower Sweden, 
 Westphalia. — Towns : Hamburg, Bremen, Piedmont ; also 
 Afghanistan, and other parts of Asia bordering on Persia ; 
 and this sign has rule over the affairs of state in England, 
 especially the thirteenth degree. 
 
 PISCES. 
 
 Countries. — Portugal, Calabria, Normandy, Galicia in 
 Spain, Cilicia. — Towns : Alexandria, Ratisbon, Worms, 
 Seville, Compostella, Tiverton. 
 
XXX. 
 
 THE SEVENTH HOUSE AND ITS QUESTIONS. 
 
 APHOEISMS AND CONSIDERATIONS FOR THE BETTER JUDGING ANY 
 HORARY QUESTIONS, ESPECIALLY THOSE OF THE SEVENTH HOUSE. 
 
 1. See that the question be radical and fit to be judged. 
 
 2. Be not confident of the judgment if either the first or 
 last degrees of a sign ascend. If few degrees ascend, the 
 matter is not yet ripe for judgment ; if the latter degrees, 
 the matter of the question is elapsed, or the querent has 
 been tampering with other artists, or despairs of success. 
 Meddle not with it at that time. 
 
 3. If *> , $ , or y be in the 10th house unfortunate, it 
 will end in the discredit of the artist. 
 
 4. Judge not upon every trivial motion or light question, 
 or when the querent has not wit to know what he would 
 demand. 
 
 5. Observe well the strength and condition of D ; for it 
 is far better that the lord of the ascendant be unfortunate 
 than the J) . 
 
 6. The evil planets show tardiness and difficulty in every 
 question, unless J) and they receive each other in the sig- 
 nification. 
 
 7. The benefics, % and 9 , never import evil but when 
 ruling evil houses ; and if they be significators without re- 
 ception, even then they put forward the matter. 
 
 8. If D be void of course, there is no great hope of the 
 question, unless she be in ^ , b , t > or )£ . 
 
 9. Observe from what planet D last separated ; for it 
 will show what has already happened ; if from a fortune, 
 
THE SEVENTH HOUSE AND ITS QUESTIONS. 265 
 
 good ; but from a malefic, evil ; according to the nature of 
 the house the planef rules and is in. 
 
 10. The application of D shows the present condition of 
 the matter, and what may be expected. If D apply to a 
 planet in his fall, it denotes trouble and delays. 
 
 11. If evil planets promise good, it will be imperfect or 
 less than is expected, and come with much effort ; and if 
 they foreshow evil, it will be greater than may be feared. 
 
 12. If malefics threaten evil, observe whether ©, 2/, or 
 9 cast any good aspect to them, for then the evil will be 
 
 mitigated. 
 
 13. If the fortunes promise good, but are weak, or be- 
 hold not the ascendant, they perform but little without 
 reception. 
 
 14. A planet peregrine, viz., having no essential dignities 
 at all, is very malicious. 
 
 15. Confide not too much in a fortune, unless he be in 
 his essential dignities. 
 
 16. In a figure where both fortunes and infortunes are 
 equally weak and ill-placed, venture not a judgment, but 
 defer the party for another time. 
 
 17. In all questions where the significator of the thing is 
 combust, or in <? to ©, he can bring nothing to perfection. 
 
 18. If one infortune be joined to another, the good they 
 promise will come to nothing ; but the evil they threaten 
 will be more violent. 
 
 19. The lord of the ascendant out of his dignities, cadent, 
 shows the querent out of all hopes in the business. 
 
 20. A planet under the beams of © (viz., within 12 de- 
 grees) has no fortitude ; if within sixteen minutes of ©, he 
 is in cazimi or heart of ©, and then he is very strong. 
 
 21. If the dispositor of the significator be oriental, and 
 he either ^ , % , or ^ , the matter is sooner performed ; but 
 if 9 or $ , later ; the reverse, if they be occidental. 
 
266 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 22. If the significator of the thing desired be in & fixed 
 sign, it denotes stability, and that the thing shall continue, 
 whether it be begun or is to be begun ; if he be in com- 
 mon signs, it shows the probability of the matter, but not 
 its conclusion ; and if in movable signs, a sudden resolu- 
 tion or concluding the matter one way or other. Hence 
 we begin the foundations of buildings when the signif- 
 icators are fixed ; short journeys when movable ; but things 
 wherein a mediocrity is desirable, when they are in mov- 
 able signs. 
 
 23. The 3) or lord of the ascendant, with £5, brings 
 damage, according to the house they are in. The Q, is in 
 like manner beneficial. 
 
 24. If in any question you find 3 afflicted, there is sel- 
 dom any good comes of the matter. 
 
 25. If D or lord of the ascendant be in their fall, the 
 querent despairs of the matter, nor does he much care 
 whether it be performed or not. 
 
 26. Consider diligently the planet afflicting the signif- 
 icator of the thing demanded, and what house he is lord 
 of, and where placed ; from the nature of those houses re- 
 quire the cause obstructing. 
 
 27. The most powerful affliction to the D is when she is 
 combust, and if she applies to O it is the worst. 
 
 28. If an infortune aspect your significator, and they be 
 both peregrine or retrograde, you may judge that the mis- 
 chief threatened is almost inevitable. 
 
 29. Take especial notice whether any frustration or 
 prohibition be before the perfect aspect of the signifi- 
 cators ; the planet which frustrates hinders the thing de- 
 manded. 
 
 30. In all questions of gain, look well to © ; the querent 
 will get by persons or things connected with the house it 
 is in ; but if it be afflicted, he loses in the same way. 
 
THE SEVENTH HOUSE AND ITS QUESTIONS. 267 
 
 31. In questions of marriage, an evil planet in the 7th 
 shows ill agreement in the married state. 
 
 32. If the lord of the 8th be unfortunate in the 8th, the 
 querent will suffer by the death of some female ; or, con- 
 cerning debts due to him, by dead men. 
 
 33. In what house you find 2/ or 9 we U dignified, ex- 
 pect benefits by men or things signified by that house ; as 
 if in the 3d, by kindred ; in the 4th, by your father or 
 lands ; in the 5th, by play, pleasure ; and so of the others. 
 And beware of slander or damage through that house where 
 W falls. 
 
XXXI. 
 
 THE TENTH HOUSE AND ITS QUESTIONS— PREFERMENT, 
 TRADE, OR PROFESSIONS. 
 
 The usual significators are for the querent ; and the 10th 
 house, its lord, and the 0, for the place, or preferment, 
 inquired after. 
 
 If the lord of the ascendant or J) be both joined by good 
 aspect to the O, or by 6 or good aspect to the lord of the 
 10th, and this planet behold the 10th, or be therein, the 
 querent shall gain the thing sought for, if he use proper 
 endeavors. 
 
 Or if none of the significators be joined to the lord of 
 the 10th, yet if the lord of the ascendant or J) be in the 
 10th, unafflicted, he shall gain it ; and also, if the lord of 
 the 10th be in the ascendant ; and very easily, if the two 
 lords be going to a good aspect. 
 
 The lord of the 10th joined to 2/ or 9 , and in the as- 
 cendant, he gains the office easily ; if joined to \ or $ , 
 and either of them in the ascendant, but well dignified, it 
 will be gained, but with difficulty. 
 
 The lord of the 10th receiving D , or the lord of the 1st, 
 denotes success. And if there be translation of light from 
 the lord of the ascendant to the lord of the 10th, it denotes 
 that it will be gained by means of such a person as the 
 planet translating the light describes. 
 
 If the lord of the ascendant apply to 6 of the lord of the 
 10th, and there happen no previous abscission by any other 
 planet before the 6 be complete, the querent will gain his 
 desire, but he must labor hard for it. 
 
 If any planet be in -)f or /\ to the lord of the 10th, or 
 
THE TENTH HOUSE AND ITS QUESTIONS. 269 
 
 the O , let the querent make application to such persons as 
 they describe ; for tlyey may greatly befriend the querent 
 by means of their influence. 
 
 If the promising planet in any case be in an angle, the 
 matter will be readily completed ; if in a succedent, but 
 slowly ; and if in a cadent, the affair goes backward at 
 times ; but may, at last, be performed, if the planet be 
 otherwise well dignified. 
 
 If an evil planet behold D or the ascendant by □ or <? , 
 without reception mutual, he hinders the querent by means 
 of that person who is to solicit the cause for him. 
 
 The best sign of all is, when the two lords be joined to- 
 gether, and the J) separate fx'om the lord of the 10th, and 
 apply to the lord of the ascendant ; but if she apply to 
 either, it is good. 
 
 If the lord of the ascendant apply to good aspect of the 
 lord of the 4th, it denotes success ; but if the lord of the 
 4th be joined also to the lord of the 10th, the matter shall 
 be effected, but only after much delay and vexation. 
 
 WHETHER A PERSON SHALL REMAIN IN THE OFFICE HE HOLDS, 
 OR NOT? 
 
 Observe whether the lords of the 1st and 10th be in 6 , 
 or any aspect ; and note whether the more ponderous 
 planet of the two be in any angle but the 4th ; if so, he 
 shall not be removed. But if the heavy planet be in the 
 4th, or approaching it from the 5th, he will leave his office. 
 Yet, if there be reception between the two lords, he shall 
 recover it again ; and if the reception be mutual, he re- 
 turns speedily, and with more honor than before. 
 
 You may judge the same if the lord of the ascendant be 
 joined to a planet in the 3d or 9th, or to their lords, and 
 
270 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 after separation be joined to a planet in any angle, except 
 the 4th. 
 
 But if the two lords (of the 1st and 10th) separate from 
 each other, then he returns no more to his office, but loses 
 it entirely. 
 
 If the lord of the ascendant, or 10th, or the 3 , are dis- 
 posed of by any planet in an angle (except the 4th), and 
 that planet be slow in motion, he shall not be removed 
 until that planet be combust or retrograde, or leave the 
 sign he is in ; but much about that time he will be re- 
 moved, unless some powerful aspects intervene. 
 
 If the D be joined to the lord of the 10th, and he in the 
 10th, the officer or governor, shall not be removed. 
 
 If the lord of the ascendant, or J) , be joined to the lord 
 of the 10th, and he more weighty than either of them, and 
 in the 10th, 11th, or 5th houses, free from impediment, 
 though he behold not the 10th, the officer shall be trans- 
 ferred to some other place or office ; but if he behold the 
 10th, he shall remain where he is. 
 
 If the D be joined to any planet not in his essential dig- 
 nities, though with reception (unless it be 2/ or ? by % 
 or /\J, the querent shall leave his employment, or office. 
 If either the lord of the 4th, or D , be in the 4th, and T , 
 5j =^=, or VJ, be on its cusp, he will leave it ; and this is 
 more certain if D be then joined to the lord of the 4th, 
 and he peregrine. The same may be feared if ~j) be in VS, 
 and afflicted, or if she be void of course, and tlie lord of the 
 ascendant be afflicted. 
 
XXXII. 
 
 THE NATURE AND EFFECTS OF THE FIXED STARS. 
 
 Of U • Ascending — The native born will be sober, grave, 
 and patient, and gain by gifts, church preferment, and leg- 
 acies. Culminating - Gives honor, glory, preferment ; also, 
 success in trade, or religious preferment. 
 
 Of >> . Ascending — The native is grave, thoughtful, and 
 solicitous about building, mines, and minerals ; full of care, 
 vexation, and melancholy ; subject to disgrace. Culminat- 
 ing — Shows strife, and vexation from aged men, loss of 
 character, troubles, imprisonment, and losses in trade, and 
 deceitful associates. 
 
 Of $ . Ascending — Gives wealth and power, ingenuity, 
 and a noble mind ; courageous and generous. He rises to 
 authority, and is inclined to martial services, by which he 
 is elevated ; yet is subject to cuts and wounds ; some sore 
 on the face or pain of the head, and feveiish complaints. 
 Culminating — The native will be successful in trade, and 
 chiefly with metals ; he shall hold some office of martial 
 eminence, according to his quality of birth. 
 
 Of $ . Ascending — Good fortune, inheritance, worldly 
 happiness, and the love of women ; gifts, or legacy prefer- 
 ment. Culminating — Gives honor, and makes much by 
 dealing with women. 
 
 Of # . Ascending — Gives eccentricity, and gain by learn- 
 ing. Culminating — Makes the native eminent in arts, sci- 
 ences, mechanism, curious inventions, and learning. 
 
 Of U and \ . Ascending — Give legacies, inheritance, 
 also gain by jovial men, and an eternal name, but foolish 
 
272 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 in love-matters, and the dupe of Venus. Culminating — 
 Show honor and preferment. 
 
 Of h and £ . Show loss by landed estates, the health 
 indisposed by cold temperament, the native poor, and will 
 have but few friends. If the star be of the first magnitude, 
 he may rise by usury and dishonest means. Culminating 
 — The native will bear a bad name, will rise by trade, and 
 fall again to disgrace and ruin. 
 
 Of \ and ? . Ascending — The native will gain by in- 
 dustry and marriage, will be of good temper, healthy, and 
 live in estimation. (I believe the Virgin's Spike is of this 
 nature.) Culminating — If of the first magnitude, rises to 
 fame, by men of eminence, with health of body. 
 
 Of % and £ . Ascending — If of the first magnitude, 
 give martial preferment and honor. (Sirius is of this nat- 
 ure.) Culminating — Prosperity in business, and partial 
 preferment. 
 
 Of S and Q. Ascending — Give wantonness, sore eyes, 
 weak sight, liable to trouble, and loss by women. Culmin- 
 ating — The native is often in disgrace, and sometimes 
 brought to imprisonment. 
 
 It is only when Stars of the first magnitude Ascend or 
 Culminate that any eminent effects will be produced. 
 
 Again, when the K A. of the M. C. is 2h. 48m. 56s.— Cor 
 Leo ascends the 6th Star and of the 2d magnitude, of the 
 nature of \ , culminates, and one of the same nature sets. 
 So the good produced by Cor Leo is attended with other 
 troubles. 
 
XXXIII. 
 
 DESCEIPTION OF PERSONS — THEIR TEMPERAMENT, DIS- 
 POSITION, AND DISEASE UNDER THE TWELVE SIGNS 
 OF THE ZODIAC. 
 
 Aquarius. — A middle stature, not tall ; robust, wejl set, 
 strong, plump, healthy make ; long face, delicate complex- 
 ion, fair and clear, rather pale ; sandy-colored hair, or dark 
 flaxen, and hazel eyes ; a very pure skin. Disposition : very 
 good, kind, and humane. Diseases : all those of the legs and 
 ankles ; such as broken legs, gout, sprains, cramp, rheu- 
 matism, foul blood, etc. 
 
 Pisces. — Medium stature, crooked or stooping ; thick, 
 round shoulders ; an ill figure, and the head bent forward ; 
 pale and fleshy large face ; dark, soft, brown hair ; dark 
 eyes and plump body. Disposition : timid, dull, and phleg- 
 matic. Diseases : all those of the feet and toes, as gout, 
 lameness, corns, bunions ; ulcerous sores, and cold, moist 
 diseases, and colds by damp feet ; putrid blood, blotches, 
 boils, etc. 
 
 Aries. — A reasonable stature, dry body, strong bones 
 and limbs ; the first half fat and fleshy, the latter half more 
 spare ; the face and neck somewhat long ; and the face 
 approaching in form to that of the ram ; complexion 
 sallow, eyebrows full ; shoulders thick. Disposition : vio- 
 lent and intemperate. Diseases : all those of the head ; and 
 small-pox, measles, ringworms, epilepsy, apoplexy, fever, 
 convulsions, baldness, headache, toothache, scurf, and all 
 complaints arising from heat and dryness ; often pimples, 
 warts, polypus, etc. 
 
274 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 Taukus. — A short, but full and well-set stature ; a broad 
 forehead ; dark, rough, curly hair ; a full face, aud swarthy 
 complexion ; thick lips ; large, strong shoulders ; wide 
 mouth and nose ; a full neck, like the bull's, short, thick, 
 broad hand. Disposition : dull and unfeeling, slow to anger ; 
 melancholy ; but, when provoked, furious as the bull. Dis- 
 eases : croup, quinsy sore throat, swellings therein ; wens, 
 king's evil, scrofula. 
 
 Gemini. — A tall, straight, and well-formed body ; fair 
 person, but a dark, sanguine complexion, not very clear ; 
 long arms, but often the hands and feet are short and 
 fleshy ; dark-brown hair ; quick sight ; a smart, active, 
 penetrating, and wanton look ; generally a strong, active 
 body. Disposition : judicious in worldly affairs ; intelligent 
 and humane. Diseases : all complaints in and injuries to 
 the arms and shoulders ; fractures, wounds, pains, etc., in 
 those parts ; corrupt blood ; rheumatism and flying pains 
 in the limbs and joints ; also strange, distempered fancies. 
 
 Cancer. — A short and small stature ; of a fair but 
 rather pale complexion, and often a sickly look ; the upper 
 part of the body larger in proportion than the lower ; a 
 round face, short and small ; brown hair ; small, generally 
 gray eyes ; a weak voice ; the constitution effeminate. 
 Disposition : dull, heavy, and phlegmatic ; if a female, very 
 prolific. Diseases : all disorders of the breast and stom- 
 ach ; short breath, cough, weak digestion ; asthma and 
 consumption ; also dropsy and cancer. A fruitful consti- 
 tution if a female. 
 
 Leo. — A large stature, masculine body, full and fleshy ; 
 broad shoulders ; narrow sides ; a large round head ; 
 austere, oval countenance ; full, round eyes ; staring ; 
 quick sight ; dark-yellow hair, often curling or crisping ; a 
 ruddy, high, sanguine complexion ; a coarse voice. Dispo- 
 sition : resolute, courageous, spirited, and aspiring ; free 
 
DESCRIPTION OF PERSONS. 275 
 
 and generous heart ; open, active, bold ; all hot diseases and 
 inflammations. , 
 
 Virgo. — A slender body, of middle stature, but well 
 made ; a roundish face, well 'favored, yet not handsome ; a 
 dark, ruddy complexion ; dark-brown hair ; a decisive 
 voice. Disposition: ingenious, studious, witty, fond of his- 
 tory and literature ; judicious and well-spoken. Diseases : 
 all those of the bowels, spleen, and diaphragm ; such as 
 worms, wind, obstructions, colic, dysentery, and melan- 
 choly, also hernia. 
 
 Ltbra. — A tall, well-framed body, elegantly made, with a 
 round and beautiful face and lovely expression ; all the 
 features regular ; in youth a fine, sanguine complexion ; 
 but in age pimples, or a very high color ; the eyes gener- 
 ally blue ; hair light auburn or flaxen, shining, smooth, 
 and long, yet sometimes a jet black and glossy. This sign 
 gives more beauty than any other. Disposition : even- 
 tempered, well-principled, and affectionate. Diseases : all 
 those of the veins, kidneys, and bladder ; such as stone, 
 gravel, corrupt blood, weakness, tabes dorsalis, and the 
 milder kinds of syphilis. 
 
 Scorpio. — A middle size ; a corpulent, short, strong, able 
 body ; broad visage ; dark, muddy complexion ; sad brown 
 eyes ; curling, plentiful hair ; thick neck and legs ; hairy 
 and coarse body ; often bow-legged, always ill-formed feet. 
 Disposition : active, but very reserved and thoughtful in 
 conversation. Diseases : all those of the groin, bladder, 
 urethra, fundament, etc.; such as gravel, stone, hernia, fis- 
 tulas, piles, strangury, strictures, etc. 
 
 Sagittary. — Well-formed, rather tall, strong person, with 
 a very handsome, open countenance ; rather a full face, but 
 long and oval, and the head formed like that of a horse ; 
 high forehead ; the hair growing off the temples, rather 
 bald ; hair chestnut-colored ; fine, clear eyes ; complexion 
 
276 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 honey-colored, or sunburnt. Disposition : active, bold, and 
 intrepid ; very partial to active sports, as hunting, riding, 
 etc., and fond of horses. Diseases : gout and rheumatism ; 
 falls, broken bones, fevers, hurts to the thighs, etc., and 
 gunshot wounds. 
 
 Capbicorn. — A dry constitution and short stature ; long, 
 lean, and slender visage ; sallow complexion ; thin beard ; 
 black hair ; narrow breast ; small, long neck ; narrow chin ; 
 weak knees, and inclined to be crooked ; thin person. 
 Disposition: subtle, collected, witty, changeable, and melan- 
 choly ; active in manner, sometimes skipping about like a 
 young goat. Diseases : all those of the knees and hams ; 
 gout, sprains, fractures, hysterics, scirrhous tumors, and 
 all cutaneous diseases. 
 
 IF IT BE GOOD FOB THE QUEBENT TO TAKE OB LEASE THE 
 HOUSE, FABM, OB LAND, ETC. 
 
 The 10th house will herein show the profit or advantage 
 to be made by the undertaking, having regard also to the 
 usual significators of property, viz., the lord of the 2d, 
 and ©. 
 
 The 4th house will show the end of the matter as re- 
 gards the taking the property. 
 
 If there be a fortune ascending, or © be in the ascen- 
 dant, or the lord of the ascendant be there, or be in ijc, or 
 /\ to the degree on the cusp and not afflicted, the querent 
 will take the house or farm, and find it a good bargain. 
 
 If an infortune ascend, the querent will not take the 
 property ; or if he have already taken it, he has no mind 
 to it, and will quickly put it off to another party. 
 
 If you find the lord of the 7th in the 7th, or casting a 
 good aspect to its cusp, or there be benefics therein, the 
 man will keep his word in the bargain, but he will profit 
 by it more than the querent. 
 
DESCRIPTION OF PERSONS. 277 
 
 If an infortune be in the 7th and not lord of the 7th, 
 have great care of tlje covenants or agreements between 
 you ; for the landlord will be too hard for you, as he 
 minds nothing but his own ends in the matter. 
 
 Consider the 10th house ; and if a fortune be there or 
 behold its cusp by good aspect, the parties, notwithstand- 
 ing some rubs, will proceed in their bargain, and the land 
 will be let to the querent. 
 
 If you find an infortune in or in evil aspect to the 10th, 
 the bargain will be broken off. If it be land, they differ 
 about the timber, or upon the erecting of some new build- 
 ings ; and if the thing be a house, they differ about the 
 repairs. 
 
 As to the end of the matter, see to the 4th house. If 
 fortunes be there, or the lord of the 4th behold the cusp 
 favorably, it will end well, and both parties will be pleased ; 
 but if an infortune be there, or the lord of the house aspect 
 it by n or $ , the whole matter will end ill, and will please 
 neither party. 
 
 THE DOMINION OF THE MOON IN MAN'S BODY, AS SHE PASSES 
 THROUGH THE TWELVE SIGNS OF THE ZODIAC. 
 
 T Aries, Head and Face — Fiery — Masculine, 
 b Taurus, Neck and Throat — Earthy — Feminine. 
 II Gemini, Arms and Shoulders — Airy — Masculine. 
 SI Cancer, Breast and Stomach — Watery — Feminine. 
 SI Leo, Heart and Back — Fiery — Masculine, 
 rrg Virgo, Bowels and Belly — Earthy — Feminine. 
 =£= Libra, Reins and Loins — Airy — Masculine. 
 vci Scorpio, Secret Members — Watery — Feminine. 
 f Sagittarius, Hips and Thighs — Fiery — Masculine. 
 >5 Capricorn, Knees and Hams — Earthy — Feminine. 
 £? Aquarius, Legs and Ankles — Airy — Masculine. 
 X Pisces, Feet and Toes — Watery — Feminine. 
 
Days 
 
 of 
 Mon. 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 3 
 4 
 5 
 6 
 7 
 8 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 31 
 
 Jan. 
 
 25 
 
 si 
 w 
 
 m 
 
 t 
 
 AAA/ 
 
 AAV 
 
 K 
 
 8 
 ri 
 
 2S 
 
 Feb 
 
 SI 
 
 *i 
 m 
 
 AAA* 
 
 AAA' 
 
 ¥ 
 
 n 
 
 .23 
 
 a 
 
 Mar 
 
 -TV- 
 WW 
 
 ¥ 
 
 8 
 
 n 
 
 23 
 SI 
 
 Apr. 
 
 _n_ 
 
 '^AA/ 
 
 ¥ 
 
 n 
 
 2B 
 
 a 
 ni 
 
 May 
 
 $ 
 
 V9 
 ac 
 X 
 
 ¥ 
 
 n 
 
 23 
 
 a 
 
 m 
 
 Jun. 
 
 A/W 
 
 WW 
 
 T 
 
 5 
 
 n 
 
 23 
 
 a 
 
 July 
 
 vw 
 
 X 
 T 
 
 if 
 
 2B 
 
 a 
 
 n't 
 
 4f 
 
 TCP 
 
 AAA/ 
 
 X 
 
 Aug 
 
 T 
 8 
 n 
 
 25 
 
 a 
 icp 
 
 AAA/ 
 . AAA/ 
 
 X 
 
 8 
 
 Sept 
 
 n 
 
 25 
 
 a 
 m 
 
 -/V 
 
 X 
 
 ¥ 
 
 8 
 n 
 
 Oct. 
 25 
 
 a 
 m 
 
 HI 
 
 AAA/ 
 
 AAA/ 
 
 X 
 
 ¥ 
 8 
 n 
 
 25 
 
 Nov. 
 
 "a 
 
 n{ 
 
 vy 
 
 AAA/ 
 
 AAA/ 
 
 X 
 V 
 
 8 
 n 
 
 23 
 
 a 
 
 Dec. 
 
 m 
 'i 
 
 V5> 
 
 AAA/ 
 
 AAA/ 
 
 X 
 T 
 8 
 H 
 
 23 
 
 a 
 
 TABLE SHOWING THE DAYS ON WHICH THE MOON ENTERS THE 
 SEVERAL SIGNS OP THE ZODIAC. 
 
 The foregoing table is very useful for farmers, as it gives them 
 an idea when to perform various operations on cattle and land. 
 Solomon rightly says there is a " proper time for every purpose un 
 der the sun." Castration must not be carried on when the Moon is 
 passing through ttjj, =d=, and especially TT^. 
 
 Shrubs, and the like, if planted during the Moon's increase, and 
 while she is passing through n, =£=,• or £?, will take little root, and 
 shoot straight up. Shrubs, if planted when the Moon is in 8, W, 
 or V3, and ou her decrease, will take deep root and strike downward. 
 
 For selecting a time for choosing servants, let the Moon be un- 
 afflicted in 8 , S3, or k, for women-servants. For men-servants, let 
 the Moon be in n, iU, f, or ^r. If the Moon be afflicted in x 
 when you engage a servant, he will assuredly prove unfaithful and 
 dishonest. If the Moon be in \5, he will run away, or be idle, but 
 return after a day or two's absence, but will go again ; this also ap- 
 plies to taking of apprentices. 
 
DESCRIPTION OF PERSONS. 279 
 
 CHARACTERS OF THE PLANETS. 
 
 W, Uranus, is fortunate in moneys, arts, and sciences. 
 In other respects a malefic, especially in marriage and law. 
 
 \ , Saturn, is the great ill-fortune, and is said to be 
 the greatest plague of man. 
 
 %, Jupiter, is the great fortunate planet; benevolent, 
 but extravagant. 
 
 $ , Mars, is an unfortunate planet, delighting in science, 
 but warlike. 
 
 9 , Venus, is the second fortunate planet. 
 
 $ , Mercury, is both good and evil, according to the 
 company in which he is. 
 
 #, Luna, is very changeable, somewhat fortunate, but 
 convertible. 
 
 O, Sol, is fortunate. 
 
 ASPECTS, AND THEIR CHARACTER. 
 
 6 , Conjunction, is good with Jupiter, Venus, and the 
 Moon ; but is evil with the Moon to Mars, Saturn, or Ura- 
 nus ; with others moderate. 
 
 sfc, Sextile, and /\, Trine, are good configurations with 
 all. 
 
 $D, Semisquare, and SsD, Sesquisquare, and <? , Oppo- 
 sition, are bad aspects with all the planetary bodies. 
 
XXXIV. 
 
 RULES FOR JUDGING LAWSUITS. 
 
 WINNING TESTIMONIES. 
 
 1. Lord of the 7th afflicted by aspect or position. 
 
 2. Lord of the 7th in the 1st afflicted or not. 
 
 3. Lord of the 1st better fortified than the lord of the 
 
 7th. 
 
 4. Lord of the 1st therein in good aspect of the Sun or 
 
 the Moon. 
 
 5. Ruler of the 4th afflicting the ruler of the 7th or 8th, 
 
 in which case the adversary loses money. 
 
 6. Ruler of the 7th or 8th afflicting the lord of the 4th. 
 
 7. The Moon applying to good aspect of the lord of the 
 
 1st, and to ill aspect of the lord of the 7th. 
 
 8. The Sun or Moon in the 1st, and in good aspect of 
 
 the lord of the 1st. 
 
 9. The Sun or Moon mutually received by the lord of the 
 
 1st. 
 
 LOSING TESTIMONIES. 
 
 1. Ruler of the 1st afflicted by aspect or position. 
 
 2. Lord of the 1st in the 7th afflicted or not. 
 
 3. Lord of the 7th better fortified than the ruler of the 
 
 1st. 
 
 4. Lord of the 7th therein posited in good aspect of the 
 
 Sun or the Moon. 
 
 5. Lord of the 4th afflicting the lord of the 1st or 2d. 
 
 6. Lord of the 1st or 2d afflicting the ruler of the 4th. 
 
 7. The Moon applying to good aspect of the lord of the 
 
 7th, and to ill aspect of the ruler of the 1st. 
 
RULES FOR JUDGING LAWSUITS. 281 
 
 8. The Sun or Moon in the 7th and in good aspect to 
 
 the ruler of the 7th. 
 
 9. The Sun and Moon mutually received by the ruler of 
 
 the 7th. 
 
 WHEN TO SELL LAND OR PROPERTY. 
 
 1. If the ruler of the 5th is in good aspect with the lord 
 
 of the 1st. 
 
 2. If the lord of the 2d be well aspected with the lord 
 
 of the 4th or 1st. 
 
 3. If Jupiter or Venus be in good aspect of Saturn or 
 
 Uranus, and these latter be unafflicted themselves. 
 
 4. The Part of Fortune in the 5th in good aspect of the 
 
 ruler of the 1st and 2d house. 
 
 5. The exact time will be when the ruler of the 1st is in 
 
 good aspect with the ruler of the 4th, 5th, or 2d 
 house. 
 
XXXV. 
 
 PLANETARY INFLUENCES ON NATURE. 
 
 In sickness, when the Moon applies to a planet contrary 
 to the nature of the distemper, especially if it be a fortune, 
 the disease will be changed for the better. 
 
 When the Moon at the decumbiture, or first falling sick, 
 shall be under the beams of the Sun,* or with Saturn, Mars 
 (or Uranus), if the party be ancient, even her conjunction 
 with Jupiter, Venus, or Mercury, is not without peril. 
 
 Saturn causes long f diseases ; Mercury, varying ones ; 
 the Moon, such as return after a time, as vertigoes, epi- 
 lepsy, etc. ; Jupiter and the Sun give short diseases ; but 
 Mars, the acutest of all. 
 
 When the Moon is in a fixed sign,J physic works the less ; 
 and if in Aries, Taurus, or Capricorn, will be apt to prove 
 nauseous to the patient. 
 
 In purging, it is well that both the Moon and the lord 
 of the ascendant be descending, and under the Earth ; in 
 vomiting that they ascend. 
 
 Purging, bleeding, etc., ought to be done while the Moon 
 is in moist signs ; the chief being Pisces, the next Cancer. 
 
 When at the beginning of a disease the luminaries are 
 both with the infortunes, or in opposition to them, the sick 
 will hardly escape. 
 
 With respect to fevers. When the Sun is afflicted in Leo, 
 mischievous fevers are threatened. 
 
 * Within 17° distance in longitude. 
 
 t Hence the term chronic given to long-continued diseases, Kronos being the an- 
 cient name of Saturn. 
 
 t Taurus, Leo, Scorpio, and Aquarius are termed fixed signs. 
 
PLANETARY INFLUENCES ON NATURE. 283 
 
 It will be a fatal time to suffer amputation, or lose any 
 member, when the Moym is under the Sun's beams and op- 
 posed by Mars. 
 
 When you think to do good to your eyes, let the Moon 
 be fortunate, increasing in light, and by no means in a 
 sign of the earthy triplicity. 
 
 MARRIAGE. 
 
 As regards men, observe the Moon and Venus. If the J) 
 be found between the eastern horizon and meridian, or in 
 the opposite quadrant, she causes them to marry early in 
 life, or after they have passed their prime, to women 
 younger than themselves. If she be in the other quarters 
 of the figure, they will marry late in life, or to women 
 older than themselves. If she be configurated with Saturn, 
 it delays marriage ; and if within a few degrees of the Sun, 
 or in evil aspect to the Sun, the same ; if both these testi- 
 monies concur, the 3 being at the same time occidental, they 
 never marry. If the D be oriental, and especially if angu- 
 lar, and in aspect to many planets, they being strong, and 
 she be situated in n, / , or X, they may marry more than 
 once. If the J) apply to \ by aspect, the wife will be mo- 
 rose and grave ; if to 11, well conducted and economical ; 
 if to $ , bold and refractory ; if to 9 , cheerful and hand- 
 some ; and if to £ , a clever, sensible woman. If 9 be con- 
 nected with 2/ , \ , or $ , the wives will be provident and 
 attached to their families. If she be connected with $ , they 
 will be violent and ill-conducted, especially if it be by evil 
 aspect. If the D be in good aspect to the O, and the O 
 be not afflicted, or if ? be strong, the native marries a per- 
 son of respectable connections. If good planets be found 
 in the 7th house, the individual (whether male or female) 
 is happy in marriage ; and if evil planets be there, the re- 
 
284 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 verse. Herschel in the 7th is evil ; and if he afflict the Moon 
 in a man's nativity, or the Sun in a woman's, he destroys 
 domestic happiness. The description of the wife will be 
 much like that of the planet to which the ]) forms the 
 nearest aspect, considered with the sign he is in. But the 
 sign on the 7th house may also be regarded. No one, it is 
 said, marries a person born under the same sign as himself. 
 v For the marriage of women regard the Sun, Venus, and 
 Mars. If the © be oriental, they marry early, or to men 
 younger than themselves ; if the © be occidental, they 
 marry late or to elderly men. If the Sun be angular, and 
 in aspect to many planets, especially from U. , / , or X , they 
 marry more than once. Saturn configurated to the © (if 
 the © applies to him) gives steady husbands, but morose ; 
 Jupiter gives honorable, noble characters ; Mars violent, 
 rash, unfeeling men ; Venus amiable, handsome husbands ; 
 and Mercury clever, intelligent, and provident characters. 
 If 9 be with \ , or in aspect to him, the husband will be 
 dull and laborious ; if with % , just and honest ; if with $ , 
 rash men and adulterous ; if with $ , clever, but fond of 
 change. If the © or D apply to # , the wife or husband 
 will be eccentric. If the © have no aspect with Mars, and 
 Mars be weak in the figure, the female native does not do 
 well in mari'iage ; and if the © be in ill aspect to \ at the 
 same time, she will be likely to live single. The 7th house 
 shows in part the description of husband. 
 
 The planet Mercury was early found to influence men 
 born under its rule, that is, when he was potent at the 
 birth, to a sedentary and a contemplative, or studious, life. 
 And, as such men were necessarily given to seek retirement 
 and dwell alone, or far from " the busy haunts of men," 
 that planet was named accordingly, from the Hebrew bud, 
 which signifies " alone," " single," " solitary ; " whence we 
 find the Indian name of Mercury was Buddha. The Greeks 
 
PLANETARY INFLUENCES ON NATURE. 285 
 
 translated this word apparently, for they called him Hermes, 
 from the term that signified one who lives in solitude — 
 Eremetes ; whence we have the word " hermit." 
 
 FORTUNE OF MARRIAGE. 
 
 For men the condition of the Moon, the planet Venus, 
 and the western horizon are to be considered in the fol- 
 lowing manner : 
 
 The Moon located in oriental parts of the heavens de- 
 notes men to marry early in life, or to many young women 
 when advanced in age. When the Moon is located in occi- 
 dental parts, men marry late in life, or, when young, marry 
 a woman more advanced in years. 
 
 The Moon and Venus strong and dignified by position, 
 in good aspects to the planets Mars, the Sun, or Jupiter, 
 tokens early marriage, if not opposed by opposite influ- 
 ences. 
 
 The Moon and Venus in good configuration from angu- 
 lar houses. The Moon or Venus in goo:l configuration 
 with the planet Mars. The Moon oriental separating from 
 a good aspect of Venus. The Moon near the full in good 
 aspect to Mars or the planet Venus. 
 
 The planet Venus located in Taurus, Libra, Cancer, or 
 Leo, near the Sun in the same sign, Venus separating from 
 a good aspect of Mars. 
 
 The Moon 15 degrees from the first quarter separating 
 from a good aspect of the planet Venus. The Moon a 
 few degrees past the trine aspect of the Sun. The planet 
 Venus within 18 degrees of the Sun in the same sign, 
 separating from a good aspect of Mars. The planet Venus 
 rising or setting near the horizon in good aspect with the 
 Moon, Mars, or Jupiter. 
 
 These are some of the best positions for denoting early 
 
286 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 and prosperous marriages, especially when the rulers there- 
 of are free from the opposing influences of Saturn and 
 Herschel. 
 
 RICHES AND ADVANTAGE BY MARRIAGE. 
 
 The Moon angular located in Taurus and Cancer, in 
 good aspect with Jupiter or Venus, one or more of these 
 planets located near the horizon or in the 8th house. 
 
 The planets Jupiter or Venus located in the 8th 
 house, in their dignities by sign in good aspect with the 
 Sun, Moon, part of fortune, or ruler of the ascendant. The 
 ruler of the ascendant located in the 8th house in good 
 aspect, to the Sun, Moon, or the part of fortune. The 
 ruler of the 7th house in the 8th hoilse in good aspect to 
 the Sun, Moon, or Venus, or the ruler of the 8th located 
 in the 7th holding the same csnfigurations. The more 
 numerous the tokens, and more harmonious the general 
 positions are in the nativity, the greater the advantage. 
 
 The planet Venus in conjunction with Jupiter located on 
 the meridian, or near the eastern horizon, is a very fortu- 
 nate position, denoting the native to meet with great and 
 general favor from ladies, and when in good configura- 
 tion with the Sun or Moon he will be likely to obtain ad- 
 vancement and riches by marriage, or meet with good op- 
 portunities. 
 
 The Moon in conjunction with the planet Venus is 
 another notable token of friendship, favor, and assistance 
 from ladies, if these planets be dignified by sign, or located 
 on the midheaven, or near the ascendant ; such favor and 
 benefit will come from ladies of rank and position. The 
 native is often a general favorite with the female class, 
 more especially so if the Moon should be in good configu- 
 ration with the Sun or the planet Jupiter. The Moon lo- 
 cated in the signs Gemini, Sagittarius, or Pisces, denote a 
 
PLANETARY INFLUENCES ON NATURE. 287 
 
 probability of more than one marriage, where the tokens 
 are unfavorable for l^fe to wedded partners. The wife's 
 are denoted by the number of planets the Moon applies to 
 within orbs of influence, or within 10 degrees of her radi- 
 cal position at birth. The rulers of the ascendant and the 
 western horizon in harmonious configuration is a token of 
 marriage, and social harmony in wedded life. 
 
 For marriage, happiness, and prosperity therein, it is 
 absolutely necessary to have the sexual planets Venus, 
 Mars, and the Moon, located in certain places in the chart 
 of birth, free from the evil aspects of the planets Saturn, 
 Herschel, or Neptune. This applies to both sexes, for 
 wherever the sexual planets are found located in cold, un- 
 prolific signs and places, or oppressed by the influences of 
 the mentioned planets, it is a moral impossibility for such 
 persons to live harmoniously in wedded life for any length 
 of time, hence the trouble, loss, exposure, and degradation 
 continually taking place among society. Such ungenial, 
 disastrous events may be mitigated, and, in some cases, 
 prevented, by proper care, judgment, and knowledge in 
 due time, but such things only appear as passing clouds 
 in life and of no import to many people, merely tending to 
 extend their publicity and notoriety of character. 
 
 SIGNS OF LATE MABEIAGE, ETC. 
 
 The Moon occidental and debilitated by sign. The 
 Moon about 30 degrees from a new or full moon, locat- 
 ed in this position in conjunction or opposition with the 
 planet Saturn or Herschel, is a strong token of single life. 
 The Moon and Venus weak by position, void of aspect, 
 neither having any configuration with the planet Mars. 
 The Moon and the planet Venus in bad aspect to the 
 planets Saturn and Herschel. The Moon* in discordant 
 
288 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 aspect with the Sun, when the malefic planets join in the 
 figuration. The Moon and Venus located in the 6th 
 house, unless assisted by the good aspects of the Sun, 
 Jupiter, and Mars. 
 
 The planet Venus in conjunction or opposition with the 
 planet Saturn is about the worst position that can happen 
 in any nativity, prenoting single life, disappointment, 
 crosses and losses by female connections and intercourse 
 in the way of courtship, and in a variety of other ways, in- 
 ducing to a solitary, gloomy, desponding disposition of 
 character, unless counteracted by strong influences of an 
 opposite nature, but often influence to a single life, in both 
 sexes. 
 
 The Moon or Venus in conjunction or opposition of the 
 planet Mars is a very evil, untoward condition, but espe- 
 cially with the Moon, often producing disagreement, trou- 
 ble, and losses, both in courtship and in married life, in 
 various ways, which lead to weeping and sorrow. 
 
 The planets Saturn, Herschel, and Mars on the western 
 horizon, within orbs of influence, are adverse tokens, es- 
 pecially when in any evil configuration to the rulers over 
 matrimonial affairs. One or more of these conditions at 
 birth denote disappointment, discord, trouble, delay, and 
 obstruction in matrimonial affairs, both in courtship and 
 married life, in a variety of ways, known only to the per- 
 sons engaged. 
 
 The planetary influences and effects relating to the sub- 
 ject in question will not be manifested in the same form or 
 manner, or with the same intensity in all cases alike. The 
 general position of the heavens, the position and different 
 stations in life, will regulate the form of effects. In some 
 cases the troubles will arise from sickness, deaths, and be- 
 reavement of wedded partners ; some through disagree- 
 ment, different mental and physical constitutions and habits 
 
PLANETARY INFLUENCES ON NATURE. 289 
 
 of the persons. Nevertheless, persons born under such 
 conditions of the heavens will most certainly experience 
 consequences partially 1 or wholly as specified, no matter 
 what their position in life may be, high or low. 
 
 MARRIAGE OF WOMEN. 
 
 The position of the Sun, the planet Mars, and the west- 
 ern horizon are rulers thereof. Good positions, and con- 
 figurations to these points in the heavens, denote prosper- 
 ity and good fortune ; adverse positions in like manner 
 denote disappointment and misfortune. 
 
 When the Sun is oriental, women engage early in life, or 
 when advanced in years marry men younger than them- 
 selves. When the Sun is occidental they usually marry 
 late in life, or when young, to men older and advanced in 
 years. The planet Mars, located in the sign Scorpio in 
 good aspect to the Sun, Moon, or Venus, is a notable token 
 of early marriage. The Sun oriental in good aspect to the 
 Moon, Venus, or Mars, when the western horizon is free 
 from the planets Saturn or Herschel. The Sun and Moon 
 in good configuration to the planets Mars and Venus often 
 cause a female to receive great attention from the opposite 
 sex, early courtship, and many suitors, especially if any of 
 the planets be rising. The planet Mars, located in the 
 signs Aries, Scorpio, Cancer, Capricorn, and Pisces, not 
 above 15 degrees from the Moon in the same sign, is a 
 token of early marriage, especially when the planet Venus 
 is applying to a good aspect of Mars. The Moon applying 
 to a good configuration of the Sun, when the Sun is orien- 
 tal. The Sun near the western horizon, well configurated 
 to other planets. The Moon about 5 degrees before the 
 change or new Moon ; Mars, Venus, or Mercury near the 
 luminaries. The Sun, Moon, Venus, or Mars rising, if well 
 
290 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 configurated. The Sun and Moon and ruler of the ascend- 
 ant located in feminine signs, and much better when Mais 
 and Venus are located in such signs. The planets Mars 
 and Venus dignified, in good aspect and free from evil as- 
 pects of Saturn and Herschel. The rulers of the ascend- 
 ant and western horizon in good configuration. 
 
 One or more of these conditions are tokens that the fe- 
 male will be likely to marry early in life, have good choice 
 in her selection of a husband, and be generally fortunate in 
 her courtships, meet with many lovers, and experience do- 
 mestic happiness and comfort in married life, with a proba- 
 bility of advancement thereby, as such tokens would de- 
 note success and prosperity to her husband. 
 
 EICHES AND GOOD FOBTUNE BY. MAEEIAGE. 
 
 The Sun in good aspect to the Moon, Jupiter, Mars, or 
 Venus, some of these planets located on the western hori- . 
 zon. Mars and Venus strong by position and configura- 
 tion denote advantage by marriage, especially if in any as- 
 pect to the Moon. The lord of the 7th located in the 8th, 
 or lord of the 8th located in the 7th. The best position is 
 the Moon in good aspect to the Sun, Jupiter, Mars, or 
 Venus, some of these planets located on the western hori- 
 zon, ascendant, or mid-heaven, the Moon separating from 
 one and applying to the other. The ruler of the western 
 angle of the nativity located on the meridian, strong by 
 sign or configuration, is a token of advancement by. mar- 
 riage. 
 
 SIGNS OF LATE MAEEIAGE, DISAPPOINTMENT, DETEIMENT, AND 
 MISFOETUNE THEEEBY. 
 
 The Sun and Moon void of aspect. The Moon about 
 30 degrees from the new or full, especially if in evil as- 
 
 
PLANETARY INFLUENCES ON NATURE. 291 
 
 pect to Saturn, Mars, Herschel, or Neptune. The Sun and 
 Mars weak by position and configuration. The Sun, Moon, 
 Mars, and Venus locfeted in masculine signs. The planet 
 Mars located in the signs Gemini, Leo, Virgo, or Taurus, 
 in evil aspect with Saturn or Herschel. The Sun and 
 Moon in quartile aspect near the quarters, in evil aspect to 
 Saturn, Herschel, Mars, or Neptune. The Sun or Moon 
 in conjunction with Mars, Saturn, or Herschel. The planet 
 Mars or Venus in conjunction or opposition aspect with 
 Saturn. The planets Saturn, Herschel, or Mars within 
 5 degrees of either rising, setting, or the midheaven. 
 
 One or more of the aforesaid conditions of the planets in 
 the chart of birth denote obstruction, and delay to mar- 
 riage, disappointment, trouble, loss of honor, reputation, 
 weeping and sorrow, by courtship, marriage, or intercourse 
 with the opposite sex, unless the greatest of care be at all 
 times exercised in such matters. 
 
 The planets Saturn, Mars, or Herschel setting near the 
 angle is a very bad token, denoting disappointment, trou- 
 ble, disagreement, and loss by matrimonial affairs, and 
 when these planets are in evil aspect to the Sun or Moon 
 it often denotes short life to the husband, or a person of a 
 sickly, delicate constitution of body, and unfortunate in his 
 efforts. 
 
 THE FORM OF BODY, STATURE, AND GENERAL CHARACTER OF WIFE 
 OR HUSBAND 
 
 is denoted by the planet and sign located on the western 
 horizon, or by the planet the Sun or Moon next applies to 
 by aspect, or the planet nearest to the luminaries at the 
 time of birth. 
 
 1. When such planets are located in the signs Aries, 
 Leo, or Sagittarius, they denote a person of a bilious tern- 
 
292 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 perament, a well-made, good-looking person, of a florid, 
 fresh, agreeable complexion, sometimes ruddy or sunburnt, 
 brown or sandy-colored hair, sharp, lively looking eye, 
 strong, well-defined, muscular features, prominent cheek- 
 bones, strong, firm step, confident, commanding disposi- 
 tion, active, firm, and persevering in character, sharp, witty, 
 ready, and expert in work, ambitious and high-minded, yet 
 open and generous, fond of liberty, field-sports, and exer- 
 cises, horses, dogs, bold and courageous, at times a little 
 hasty and irritable, especially when opposed, enterprising 
 and speculative, having large self-esteem, often a little 
 boasting, strong and healthy constitution, and generally 
 successful in their engagements, sometimes a cut, scar, 
 or mole on the face. 
 
 2. When the planet is located in the ariel signs Libra 
 or Aquarius the person will be of a sanguine temperament, 
 having a clear, florid, light complexion, handsome, well- 
 made body, fine, genteel form, open, pleasing aspect, cour- 
 teous, easy, and attractive, full and fleshy body, often 
 roundish face, bright blue eye, dimpled cheeks and chin, 
 captivating countenance, kind, open, social, and free in con- 
 versation and manners, witty and humorous, fond of jest, 
 sport, and mirth, orderly, fashionable, and fond of dress, 
 fond of the arts, music, painting, polite literature, there- 
 fore often accomplished and expert in such things. 
 
 When the said planets are located in the signs Gemini 
 and Scorpio they denote more of a bilious temperament, 
 therefore the form of body will partake something like No. 
 1, but of a tawny, sunburnt complexion, strong-made body 
 and muscular features, Roman nose. Gemini, large eyes 
 — but Scorpio generally small eye. 
 
 When located in the signs Capricorn and Virgo they 
 denote a person of a dry, spare body, long features, delicate, 
 slender form, pale, sallow complexion, dark-brown hair, 
 
PLANETARY INFLUENCES ON NATURE. 293 
 
 active, studious disposition, fond of science, knowledge, 
 and learning, reservad in conversation and manners, fond 
 of retirement and private society, careful, cautious, greedy 
 after money and property, curious and singular in man- 
 ners ; being so retired, studious, and cautious, they are apt 
 at times to become gloomy and desponding ; the eye is 
 generally small, of a brown or gray color, often bright or 
 sparkling, a person of a delicate constitution of body. 
 
 As this part of the science is chiefly of a symbolical nat- 
 ure in its application, in practice the planet representing 
 the husband or wife. When located in the constellation 
 Taurus it usually denotes a person of a low, thick-set, 
 strong-made body ; rather common-looking features, strong 
 thick neck and lips, square, short face, inclining to be cor- 
 pulent in body as a whole, more animal than intellectual, 
 being a person of a nervous, cold temperament, not of 
 much forecast, easy, contented, and lowering aspect, a per- 
 son of lightish hair, gray eye, and pale or sallow com- 
 plexion. 
 
 When the said planets are located in the signs Cancer 
 or Pisces they generally denote a round, full face, light- 
 gray eye, open, pleasant, innocent-looking countenance, 
 lightish hair, full and prominent eye, of a quiet, social dis- 
 position, and manners passive and obedient, domesticated 
 and free, fond of novelty, news, and recreation, plain, in- 
 dustrious sort of people in the common affairs of life, often 
 fond of small cattle and dumb animals, poultry, birds, etc., 
 fond of jest and sport. 
 
XXXVI. 
 
 ASTROLOGICAL HINTS TO FARMERS. 
 
 Sow or plant when the Moon is in Taurus, Virgo, or 
 Scorpio, if possible, in good aspect with Saturn ; but set 
 or sow all kinds of pulse when the Moon is in Cancer ; and 
 when she is in Libra or Capricorn dress your gardens and 
 trim your small trees and shrubs. 
 
 If you prune your vines when the Moon is at full :~ 
 Taurus, Leo, Scorpio, or Sagittarius, neither worms r ~r 
 birds will infest your grapes. 
 
 Do not graft trees when the Moon is waning or decreasing. 
 
 Fruits and wood for use should be cut in the decrease of 
 the Moon ; but if you would have timber to keep long, fell 
 it toward the latter part of the winter, while the Moon is 
 under the Earth, in some aspect to Saturn, for that will 
 prevent its rotting, and render it exceedingly hard and 
 durable. 
 
 Firewood, hedges, etc., which you would have grow 
 quickly again, cut when the Moon is above the Earth, in 
 the first quarter, and joined to either Venus or Jupiter. 
 
 Shear sheep during the increase of the Moon ; commence 
 when she goes to an aspect of Jupiter, then wool will grow 
 again much better. 
 
 It is not easy to account for the general belief that wood 
 cut during the Moon's wane is not liable to the worm. 
 Even the Indians will not fell trees for their canoes when 
 the satellite is in full. And our ancestors, who did not 
 wish to be bald, objected to their hair being cut while 
 the Moon was waning. The lunar influence also has its 
 effects upon the insane, as also upon water. The oak was 
 
ASTROLOGICAL HINTS TO FARMERS. 295 
 
 always held in veneration by the ancient Britons and Gauls. 
 The Druidical altats were enclosed with oaks, and the 
 branches served for wreaths for the musicians and other 
 votaries that took part in these sacred festivals and solem- 
 nities. An oaken garland was the recompense of one who 
 saved the life of another in battle. The leaves of oak were 
 used in token of victory. The mistletoe is much prized, 
 and the saying is, to those that shall have given to them so 
 precious a boon will prosper ; and favored is he that gets 
 kissed under the mistletoe, as it is the symbol of love and 
 of the congress of Mars and Venus. The oak the sovereign 
 virtue of Mars ; mistletoe, Venus. Mistletoe should be 
 cut on the sixth day of the Moon. 
 
 The Moon has strong effect on animal life. Agricultu- 
 rists, graziers, and shepherds confidently affirni that if they 
 castrate any of their cattle at the exact time the Moon is 
 southing, that animal will certainly die. Shepherds avoid 
 those times when the Moon is in the sign Scorpio, as we'll 
 as her time of southing, and choose that day when she is 
 in the opposite sign, Taurus. The last rule is observed by 
 some of the best-informed medical men of the present day, 
 which is in exact conformity with Ptolemy's 20th Apho- 
 rism : " Pierce not with iron that part of the body which 
 may be governed by the sign actually occupied by the 
 Moon." It is for the purpose of knowing these auspicious 
 or inauspicious periods that " Moore's Almanack " has 
 gained such strong hold among the agriculturists of this 
 country. It would, perhaps, be as well to avoid those days 
 when the luminaries are in conjunction or opposition, as 
 the blood would then flow more freely into the sign the 
 Moon is in, like the tides of the ocean. The origin of these 
 celestial observations was doubtless coeval with the antedi- 
 luvians ; for Ptolemy informs us that the ancients "noticed 
 the aspects of the Moon when at the full, in order to direct 
 
296 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 the copulation of their herds and flocks." The patriarch 
 Jacob was well versed in this art ; he knew how to elect 
 favorable times ; and knew the power of sympathy by his 
 peeling the rods and putting them in the watering- troughs, 
 at such times as the flocks conceived and brought forth 
 cattle, ring-streaked, speckled, and spotted. 
 
 We have a double object in bringing forward the in- 
 disputable fact that our agriculturists do invariably prac- 
 tise this piece of Astrology. First, we wish to show that, 
 as it is found infallibly that if cattle be operated on 
 when the Moon is on the meridian, they suffer extremely, 
 and very generally die, this becomes a matter of observa- 
 tion, a " great fact " in nature which our philosophers 
 ought to examine. For the assertion may well be hazarded 
 that this lunar influence is not confined to the lower ani- 
 mals only ; and we may expect that it will be found that 
 operations in surgery performed on the human frame will 
 be unsuccessful, and frequently fatal, if performed when 
 the Moon is on or near the meridian ; for the cattle doctors 
 do not like to operate if the Moon be within one hour of 
 southing. Secondly, we desire to prove that facts in nat- 
 ure, and nothing else, are the foundations of Astral Science. 
 For here we see a large body of practical men still adher- 
 ing to a custom which is proved to have existed in all coun- 
 tries and in all ages ; while our philosophers are declaiming 
 against all belief in lunar influence, or stellar influence 
 either ; yet the doctrine that the sign Scorpio has rule 
 over the secret members is manifested by the fact that the 
 animal is found to die if those parts be "pierced with 
 iron," as Ptolemy words it, while the Moon is in that sign. 
 
 It will surprise us nothing if this custom among the 
 farmers be denied, though it is universal, for the lunar in- 
 fluence over the earth is more powerful than is generally 
 known. 
 
THE HARVEST MOON. 
 
 The above diagram is a true representation of the east side of the 
 globe, when elevated to 54 degrees, which is near our latitude. The 
 zenith or residence is indicated by the letter Z. N and S the North 
 and South poles, on which the Earth turns. A E the equator, b l 
 the North limits, and c t the South limits of the Sun ; and also are 
 the circles the Sun describes on the longest and shortest days. In n i, 
 he rises above the dark part between the 3d and 4th hour line ; that 
 is, ahout half-past three a.m. in midsummer. The line c l represents 
 the ecliptic iu the position in which it stands at sunset about mid- 
 harvest. All the other circles that centre in the poles are hour lines, 
 numbered from midnight to mid-day. At nine days old, the Moon 
 will be on the meridian at c, only 12 degrees high or H C. At twenty- 
 four days old she will be at l, having the same depression or H L ; so 
 in fifteen days she only varies 24 degrees, that is, only about one and 
 a half per day ; which is caused by the ecliptic or c l, being so near 
 parallel to a level with the horizon, which is always the case when 
 Aries ascends, which must ascend as the Sun sets in Libra. Now as 
 the Moon rises in the 1st quarter in the forenoon — 2d quarter in the 
 afternoon — 3d quarter in the evening — 4th quarter in the morning ; 
 so the 3d quarter is the most convenient time to see her rise. At 
 other times her rising is unseen and unknown to the generality ; al- 
 though she always varies the same in her rising in every revolution 
 when in the same constellation ; or in the same part of the Zodiac, 
 or line c l. 
 
XXXVII. 
 
 AIDS TO THE FORETELLING OF THE WEATHER. 
 
 Saturn, in conjunction of Jupiter in fiery signs, signifies 
 a great drought ; in airy signs, plenty of wind ; in watery 
 floods, continual rain ; also inundations and overflowings 
 of water ; in earthy signs, earthquakes and the fall of houses 
 and eradication of trees. Judge also the same when they are 
 in a malicious square or opposition ; but less extensively. 
 Saturn in conjunction, square, or opposition of Mars in 
 watery signs, denotes rain in winter, autumn, and summer ; 
 and in summer oftentimes thunder and lightning, espe- 
 cially if in fiery signs ; in autumn and winter windy, dry 
 weather, when in fiery signs ; in airy signs in all seasons 
 great winds and sometimes rain. 
 
 Saturn in conjunction, square, or opposition of the Sun, 
 in the spring denotes cold, rain ; or hail ; in summer much 
 rain, with thunder and lightning, according to the nature 
 of the sign ; in autumn tempestuous, stormy weather ; and 
 in winter grievous cold, snowy, slabby weather. 
 
 Saturn in conjunction, square, or opposition of Venus, 
 promises in the spring rain and cold ; in summer sudden 
 cold ; in autumn much rain ; and in winter rain and snow ; 
 especially if the sign be watery. 
 
 Saturn in conjunction, square, or opposition of Mercury, 
 signifies wind and rain in the spring ; especially in watery 
 and airy signs ; also in summer wind and showers ; but if 
 they be in fiery signs, thunder, lightning, and rain or hail ; 
 in autumn wind and cold, according to the nature of the 
 signs ; and in winter cold and snow. Jupiter in conjunc- 
 tion, square, or opposition of Mars shows the spring to be 
 
AIDS TO THE FORETELLING OF THE WEATHER. 299 
 
 windy and tempestuous ; a thundering and lightning sum- 
 mer ; rain and storms in autumn ; and in winter cold 
 snows and sharp winds, according to the nature of the 
 signs. 
 
 Jupiter in conjunction, square, or opposition of the Sun, 
 in the spring signifies high winds ; in summer thunder 
 and lightning ; and in autumn vehement winds ; but in 
 the winter very dry, cold, frosty weather. For the most 
 part they signify thus in every sign. 
 
 Jupiter in conjunction, square, or opposition of Venus, 
 shows a temperate air, according to the nature of the sea- 
 son, all the year long. Yet if they be in watery signs they 
 incline somewhat to mizzling showers. 
 
 Jupiter in conjunction, square, or opposition of Mercury, 
 denotes great and vehement winds in every quarter they 
 are so aspected, if in airy signs ; in watery signs rain ; and 
 in fiery thunder and lightning, but of no great continu- 
 ance. 
 
 Mars in 6 , □ or <? of the Sun, in fiery signs, prom- 
 iseth drought in summer, dry air in the spring, in autumn 
 and winter frost ; in watery signs, showers in the spring, 
 in summer thunder and rain, in autumn showers, in winter 
 rain and cold. 
 
 Mars in 6 , □ or <? of Venus, in the spring will cause 
 sudden, great, and violent rains ; in the summer arid au- 
 tumn tempests ; but if in fiery signs, or each other's house, 
 great thunders and lightnings. 
 
 Mars in 6 , n or <? of Mercury, in fiery signs, causes heat 
 and drought in summer ; but rain if in watery signs, and 
 sometimes thunder and lightning. In autumn sudden, 
 great winds ; and in winter cold. 
 
 The Sun in 6 of Venus, in the spring causeth rain ; in 
 summer tempests and rain ; in the autumn showers and 
 wind ; in winter much moisture. 
 
300 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 The Sun in 6 of Mercury, denotes wind and moisture, 
 especially in watery and airy signs ; but in fiery a serene 
 air in summer and frosty in winter. Venus in 6 Mercury, 
 rain in the spring, summer, and autumn ; and snow in the 
 winter, and sudden, high winds. Also in the summer they 
 raise storms and tempests. 
 
 Judge also the same in everyone being in sextile or 
 trine ; but you must know they are not altogether so bad. 
 
 These inferior aspects frequently pass by without doing 
 more than causing the sky to be overcast with clouds, in- 
 stead of producing absolutely rain. "We must also remark 
 the parallels of declination, as they are nearly as potent as 
 even the conjunction. 
 
 FORTUNATE DAYS IN THE WEEK. 
 
 Moon in Aries at birth, their fortunate day is Tuesday. 
 
 Moon in Taurus at birth, their fortunate day is Friday. 
 
 Moon in Gemini at birth, their fortunate day is Wednes- 
 day. 
 
 Moon in Cancer at birth, their fortunate day is Monday. 
 
 Moon in Leo at birth, their fortunate day is Sunday. 
 
 Moon in Virgo at birth, their fortunate day is Friday. 
 
 Moon in Libra at birth, their fortunate day is Saturday. 
 
 Moon in Scorpio at birth, their fortunate day is Tuesday. 
 
 Moon in Sagittary at birth, their fortunate day is Thurs- 
 day. 
 
 Moon in Capricorn at birth, their fortunate day is Mon- 
 day. 
 
 Moon in Aquarius at birth, their fortunate day is Wednes- 
 day. 
 
 Moon in Pisces at birth, their fortunate day is Saturday. 
 
 This is valuable to be known, for then persons can take 
 advantage of the good effects of the Lunar positions. 
 
XXXVIII. 
 
 THE GODDESS CALL 
 
 The science of astrology was the only thing known gen- 
 erally in the East as " wisdom ; " and when we are told in 
 Scripture that Moses was learned in all the "wisdom" of 
 the Egyptians, it means nothing more or less than that he 
 was well versed in their astrology. The Indian goddess 
 Gali appears to have been an emblem, by which the priests 
 signified " wisdom ; " for there has been found in the six- 
 teen-letter Tamul (a very refined language), a poem called 
 the " Kaliwakim ; " which may be understood to mean the 
 Wakim or Hakim of Cali. Some of its sentiments are 
 worthy of reproduction. 
 
 " Zealous study of sciences brings increasing happiness and honor. 
 
 The more we learn, the more understanding we get. 
 
 Learning is really the most durable treasure. 
 
 The true end of knoioledge is to distinguish good and bad. 
 
 Fly from all that is low. 
 
 A wise man will never cease to learn. 
 
 If all should be lost, what we have learned will not be lost. 
 
 Enjoy always the company of wise men. 
 
 He who has learned most is most worthy of honor. 
 
 He who studies sophistry and deceit, turns out a wicked man. 
 
 Science is an ornament wherever we come. 
 
 He who converses with the wicked perishes with them. 
 
 Honor a moral master. 
 
 He who knoweth himself is the wisest. 
 
 If one knows what sin is, he becomes wise. 
 
 Well-principled wise men approach the perfection of the Divinity. 
 
 All perishes except learning. 
 
 Religious wise men enjoy great happiness. 
 
 Wisdom is the greatest treasure on earth. 
 
302 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 Learning gives great fame. 
 Wise men are as good as kings. 
 Do not deceive even thine own enemy. 
 
 He that knows the sciences of the ancients, is the greatest philoso- 
 pher. 
 Truth is in learning the best. 
 Wisdom is a treasure everywhere. 
 The Veda teaches wisdom. 
 Speak and write for the public good. 
 If knowledge has a proper influence on the mind, it makes us virt 
 
 There is much more in the original (see the Asiatic 
 Transactions, vol. vri., p. 357) in the same strain. 
 
XXXIX. 
 
 THE CHARACTER AND NUMBER OF THE BELIEVERS 
 IN ASTROLOGY, SINCE THE WORLD BEGAN. 
 
 The first on the list of believers, excepting always the 
 names of Abraham, Moses, Daniel, and others of the sacred 
 writers, among the Chaldeans, was Berosus. He was a 
 native of Chaldea, but he passed into Greece and resided a 
 long time at Athens. He there signalized himself by writing 
 a "History of Chaldea," and by his astrological predictions ; 
 for which the people of Athens erected a statue in honor 
 to his memory, having a golden tongue. {Plin. 2, 103 ; Id. 
 7, 37.) His age is thought to be 268 b.c. 
 
 Now here was a man of eminence in his day, who Lived 
 and was honored for his astrology in Athens, a city that 
 had not long before known Socrates and Plato ; a city, the 
 glimmer of the greatness of which will never be extinct. 
 Yet this man was a "fool," and all his believers and ad- 
 mirers were " fools," according to a recent number of the 
 Saturday Review, which a few years since declared that all 
 the then seventy thousand readers of Zadkiel were "fools." 
 
 We find next, among the Persians, the honored name of 
 Zoroaster, who was known for his deep and acute researches 
 in philosophy and the study of astronomy. His followers 
 are still found in numbers in parts of Persia ; and under 
 the title of " the Parsees," in the extensive provinces of 
 India. Of him it is sufficient to quote M. Anquetil, who 
 says, under the heading of Vie de Zoroastre, p. 1, vol. 2, 
 " Les Grecs, les Latins et les orientaux, concourent a nous 
 representer Zoroastre comme un genie du premier ordre, 
 comme un homme extraordinaire." From first to last his 
 
304 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 teachings uphold the doctrines of the stars, from which his 
 title was taken. 
 
 Among the Jews we find Josephus, Aben Ezra, and Mai- 
 monides, the names of men which never can be forgotten, 
 all of whom practised and upheld the doctrine of the stars. 
 
 Aben Ezra has been rightly declared to be the most 
 learned of the Hebrews. 
 
 Among the Greeks we claim Thales, who was one of the 
 seven wise men of Greece. He was a celebrated astrono- 
 mer, and first calculated with accuracy a solar eclipse. 
 Anaxamander foretold the earthquake that overthrew La- 
 cedemon. He was preceptor to Socrates and Euripides. 
 Next we find Pythagoras. Of him we need only say that 
 " he perceived in the universe regularity, correspondence, 
 beauty, proportion, and harmony, as intentionally produced 
 by the Creator." In Anaxagoras we find the son of a 
 king, who applied himself to astronomy. He predicted 
 that one day a stone would fall from the Sun, which it is 
 said really fell into the river iEgos. He was acquainted 
 with eclipses also. It is known that a very common belief 
 existed in astrology, as evidenced in the death of Ancseus. 
 He pressed one of his slaves Avith hard labor in his viue- 
 yard, who told him that he would never taste of the wine 
 therefrom. He had already the cup in his" hand, and called 
 the slave to convince him that he was a false prophet. "Not 
 yet, sir," the slave replied, " for there is many a slip between 
 the cup and the lip." At that very moment Ancseus was 
 told that a wild boar was in the vineyard. He ran to drive 
 away the wild beast. He was killed in the attempt ! 
 
 We next find Aratus, the poetical philosopher. His 
 opening lines in "The Phenomena " have been well ren- 
 dered by Dr. Lamb. 
 
 " Let us begin from Jove. Let every mortal raise 
 His grateful voice to tune Jove's endless praise. 
 
NUMBER OF THE BELIEVERS IN" ASTROLOGY. 305 
 
 Jove fills the heaven — the earth — the sea — the air ; 
 We feel his spirit moving here and everywhere. 
 And we his offspring are.* He, ever good, 
 Daily provides for man his daily food, 
 Ordains the seasons by his signs on high, 
 Studding with gems of light the azure canopy. 
 What time, with plough nnd spade, to break the soil, 
 That plenteous stores may bless the reapers' toil ; 
 What time to plant and prune the vine he shows, 
 And hangs the purple cluster on its boughs. 
 To Him — the First — the Last — all homage yield, 
 Our Father — Wonderful — our Help — our Shield." 
 
 We shall here quote one or two other passages from Dr. 
 Lamb's masterly rendering of this old astrological poet : 
 
 " Athwart the ball first rise — majestic sight ! 
 Orion's giant limbs and shoulders bright. 
 Who but admires him, stalking through the sky, 
 With diamond-studded belt, and glittering thigh ? 
 Nor with less ardor, pressing on his back, 
 The mottled Hound pursues his fiery track. 
 Dark are his lower parts, as wintry night — 
 His head with burning star intensely bright. 
 Men call him " Sirius " — for his blasting breath 
 Dries mortals up in pestilence and death." 
 
 From the " Diosemia," p. 77, we take these expressive 
 lines : 
 
 " No grateful sight to husbandmen appear 
 One or more comets with their blazing hair — 
 Forerunners of a parch'd and barren year." 
 
 Among the ancient Egyptians we must notice the father 
 of all modern astrology, the famous Claudius Ptolemy. 
 
 * St. Paul read Aratus. He quoted these words before the courts of the Areopa- 
 gites. (See Acts 17, v. 28.) Yet this great apostle did not hint a word against the as- 
 trology of Aratus. How then can we believe that he disbelieved in that science ? 
 Think of this, O ye people ! 
 20 
 
306 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 His work, the " Tetrabiblos," rendered by Proclus, must ever 
 remain a lasting monument of the great and grand truths 
 of astrological knowledge. It has now been in existence 
 nearly two thousand years. His skill in astronomy was 
 patent for above fourteen hundred years, during which 
 his doctrines were universally accepted by European and 
 Arabian men of science. His knowledge of geography was 
 equally well known. 
 
 Among the Romans we have Cicero, whose name can 
 never die ; and Nigidius Figulus, a celebrated j)hilosopher 
 and astrologer of Rome, one of the most learned men of his 
 age. He was intimate with Cicero. He was made praetor, 
 and honored with a seat in the senate. He was highly com- 
 mended by Cicero for his singular excellency in all parts of 
 learning, divine and human ; more particularly in physic 
 and astrology. (Vide Gic. in Timceo.) He foretold at the 
 birth of Octavius that he should be lord of the world (hav- 
 ing taken the hour of his birth). Varro and he were cer- 
 tainly the most learned men in the most learned age. 
 Gellius, 17, 7, calleth him Romance civitatis doctissimum. 
 
 We also find there Virgil, whose " Georgics " alone be- 
 speak the influences of the heavens, in language that can 
 never be confuted. 
 
 Come we next to Manilius. He was born a Roman and 
 lived in Rome when Rome was in her glory, and " full of 
 the greatest men that ever time produced." For the same 
 age that saw Manilius, enjoyed Varro, Lucretius, Cicero, 
 Csesar, Virgil, Varius, Horace, and Augustus, " whose horo- 
 scope was Capricorn." Here we cannot resist the induce- 
 ment to quote the words of Creech : " The modern philos- 
 ophers build worlds according to the models of the ancient 
 heathen, and Zeno is the architect." 
 
 Attention is also drawn to the well-known characters 
 Melanchthon, the reformer ; Cardan, the well-known mathe- 
 
 
NUMBER OF THE BELIEVERS IN ASTROLOGY. 307 
 
 matician ; Tycho Brahe, the astronomer ; Kepler, the ge- 
 nius who first discovered the elliptical orbits of the planets ; 
 Archbishop Usher, the chronologist ; John Dryden and 
 Milton, poets. 
 
 LIST OF ASTROLOGERS. 
 
 The following is a list of great men who have studied 
 and practised astrology : 
 
 Mercurius Trismegistus. 
 
 
 James Usher, Archbishop 
 
 A.D. 
 
 Zoroaster. 
 
 
 
 1580 
 
 Pythagoras. 
 
 
 Lord Francis Bacon b. 
 
 1561 
 
 Hippocrates. 
 
 
 Dr. Geoffry Le Neve b. 
 
 15 79 
 
 Thales. 
 
 
 
 1523 
 
 Aristotle. 
 
 
 Philip Melanchthon b. 
 
 1497 
 
 Cicero. 
 
 
 Bishop Robert Hall. . . . b. 
 
 1574 
 
 Socrates. 
 
 
 
 1601 
 
 Galen. 
 
 Rev. John Henderson 
 
 
 Claudius Ptolemy, prince of the 
 
 
 1602 
 
 Science. 
 
 
 George Digby,Earl of Bris- 
 
 
 Josephus, the Jewish historian. 
 
 
 1612 
 
 Polydorus Virgil. 
 
 
 Dr. Nicholas Culpepper. . 
 
 1616 
 
 
 A.D. 
 
 
 1620 
 
 
 844 
 
 
 1617 
 
 
 1280 
 
 Sir Thomas Gresham 
 
 
 
 1284 
 1553 
 
 Mr. John Milton, the 
 
 
 Michael Nostradamus 
 
 
 T. B. Cardan 
 
 1534 
 
 Placidus de Titus ........ 
 
 
 
 1501 
 
 
 1628 
 
 Sir Henry Cornelius Agrip- 
 
 
 Henry Coley 
 
 1633 
 
 1486 
 
 
 1654 
 
 J. Kepler, founder of the 
 
 
 Dr. John Partridge, Phy- 
 
 
 Newtonian Astronomy. 
 
 
 
 1644 
 
 
 
 
 
 Sir Edward Kelly... 
 
 1550 
 
 
 
 Erasmus Rhianholdus. . . . 
 
 1551 
 1583 
 
 1588 
 
 B. Paracelsus 
 
 
 J. B. Morinus 
 
 Sir Richard Steele 
 
 
 Hobbs, Malmsbaria 
 
 
 Sir Christopher Heydon... 
 
 1561 
 
 
 1617 
 
308 
 
 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 Vincent Wing, Astrono- *.d. 
 
 mer 
 
 Dr. Butler 1626 
 
 Robert Turner 1626 
 
 John Dryden, poet laure- 
 ate 1631 
 
 Mr. Flamstead, first As- 
 tronomer Royal 1646 
 
 Mr. John Heydon 1629 
 
 Sir Robert Hoi burn 
 
 Sir K. Digby 
 
 Mr. Thomas Simpson 
 
 Geo. Witchell, Astronomer ad. 
 
 Royal, Portsmouth. ..b. 1728 
 
 Dr. Ebenezer Sibley b. 1751 
 
 John Worsdale 1756 
 
 Mr. Blake, b. November 
 
 28, at 7.45 p. m 1757 
 
 J. P. Kellerman, Due de 
 
 Valney 1775 
 
 Right Hon. Wm. Pitt 1759 
 
 Dr. William Salmon 
 
 Mr. Oxley 1800 
 
 To these may be added, Gaffarel, the French author of 
 "Unheard-of Curiosities ; " and many foreigners besides. 
 
 Surely these men could not all have been wanting in sa- 
 gacity so far as not to be able to detect the fact, if astrol- 
 ogy were all a dream ; as those only declare who have never 
 studied or examined it. If there were even one author, 
 who could show by his works that it were without the 
 foundation of sterling facts, then might we come to the 
 belief we are asked by men who really and in truth know 
 nothing about the matter to adopt. Let us reply, that the 
 undeviating coincidences of planetary positions are count- 
 ed by millions. 
 
XL. 
 
 EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED IN THIS WORK. 
 
 Abscission. — See " Frustration." 
 
 Affliction. — A planet, or the cusp of a house, being in 
 evil aspect to any planet, or 6 to a malefic. 
 
 Angles. — The four houses which commence at the points 
 where the O rises, culminates, sets, and arrives at mid- 
 night ; viz., the east, south, west, and north. 
 
 Application. — The approaching of one planet to another, 
 or to the cusp of any house, either by 6 or any aspect. 
 
 Ascendant. — The eastern horizon, or the cusp of that 
 house which represents the party ; as the cusp of the 5th 
 is the ascendant for a child of the querent. 
 
 Aspect. — The being placed at certain distances from a 
 planet, or the cusp of a house ; as, if % be 60 degrees 
 from J) , then they are both said to be in sextile aspect to 
 each other. They are found to agree exactly with the an- 
 gles of regular polygons which may be inscribed in a circle. 
 
 Barren Signs. — n, Si., and nj7. 
 
 Benefics. — The two planets U and $ . 
 
 Bestial Signs. — T, b, SI, t (the first half excepted), 
 and V?. 
 
 Besieged. — A planet being enclosed between two others. 
 
 Cadent. — Falling from an angle ; these are the 3d, 6th, 
 9th, and 12th houses. 
 
 Cazimi. — The hearfc of 0, or being within 17 minutes of 
 the exact longitude of © ; which is considered a strong 
 position, but, we think, erroneously. 
 
 Collection of Light. — When a planet receives the aspects 
 of any two others which are not themselves in aspect. It 
 
810 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 denotes that the affair will be forwarded by a third person, 
 described by that planet ; but not unless they both receive 
 him in some of their dignities. 
 
 Combustion. — The being within 8° 30' of the O, which is 
 said to burn up those planets near him, so that they lose 
 their power. It is always an evil testimony. 
 
 Common Signs. — TL, H£, t, and X- 
 
 Conjunction. — Two planets being in the same longitude. 
 If they be exactly in the same degree and minute, it is a 
 partile conjunction, and very powerful ; if within the half 
 of the sum of their two orbs, it is a platic conjunction, and 
 less powerful. 
 
 Culminate. — To arrive at the midheaven. 
 
 Cusp. — The beginning of any house. 
 
 Day -house. — That house ruled by any planet by day ; as 
 £? is the day-house of \ ; f of U. If the question be 
 asked by day, or while © is above the horizon, and it be 
 required to know what house >? rules, look for £? ; and 
 wherever it may be found, that is the house of \ . 
 
 Declination. — The distance any heavenly body is from 
 the equator. 
 
 Decreasing in Light. — When any planet is past the 8 of 
 O, it decreases in light ; it is a testimony of weakness. 
 
 Decumbiture. — A lying down ; the figure erected for the 
 time of any person being first taken ill, and taken to their 
 bed. 
 
 Degree. — The 30th part of a sign in the Zodiac ; or the 
 360th part of any circle. 
 
 Descendant. — The western horizon ; or cusp of the 7th 
 house. 
 
 Detriment. — The sign opposite the house of any planet ; 
 as $ in === is in his detriment. It is a sign of weakness, 
 distress, etc. 
 
 Dignities. — These are either essential or accidental. The 
 
EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED. 311 
 
 former are when any planet is in its own house, exaltation, 
 triplicity, term or fa«e ; the latter are, when any planet is 
 in an angle, and well aspected, not afflicted, swift in mo- 
 tion, increasing in light, etc. The reverse of dignities are 
 debilities. 
 
 Direct. — When any planet moves on in the regular order 
 of the signs, from f toward b , etc. 
 
 Direction. — The calculating the arc between two heav- 
 enly bodies, etc. It is a term chiefly used in nativities. 
 
 Dispose, Dispositor.—A. planet disposes of any other 
 which may be found in its essential dignities. Thus, if © 
 be in T, the house of S , then $ disposes of 0, and is said 
 to rule, receive, or govern him. When the dispositor of 
 the planet signifying the thing asked after is himself dis- 
 posed by the lord of the ascendant, it is a good sign. To 
 dispose by house is the most powerful testimony ; then by 
 exaltation, then triplicity, then term, and lastly, face, which 
 is a very weak reception. 
 
 Double-bodied Signs. — n, ?, 5€- 
 
 Dragon's Head. — It is thus marked, Q, and is the north 
 node of D , or where she crosses the ecliptic into north lat- 
 itude. It is always a good symbol, denoting success, a 
 good disposition, etc. 
 
 Dragon's Tail. — It is thus marked, £?, and is where the 
 3 crosses the ecliptic into south latitude, or her south 
 node. It is very evil, and in all things the reverse of £2 ; 
 it diminishes the power of good, and increases that of evil 
 planets. 
 
 Earthy Signs. — 8 , ^K, and Ttf , which form the earthy tri- 
 plicity. 
 
 Exaltation. — An essential dignity, next in power to that 
 of house. 
 
 Face. — The weakest of all the essential dignities. 
 
 Fall.— A. planet is in its fall when in the sign opposite to 
 
312 ASTEOLOGY. 
 
 its exaltation. It shows a person in a weak and hopeless 
 state, unless the planet be well aspected. 
 
 Familiarity. — Any kind of aspect or reception. 
 
 Feminine Signs. — These are all the even signs, reckoning 
 from Aries ; as the 2d, 4th, 6th, 8th. 
 
 Fiery Signs, or Fiery Triplicity. — V, Sir t - 
 
 Figure. — The diagram which represents the heavens at 
 any time ; it is also called a scheme or horoscope. 
 
 Fortunes. — li and $ ; and the O, D , and ,if aspecting 
 them, and not afflicted, are considered fortunate planets. 
 
 Fruitful Signs. — Z5, rn,, and X. 
 
 Frustration. — The cutting off or preventing anything 
 shown by one aspect by means of another. Thus, if $ , 
 lady of the ascendant, were hastening to the /\ of & , lord 
 of the 7th, in a question of marriage, it might denote that 
 the match would take place ; but if £ were to form an § 
 of $ before $ reached her /\ of that planet, it would be a 
 frustration ; and would show that the hopes of the querent 
 would be cut off ; and if $ were lord of the 12 th, it might 
 denote that it would be done by a private enemy. 
 
 Horary Questions. — So named from the Latin word hora, 
 an hour, because the time of their being asked is noted, and 
 the figure of the heavens for that time is taken to judge the 
 result. The word hora appears to be derived from the 
 Egyptian name for the Sun, which Herodotus informs us 
 was Horus or Orus ; the Hebrew or, lux, light, or day, and 
 oriens, eastern, all appear to have had the same origin. 
 The Buddhists call the Sun Hiru, which, with its Brahmini- 
 cal name also, appears equally to have been derived from 
 Egypt, the first cradle of astrology. 
 
 Horoscope. — The ascendant is sometimes so called ; but 
 it is more generally a term for the figure of the heavens 
 used by astrologers for predicting by nativities, mundane 
 astrology, and horary questions. 
 
EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED. 313 
 
 Houses. — The twelve divisions or compartments into 
 which the circle of the heavens is divided ; also the signs 
 in which any planet is said to have most influence. 
 
 Human Signs. — n, ™K, £?, and the first half of / . Any 
 person's significator therein shows them to be of a humane 
 disposition. 
 
 Impedited. — This signifies .being afflicted by evil stars. 
 The D is impedited in the highest degree when in 6 with ©. 
 
 Joined to. — Being in any aspect. 
 
 Increasing in Light. — When any planet is leaving ©, and 
 is not yet arrived at the £ ; after which it decreases in light. 
 The former is a good, the latter an evil, testimony, especially 
 as regards the J) . 
 
 Increasing in Motion. — When any planet moves faster 
 than it did on the preceding day. 
 
 Inferior Planets. — o , $ , and J) ; so called because their 
 orbit is inferior to that of the Earth. 
 
 Infortunes. — W, h , and & ; also $ when he is much 
 afflicted. 
 
 Intercepted. — A sign which is found between the cusps of 
 two houses, and not on either of them. 
 
 Latitude. — The distance any star is north or south of the 
 ecliptic. The never has any latitude. Latitude on the 
 Earth is the distance any place is north or south of the 
 equator. 
 
 Lights. — The O and D . 
 
 Light of Time. — The © by day and the D by night. 
 
 Longitude. — The distance any star is from the first point 
 of T , or beginning of the Zodiac. 
 
 Lord. — That planet whose house is occupied by any other 
 is said to be the lord or ruler of that other ; and if his sign 
 be on the cusp of any house, he is called the lord of that 
 house. Thus, if T ascend in any figure, $ , who rules that 
 sign, is the lord of the ascendant. 
 
314 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 Masculine Signs. — They are the odd signs, viz., the 1st, 
 3d, 5th. 
 
 Medium Coeli. — The midheaven. 
 
 Meridian. — The midheaven, or place where is at noon. 
 The opposite point, or where O is at midnight, the cusp of 
 the 4th house, is the meridian under the Earth. 
 
 Movable Signs. — T, SB, ===, and Itf. 
 
 Night-houses. — Those signs in which the planets are 
 stronger by night than by day. 
 
 Nodes. — The points where any planet crosses the ecliptic 
 in its path of latitude. 
 
 Order of the Houses They rank in power as follows : — 
 
 1st, 10th, 7th, 4th, 11th, 5th, 9th, 3d, 2d, 8th, 6th, 12th. 
 
 Orb. — That distance round a planet to which its influence 
 more particularly extends. The orb of the cusp of any 
 house, a fixed star, or ©, is 5 degrees. 
 
 Oriental.— Planets found between the 4th house and the 
 midheaven, rising, are in the eastern half of the figure, 
 and said to be oriental. When they have passed the mid- 
 heaven, and until they reach the 4th again, they are occi- 
 dental. In nativities, the O and J) are oriental from the 
 1st to the 10th, and from the 7th to the 4th, and occidental 
 in the opposite quarters. 
 
 Peregrine. — Having no essential dignity whatever. A 
 planet is not reckoned peregrine that is in mutual reception 
 with any other. 
 
 Platic. — Any aspect which is not partile or exact, but 
 only within orbs, or rather within the moiety of the two 
 planets' orbs. As if £> be in f 10°, and D in =c= 20°, the 
 D is still in <? to h ; because the half of their joint 
 orbs being 10° 30', she still wants 30' of being clear of 
 his <?. , 
 
 Querent. — The person who queries or inquires. 
 
 Quesited. — The person or thing inquired about. 
 
EXPLANATION OF TEEMS USED. 315 
 
 Radical. — That which belongs to the radix, or root ; fit to 
 be judged. , 
 
 Reception. — The being received by any planet is being in 
 that planet's essential dignities ; it is a good testimony 
 when mutual. 
 
 Refranation. — When two planets are coming to any as- 
 pect, and one falls retrograde before the aspect is com- 
 plete, it denotes that the matter will wholly fail. 
 
 Retrograde. — When any planet is decreasing in longitude. 
 It is a very great debility. 
 
 Separation. — When any aspect is past, but is yet within 
 orbs, the planets are said to separate from each other. It 
 denotes that the influence is passing away. 
 
 Significator. — The planet which is llord of the house 
 which rules the matter inquired after, is the significator of 
 the quesited ; the lord of the ascendant is the general sig- 
 nificator of the querent. The J) is in general his consignif- 
 icator. 
 
 Signs of Long Ascension. — 25, St, irg, =a=,TT|„ £. A ^c in 
 them is said to have the effect of a O , and a D that of a /\. 
 
 Signs of Short Ascension. — Ttf, <£?, ^, f, 8 , IT- A /\ is 
 said to have the effect of a □, and a D that of a >|c. 
 
 Swift in Motion. — When a planet moves faster than its 
 mean motion. 
 
 Table of Houses. — These are necessary to erect a figure 
 of the heavens. 
 
 Term. — An essential dignity. 
 
 Testimony. — Having any aspect or dignity, or being in 
 any way in operation in the figure as regards the question 
 asked. 
 
 Translation of Light. — The conveying the influence of 
 one planet to another, by separating from the aspect of one 
 and going to the aspect of the other. It is a very power- 
 ful testimony. 
 
316 
 
 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 Triplicity. — An essential dignity. The Zodiac is divided 
 into four trigons, or triplicities : the fiery ,f, Q,, f ; the 
 earthy, 8 , t!JZ, V3 ', the airy, n, — , £? ; and the watery, Zo, 
 ttl, and }£ ; agreeing with the four elements into which the 
 ancients divided the whole of the natural world as follows : 
 
 THE FOUR TRIPLICITIES. 
 
 Void of Course. — Forming no aspect in the sign it is in. 
 When D is so, it denotes in general no success in the ques- 
 tion. 
 
 Watery Signs. — 23, TU, and X. 
 
 Watery Triplicity. — 55, n^, and X. 
 
 Zodiac. — A belt which surrounds the earth, about eigh- 
 teen degrees broad, in which the Sun and planets continu- 
 ally move. 
 
EXPLANATION OF TEEMS USED. 
 
 317 
 
 ASTRONOMICAL CHARACTERS EXPLAINED. 
 
 f Aries 
 8 Taurus 
 n Gemini 
 
 ® Cancer 
 Q Leo 
 ttr Virgo 
 
 === Libra 
 
 ttl Scorpio 
 # Sagittarius 
 
 V3 Capricorn 
 C Aquarius 
 X Pisces 
 
 ^ Saturn 
 
 £ Mercury 
 
 IS Uranus 
 
 2f Jupiter 
 
 G Tellus (the Earth) 
 
 $ Ceres 
 
 $ Mars 
 
 3) Luna (the Moon) 
 
 $ Pallas 
 
 O Sol (the Sun) 
 
 Q North Node 
 
 5 Juno 
 
 ? Venus 
 
 y South Node 
 
 g Vesta 
 
 6 Conjunction, when planets are in same sign, degree, minute, etc. 
 * Sextile when two signs distant. [H Quartile when three signs dis- 
 tant. A Trine when four signs distant. 8 Opposition when six signs 
 distant. 
 
 A GLOSSARY OP ASTROLOGICAL TERMS APPLICABLE TO NATIVITIES. 
 
 Affliction. — Any planet being ill aspected, by another, or 
 being in an unfortunate situation, is said to be afflicted. 
 
 Airy Signs. — JJ, — , and £?. 
 
 Ambient. — The heavens, when spoken of in a general 
 manner. 
 
 Angle. — The 1st, 4th, 7th, and 10th houses. When plan- 
 ets are therein, they are more powerful than in any oth- 
 er situation. Their order of strength is 10th, 1st, 7th, 
 4th. 
 
 Application. — To apply. These terms mean the approach 
 of any planet to the body or aspect of another, or to the 
 cusp of any house. 
 
 Ascension, Right. — The distance any body or point in the 
 heavens is from the beginning of the ecliptic, or first point 
 of Aries in a right sphere. It is measured upon the equa- 
 tor in degrees and minutes of a degree, or hours, minutes, 
 and seconds. It is thus abbreviated A.R. 
 
 Ascension, Oblique. If a star be not on the equator, it 
 will, when it rises, form an angle with that part of the 
 
318 ASTKOLOGY. 
 
 equator which is rising at the same time, and this is called 
 its 
 
 Ascensional Difference. — This, added to its right ascen- 
 sion (A.R.), if it have south declination, but subtracted 
 therefrom if it have north declination, gives its oblique as- 
 cension. 
 
 Ascendant. — The first house, or that space between the 
 eastern horizon and one-third of the distance toward the 
 meridian under the Earth. 
 
 Benefics. — The good planets % and 9 . 
 
 Cadent. — A planet which has passed any angle, and re- 
 mains within one-third of its semi-arc of the cusp of that 
 angle. The whole space of the 3d, 6th, 9th, and 12th 
 houses. 
 
 Circles of Position. — An astronomical term used in calcu- 
 lating the polar elevation of any planet. They are small 
 circles bearing the same relation to the meridian circle 
 which the parallels of latitude do to the equator. 
 
 Combust. — Being within about 8 J degrees of the O, when 
 the planet loses part of its power (owing to the burning 
 qualities of ©), which is transferred to that luminary. If 
 the planet have great latitude, the © has not much power 
 on it beyond the distance of 7 degrees. 
 
 Converse Motion is that which is caused by the diurnal 
 rotation of the Earth on its axis, which makes the © and D 
 appear to rise, approach the meridian, set, etc. It applies 
 particularly to the © and J) when they are carried toward 
 the promittors or their aspects. 
 
 Cusp. — The beginning of any house. Thus the eastern 
 horizon is the cusp of the 1st house ; and the meridian, 
 where the © is at noon, is the beginning or cusp of the 
 10th house. 
 
 Declination. — The distance any body is north or south of 
 the equator. The © never has more than 23° 28' of dec- 
 
EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED. 319 
 
 lination, which is when he is in one of the tropics, and is 
 caused by the pole of the Earth being inclined from the 
 plane of the Earth's»orbit. 
 
 Descension. — The going down of any body from the me- 
 ridian above to that below the Earth ; for though the O is 
 lost sight of at sunset, he still descends till he reaches the 
 meridian at midnight. 
 
 Descension, Oblique. — The reverse of oblique Ascension 
 (which see). 
 
 Descendant— The 7th house, or that space from the west- 
 ern horizon to one-third of the distance toward the merid- 
 ian above the Earth. 
 
 Direction. — The measuring the space between the bodies 
 or aspects of any two planets, or that between any two 
 parts of the heavens, to ascertain at what period of life the 
 promised effect will appear. This distance is a certain 
 number of degrees of the A.R. of the Sun, which, when he 
 has passed over, the direction is complete. It is called the 
 Arc of Direction. 
 
 Direction, Secondary. — The aspects formed by the Moon 
 in the days immediately succeeding the birth. Each day 
 between the birth and the time the aspect is formed is 
 equal to one exact year of life ; thus, if the D form a good 
 aspect with U, exactly 21 days after birth, the native will 
 feel its effects just about his 21st birthday. 
 
 Direct Motion. — This is in reality converse motion, but is 
 so called to distinguish the case of the promittors being 
 carried toward the bodies or aspects of the Sun or Moon, 
 which directions are considered somewhat less powerful 
 than those by converse motion. 
 
 Diurnal Arc is the length of time that part of the heav- 
 ens in which any planet is at birth is above the Earth ; 
 and it is usually measured in degrees. 
 Earthy Signs, — b , "K, and Y3. 
 
320 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 Equation of Time. — Owing to the irregular motion of the 
 Earth round the Sun, this latter body docs not always come 
 to the meridian exactly 24 hours after its last passage over 
 that point ; but as all calculations in the old Ephemeres of 
 the places of the planets are made for the time the Sun was 
 on the meridian (or apparent noon), the watch sometimes 
 was several minutes before or after noon at that moment. 
 This difference between the apparent noon, or that shown 
 by the Sun, being on the meridian, and the mean noon, or 
 that shown by a correct watch, is the Equation of Time, 
 which is the angular distance in time between the mean 
 and the true Sun. The amount to be added to, or taken 
 from, the time shown by the watch is given for every 6th 
 day in the Ephemeris. If the Ephemeris says, " clock be- 
 fore Sun," then take the time mentioned from the time of 
 birth ; but if it say, " clock after Sun," then add the time 
 mentioned (which is the equation of time) to the time of 
 birth, as shown by the watch. Example. — The Ephemeris 
 gives the equation of time for November 1, 1840, " clock 
 slow 16m. 17s. ; " hence, if the time of birth by a watch 
 were the 1st of November, 1840, at 6 p.m. the apparent time 
 of birth would be 6h. 16m. 17s. p.m., to which time all the 
 planets' places, and the figure of the heavens, must be cal- 
 culated. 
 
 Fiery Signs T, SI, and f . 
 
 Figure of the Heavens. — A map or picture of the heavens 
 as they exist at the moment anyone is born ; showing the 
 points of the Zodiac rising, setting, and on the meridian ; 
 also those on the cusp of each house, and the situations of 
 the planets. 
 
 Houses. — The divisions of the heavens which form ( >|c, d , 
 or /\) aspects with the meridian or ascendant ; or, in other 
 words, those spaces which show the one-third part of any 
 planet's semi-arc, either above or below the horizon. They 
 
EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED. 321 
 
 are also portions of oblique ascension, consisting of 30 de- 
 grees each, or one-twelfth part of the whole circle of 360 
 degrees, being thus e%ch equal to one sign of the Zodiac ; 
 and, like them, they are twelve in number, and are reck- 
 oned from the eastern horizon toward the left hand, in the 
 order of the signs, the ascendant being the 1st house. 
 
 Hyleg. — That body or point which is the giver of life. 
 
 Hylegiacal Places. — The 1st house, from 5 degrees above 
 to 25 degrees below its cusp ; the 7th house, from 5 de- 
 grees below to 25 degrees above its cusp ; the 9th house, 
 from 5 degrees outside its cusp to half way between the 
 midheaven and the ascendant. 
 
 Ingress. — A transit over the place the ©, D , M. C, or 
 asc. has arrived at in the Zodiac. 
 
 Latitude, on the Earth, is the distance of any place north 
 or south of the equatorial line ; in the heavens, it is the 
 distance of any body north or south of the ecliptical line. 
 
 Longitude, on the Earth, is the distance of any place east 
 or west of Greenwich ; in the heavens, it is the distance of 
 any body from the first point of the Zodiac T, 0° 0', meas- 
 ured on the ecliptic. 
 
 Lights of Luminaries. — The © or 5 . 
 
 Lunation. — The 6 , □ , or <? of © and D ; also the length 
 of time in which D appears to move round the Earth ; the 
 time from new Moon to new Moon. 
 
 Malefics. — W, \ , and $. 
 
 M. C. or Medium Goeli, or Midheaven. — The meridian 
 above the Earth. 
 
 Meridian. — That point which is always south (where © is 
 at noon) is the meridian above the Earth ; and that point 
 which is always north (where © is at midnight) is the me- 
 ridian below the Earth. 
 
 Meridian Distance. — The distance any body is by A. E. 
 from the meridian. 
 
322 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 Moderator. — The Q, D, asc., M. C, or ®, because each 
 acts in a mode peculiar to itself. 
 
 Nocturnal Arc. — The length of time any point in the 
 heavens is below the Earth, from its setting till it rises 
 again. It is usually turned into degrees. 
 
 Node. — That part of the ecliptic where a planet passes 
 out of north into south latitude is its south node ; that 
 where it goes into north latitude is its north node. 
 
 Oriental Occidental. — From the 4th house eastward to 
 the 10th is oriental ; and from the 10th westward to the 
 4th is occidental. But O or D are oriental between the 
 1st and 10th and its opposite quarter, and are occidental 
 between the 10th and 7th and its ojjposite quarter. 
 
 Parallels, in the Zodiac, are equal distances from the 
 equator, or having the same declination, whether of the 
 same name or the opposite. In the world, they are equal 
 distances from the meridian, in proportion to the semi-arcs 
 of the planets which form them. 
 
 Polar Elevation or Pole. — The pole of a country is its lat- 
 itude ; that of body in the heavens is a certain elevation 
 from the meridian toward the horizon. The word "pole " 
 has caused some confusion ; it is merely an abbreviation 
 for "polar elevation." 
 
 Promittor. — The planets #, J? , 2/, $, 9, and 8. If 
 O or D are directed to each other, the one directed to 
 may be termed a promittor ; so if ©, Asc, or M. C, be 
 directed to © or D , these become promittors, because they 
 promise the event. 
 
 Radical ; Radix. — The figure at birth is the radix or root 
 from which everything is judged ; and the term radical 
 refers to it. 
 
 Rapt Parallel. — Parallels formed by the motion of the 
 Earth on its axis, where both bodies are rajDt or carried 
 away by the same until they come to equal distances from 
 the meridian. 
 
EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED. 323 
 
 Rectification. — The correcting the supposed time of birth, 
 to find the true time. 
 
 Retrograde The backward motion which the planets ap- 
 pear to have sometimes, in consequence of the position 
 and motion of the Earth. 
 
 Revolution. — The moving round the © by the Earth, 
 which makes the © appear to revolve and return to his 
 place at birth once a year ; very near the time of birth. 
 
 Semi-arc. — The half the arc a planet would form above 
 the Earth if it remained fixed in the Zodiac from the time 
 of its rising until that of its setting, is called its semi-arc 
 diurnal. The half of the arc it would, in like circum- 
 stances, form under the Earth from its setting until its 
 rising, is called its semi-arc nocturnal. If a planet were to 
 be on the midheaven, and not to move out of its place in 
 the Zodiac, it would set, and then descend to the north 
 meridian in exactly 12 sidereal hours, because the Earth is 
 12 such hours in turning half round ; consequently what- 
 ever time the planet took in going from the midheaven to 
 the horizon, if that time be taken from 12 hours, it would 
 show the time it takes to go from the horizon to the merid- 
 ian below the Earth. Hence, if we know the length of a semi- 
 arc, by deducting it from 180 degrees (which are half the cir- 
 cle), we have the other semi-arc of that part of the heavens. 
 
 Separation. — When an aspect is past, the planets are 
 said to be separating from that aspect ; and observe, that 
 in a nativity the influence of any aspect to the moderators 
 is more powerful if it be a few (4 or 5) degrees past, than 
 if it be not yet formed. 
 
 Sidereal Time is the angular distance of the first point 
 of Aries, or the true vernal equinox. It is of course the 
 true right ascension on the meridian at mean noon, or that 
 shown by a good clock. 
 
 Significator. — That body or point which is directed, as it 
 signifies the nature of the direction's influence. 
 
324 
 
 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 Succedent. — Those houses which lie between the angular 
 and cadent houses, viz., 2d, 5th, 8th, and 11th, and planets 
 in them. 
 
 Superiors and Inferiors. — # , ^ , 2/ , and $ , are called 
 the former, being beyond the Earth ; and $ and $ are 
 called the latter, being between the Earth and the Sun. 
 The former are far more powerful and durable, in general, 
 in their effects. 
 
 Transits. — These are the passing over the place of any 
 moderator or planet, or their aspects, either in the radix 
 or revolution, by any other body. 
 Watery Signs. — 5£, Til, and }£. 
 
 A DESCBIPTION AND TABLE OF THE TWELVE HOUSES. 
 
EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED. 325 
 
 1st. — This influences the person, health, and character 
 of the native. Good* planets show a good constitution and 
 benevolent disposition ; evil planets the reverse. 
 
 2d. — Influences in some degree the property of the native. 
 If good planets be there, they assist to give wealth, ac- 
 cording to their nature ; evil planets the reverse. 
 
 3d. — This influences the native's journeys, brethren, or 
 near relations. 
 
 4th. — This influences the native's father, his property 
 in land or houses, and his inheritance. 
 
 5th. — This affects his children, and the good or evil they 
 may receive thereby. 
 
 6th. — Shows sickness and disease. 
 
 7th. — This has influence on the house of marriage. 
 
 8th. — This points out, in part, the house of death. 
 
 9th. — This has something to do with distant voyages, 
 and pursuits in science, law, and religion. 
 
 10th. — This has much influence on honor or credit, and 
 on trade, profession, or employment. 
 
 11th. — This house will show the character of his friends, 
 whether true or false. 
 
 12th. — This is the house of private enemies, and accord- 
 ing to the quality of planets therein will the native meet 
 with persons to do them injury or secret mischief. 
 
 THE ALPHABET. 
 
 This consists of twelve characters, which represent the 
 twelve Signs of the Zodiac ; they are these : 
 
 Southern. 
 
 =a= Libra. V3 Capricorn. 
 
 Til Scorpio. & Aquarius. 
 # Sagittary. x Pisces'. 
 
 
 Northern. 
 
 ¥ 
 
 Aries. ® Cancer 
 
 8 
 
 Taurus. Q Leo. 
 
 n 
 
 Gemini. Tin. Virgo. 
 
326 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 Also of eight others, which represent the Planets, as fol- 
 lows : 
 
 }g. Herschel. O Sol, the Sun. 
 
 t? Saturn. 9 Venus. 
 
 U Jupiter. £ Mercury. 
 
 S Mars. D Luna, the Moon. 
 
 And five others, which represent the Aspects, or positions 
 which these planets bear to each other, as follows : 
 
 6 Conjunction, or when two planets are in the same place. 
 % Sexttte, or when they are 60 degrees or two signs apart. 
 Q Square, or when they are 90 degrees or three signs apart. 
 A Trine, or when they are 120 degrees or four signs apart. 
 S Opposition, or when they are 180 degrees or six signs asunder. 
 
 There are also some called the new aspects ; they were 
 discovered by the great Kepler, one of the ablest astrolo- 
 gers of modern date, and are as follows : — The Serni-Sextile, 
 or 30 degrees ; the Semi-Square, or 45 degrees ; Sesqui- 
 quadrate, or 135 degrees ; and the Quintile, or 72 degrees ; 
 and Biquintile, or 144 degrees. The power of these is not 
 so great as that of the old aspects. The Moon's nodes are 
 thus marked — ^ north, y south. Lastly, there is another 
 character, which is called the Part of Fortune, ©. 
 
 There is a very remarkable peculiarity in the angles 
 which form both the old and new aspects. The fact is, 
 that every astrological aspect forms the exact angle, or 
 supplemental angle, of a regular polygon, which may be 
 inscribed in a circle. 
 
 A TABLE OF THE ASPECTS AND THE POLYGONS WHOSE ANGLES 
 THEY MEASURE. 
 
 30 degrees. A semi-sextile, the supplemental angle of a 
 regular duodecagon, or figure of twelve sides. 
 
EXPLANATION OF TEEMS USED. 327 
 
 45 degrees. A semi-square, the supplemental angle of a 
 regular octagon, or |igure of eight sides. 
 
 60 degrees. A sextile, the angle of a regular triangle, or 
 figure of three sides. 
 
 72 degrees. A quintile, the supplemental angle of a reg- 
 ular pentagon, or figure of five sides. 
 
 90 degrees. A square, the angle of a regular quadrangle, 
 or figure of four sides. 
 
 120 degrees. A trine, the angle of a regular hexagon, or 
 figure of six sides. 
 
 135 degrees. A sesquiquadrate, the angle of a regular 
 octagon, or figure of eight sides. 
 
 144 degrees. A biquintile, the angle of a regular decagon, 
 or figure of ten sides. 
 
 180 degrees. The opposition, the amount of two right 
 angles, which is the sum of the three angles of every triangle. 
 
 The signs are not bodies, but spaces of 30 degrees each, 
 and divide the ecliptic, or apparent tracks of the planets 
 round the Earth, into twelve equal parts ; and the measure- 
 ment of both this circle and the equator begins where they 
 cross each other as the Sun ascends northward, conse- 
 quently, we measure the distance from this point, called 
 the vernal equinox or first point of Aries, on the ecliptic, 
 and call it longitude. If a star be a little north or south 
 of the ecliptic or Sun's apparent track, we call the distance 
 from the ecliptic latitude. The longitude of the stars is 
 measured by signs and degrees ; but on the equator by 
 degrees only, which is called right ascension, and their 
 distances from the equator are called declination. 
 
 The learner should practise writing the characters, and be- 
 come well acquainted with the signs which are opposite to 
 each other. 
 
328 
 
 ASTROLOGY, 
 
 A TABLE TO TURN TIME INTO DEGREES AND MINUTES, OR TO 
 TURN DEGREES AND MINUTES INTO TIME. 
 
 Deg. 
 
 H. M. 
 
 Deg. 
 
 H. M. 
 
 Deg. 
 
 H. M. 
 
 Deg. 
 Min. 
 
 H. M. 
 
 Deg. 
 
 H. M. 
 
 M. 8. 
 
 Deg. 
 
 Min. 
 
 H. H. 
 
 Min. 
 
 M. S. 
 
 Min. 
 
 11. S. 
 
 Min 
 
 M. 3. 
 
 M. S. 
 
 Min. 
 
 M. S. 
 
 1 
 
 0. 4 
 
 31 
 
 2. 4 
 
 61 
 
 4. 4 
 
 91 6. 4 
 
 121 
 
 8. 4 
 
 151 
 
 10. 4 
 
 2 
 
 0. 8 
 
 32 
 
 2. 8 
 
 62 
 
 4. 8 
 
 92 6. 8 
 
 122 
 
 8. 8 
 
 152 
 
 10. 8 
 
 3 
 
 0.12 
 
 33 
 
 2.12 
 
 63 
 
 4.12 
 
 93 ' 6.12 
 
 123 
 
 8.12 
 
 153 
 
 10.12 
 
 4 
 
 0.16 
 
 34 
 
 2.16 
 
 64 
 
 4.16 
 
 94 6.16 
 
 124 
 
 8.16 
 
 154 
 
 10 16 
 
 5 
 
 0.20 
 
 35 
 
 2.20 
 
 65 
 
 4.20 
 
 95 6.20 
 
 125 
 
 8.20 
 
 155 
 
 10.20 
 
 6 
 
 0.24 
 
 36 
 
 2.24 
 
 66 
 
 4.24 
 
 96 6.24 
 
 126 
 
 8.24 
 
 156 
 
 10.24 
 
 7 
 
 0.28 
 
 37 
 
 2.28 
 
 67 
 
 4.28 
 
 97 \ 6.28 
 
 127 
 
 8.28 
 
 157 
 
 10.28 
 
 8 
 
 0.32 
 
 38 
 
 2.32 
 
 68 
 
 4.32 
 
 98! 6.32 
 
 128 
 
 8.32 
 
 158 
 
 10.32 
 
 9 
 
 0.36 
 
 39 
 
 2.36 
 
 69 
 
 4.36 
 
 99 6.36 
 
 129 
 
 8.36 
 
 150 
 
 10.36 
 
 10 
 
 0.40 
 
 40 
 
 2.40 
 
 70 
 
 4.40 
 
 100 
 
 6.40 
 
 130 
 
 8.40 
 
 160 
 161 
 
 10.40 
 
 11 
 
 0.44 
 
 41 
 
 2.44 
 
 71 
 
 4.44 
 
 101 
 
 6.44 
 
 131 
 
 8.44 
 
 10.44 
 
 12 
 
 0.48 
 
 42 
 
 2.48 
 
 72 
 
 4.48 
 
 102 
 
 6.48 
 
 132 
 
 8.48 
 
 162 
 
 10.48 
 
 13 
 
 0.52 
 
 43 
 
 2.52 
 
 73 
 
 4.52 
 
 103 
 
 6 52 
 
 133 
 
 8.52 
 
 163 
 
 10.52 
 
 14 
 
 0.56 
 
 44 
 
 2.56 
 
 74 
 
 4.56 
 
 104 
 
 6.56 
 
 134 
 
 8.56 
 
 164 
 
 10.56 
 
 15 
 
 1. 
 
 45 
 
 3. 
 
 75 
 
 5. 
 
 105 7. 
 
 135 
 
 9. 
 
 165 
 
 11. 
 
 16 
 
 1. 4 
 
 46 
 
 3 4 
 
 76 
 
 5. 4 
 
 106 
 
 7. 4 
 
 136 
 
 9. 4 
 
 166 
 
 11. 4 
 
 17 
 
 1. 8 
 
 47 
 
 3. 8 
 
 77 
 
 5. 8 
 
 107 
 
 7. 8 
 
 137 
 
 9. 8 
 
 167 
 
 11. 8 
 
 18 
 
 1.12 
 
 43 
 
 3.12 
 
 78 
 
 5.12 
 
 108 
 
 7.12 
 
 138 
 
 9.12 
 
 168 
 
 11.12 
 
 19 
 
 1.16 
 
 49 
 
 3.16 
 
 79 
 
 5.16 
 
 109 
 
 7.16 
 
 139 
 
 9 16 
 
 169 
 
 11.16 
 
 20 
 
 1.20 
 
 50 
 
 3.20 
 
 80 
 
 5.20 
 
 110 
 
 7.20 
 
 140 
 
 9 20 
 
 170 
 
 11 20 
 
 21 
 
 1.24 
 
 51 
 
 3 24 
 
 81 
 
 5.24 
 
 111 
 
 7.24 
 
 141 
 
 9.24 
 
 171 
 
 11.24 
 
 22 
 
 1.28 
 
 52 
 
 3.28 
 
 82 
 
 5.28 
 
 112 
 
 7.28 
 
 142 
 
 9.28 
 
 172 
 
 11.28 
 
 23 
 
 1.32 
 
 53 
 
 3.32 
 
 83 
 
 5.32 
 
 113 
 
 7 32 
 
 143 
 
 9.32 
 
 173 
 
 11.32 
 
 24 
 
 1.36 
 
 54 
 
 3.36 
 
 84 
 
 5.36 
 
 114 
 
 7.36 
 
 144 
 
 9.36 
 
 174 
 
 11.36 
 
 25 
 
 1.40 
 
 55 
 
 3.40 
 
 85 
 
 5.40 
 
 115 
 
 7.40 
 
 145 
 
 9.40 
 
 175 
 
 11.40 
 
 26 
 
 1.44 
 
 56 
 
 3.44 
 
 86 
 
 5.44 
 
 116 
 
 7.44 
 
 146 
 
 9.44 
 
 176 
 
 11.41 
 
 27 
 
 1.48 
 
 57 
 
 3.48 
 
 87 
 
 5.48 
 
 117 
 
 7.48 
 
 .147 
 
 9.48 
 
 177 
 
 11.48 
 
 28 
 
 1.52 
 
 58 
 
 3.52 
 
 88 
 
 5.52 
 
 118 
 
 7.52 
 
 148 
 
 9 52 
 
 178 
 
 11.52 
 
 29 
 
 1.56 
 
 59 
 
 3.56 
 
 89 
 
 5.56 
 
 119 
 
 7.56 
 
 149 
 
 9.56 
 
 179 
 
 11.56 
 
 30 
 
 2. 
 
 60 
 
 4. 
 
 90 
 
 6. 
 
 120 
 
 8. 
 
 150 
 
 10. 
 
 180 
 
 12. 
 
 Explanation of the Table to turn Degrees and Minutes into Time or 
 the Reverse. 
 
 Mule to turn Degrees into Time. — Look in the column marked 
 deg. min. for the number of degrees required, and opposite to them, 
 in the next column to the right hand, will be the hours and minutes. 
 
 Rule to turn Minutes of a Degree into Time. — Look in the column 
 marked deg. min. for the number of minutes required, and opposite 
 
EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED. 
 
 329 
 
 to then), in the next column to the right hand, will be the minutes 
 and seconds of time. — N.B. If the degrees are above 180, take that 
 number from them, and rind the time for the remainder; then to 
 that time add 12 hours. 
 
 Example. — What is the time answering to 49 degrees and 27 min- 
 utes ? The number opposite 49 degrees is — 
 
 3 h 16 m 0" 
 The number opposite 27 minutes is 1 48 
 
 Answer 3 17 48 
 
 Rule to turn Time into Degrees, etc. — Look opposite the required 
 hours and minutes for the degrees in the column before it ; and if the 
 time be minutes and seconds, that column will show minutes of a 
 degree. 
 
 Aspects between the Signs. 
 
 T Aries 
 
 8 Taurus 
 
 n Gemini. . . . 
 25 Cancer 
 
 SI Leo 
 
 njj Virgo 
 
 =2= Libra 
 
 n\_ Scorpio. . . . 
 f Sagittarius 
 V3 Capricorn. . 
 £? Aquarius . . 
 X Pisces 
 
 
 Signs in 
 
 
 Sextile. 
 
 Square. 
 
 Trine. 
 
 Opposition. 
 
 TT /wv 
 
 25 V? 
 
 a t 
 
 =fe 
 
 25 X 
 
 a x? 
 
 m yj 
 
 m 
 
 a t 
 
 m x 
 
 =^= ^ 
 
 * 
 
 m « 
 
 -= T 
 
 "L X 
 
 >5 
 
 =*= n 
 
 ni 8 
 
 * T 
 
 ,£? 
 
 "l 25 
 
 * n 
 
 V5 8 
 
 X 
 
 t si 
 
 yj 25 
 
 z? n 
 
 T 
 
 vs m 
 
 ^ a 
 
 X 25 
 
 8 
 
 £? === 
 
 x ^ 
 
 t a 
 
 n 
 
 X i\ 
 
 T =a= 
 
 8 TT}7 
 
 25 
 
 T f 
 
 8 til 
 
 n == 
 
 a 
 
 8 v? 
 
 n t 
 
 25 TT1, 
 
 ^ 
 
 backward in 1 
 
 he heavens. 
 
 D. Direct, or 
 
 forward. 
 
 Explanation of the Aspects. — Conjunction. — A planet is in conjunc- 
 tion with another when both have the same longitude. Sextile. — A 
 planet is said to be in sextile with another when their difference of 
 longitude is 60 degrees. Quartile. — Two heavenly bodies are in 
 
330 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 quartile aspect when their difference of longitude is 90 degrees. 
 Trine. — Two heavenly bodies are in trine aspect when their differ- 
 ence of longitude is 120 degrees. Opposition. — Two heavenly bodies 
 are in mutual opposition when their difference of longitude is 180 
 degrees (half the circle). Two bodies are in parallel declination when 
 their declinations are the same, whether north or south. There are 
 minor aspects, viz., the differences of longitude of 30 degrees, 36 
 degrees, 45 degrees, 72 degrees, 135 degrees, and 144 degrees. The 
 sextile and trine are benefic, the quartile and opposition are malefic as- 
 pects. The conjunction and parallel declination vary in nature, ac- 
 cording to the natures of the planets. The 45 degrees and 135 de- 
 grees of the minor aspects are malefic, the rest are benefic. The 
 minor aspects were suggested by Kepler. — From ZadkieVs Almanac, 
 published by Glen & Co., 328 Strand, W. C, London, England. 
 Price, twelve cents. 
 
 Raphael's tables of houses. 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 For Glasgow 55° 53' N. 
 
 Liverpool 53° 25' N. 
 
 Birmingham , 52° 28' N. 
 
 London 51° 32' N. 
 
 All places in 45° 0' N. 
 
 New York 40° 43' N. 
 
 All places in 37° 0' N. 
 
 Calcutta 22° 33' N. 
 
 Madras 13° 4' N. 
 
 These tables of houses are serviceable for all places in 
 or near these latitudes and in any part of the world, and 
 can be purchased at 4 Pilgrim Street, London, E. C, Eng- 
 land. Price, twenty-five cents. 
 
INDEX 
 
 A ship, her safety and destruction, 
 
 101 
 Affinities, spiritual, 171 
 Aids to the foretelling of the weather, 
 
 298 
 An historical Review, 1 
 Ancient god Saturn, 38 
 Ancient Zodiac of Thebes, 72 
 Aquarius, 245 
 Aries, 247 
 
 Art of measuring time, 17 
 Aspects and their character, 279 
 Aspects, of the, 82 
 Astrologers, character and number 
 of, 303 
 
 list of, 303 
 Astrological aspect, rationale of, 115 
 Astrological hints to farmers, 294 
 Astrology and medicine, 111 
 
 principles on which founded, 115 
 Astronomical problems, 1 57 
 
 Buddhist planets, 62 
 
 Cali, the Goddess, 301 
 
 Cancer, 250 
 
 Capricornus, 257 
 
 Character and number of astrologers, 
 
 303 
 Character, aspects and their, 279 
 Characters of the planets, 279 
 
 Chronological periods, 26 
 
 Chronology, 17 
 
 Colors of the planets and signs, 100 
 
 Considerations before judgment, 125 
 
 Cosmogony, 30 
 
 Countries ruled by the twelve signs, 
 
 261 
 Creation of the world, 30 
 
 Days of the week, origin of, 8 
 planets ruling the, 138 
 
 Description of persons, 273 
 in the twelve signs, 177 
 
 Destiny, 46 
 
 Destruction of a ship, 101 
 
 Disease under signs of the Zodiac, 
 273 
 
 Disposition under signs of the Zo- 
 diac, 273 
 
 Dragon's head and tail, 77 
 
 Effect of aspects between signin- 
 
 cators, 205 
 Effects of direction, 228 
 Elementary motions of the twelve 
 
 signs, 135 
 Eleusinian mysteries, 67 
 Erecting a figure of the heavens, 80 
 Essential dignity of the planets, 122 
 Explanation of terms used in this 
 
 work, 309 
 
 331 
 
332 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Farmers, astrological hints to, '204 
 Figure, the true time of erecting, 132 
 
 of the heavens, 80 
 Fixed stars, nature and effect of, 271 
 Form of body, stature, and general 
 character of wife or husband, 291 
 Formulas, trigonometrical, 157 
 Fortune, the part of, 242 
 
 of marriage, 285 
 
 Gemini, 249 
 Goddess Cali, 301 
 Greek mythologists, 62 
 
 Head and tail, the dragon's, 77 
 Heavens, erecting a figure of the, 80 
 
 the, 71 
 Horary inquiries, 150 
 Horoscopes, instructions in making, 
 
 173 
 Houses, the twelve, 86 
 How the parties shall agree after 
 
 marriage, 105 
 Husband, form of body, etc., 291 
 
 Instructions in making horoscopes, 
 
 173 
 Inquiries, horary, 150 
 
 Jews, Sabbath of the, 57 
 Judgment, considerations before, 125 
 Jupiter, 141 
 in the twelve signs, 180 
 
 Kronos, or Saturn, 38 
 
 Land, when to sell, 281 
 Lawsuits, rules for judging, 280 
 
 and their successes, 103 
 Leo, 251 
 Libra, 253 
 Losing testimony, 280 
 
 Marriage, 283 
 fortunes of, £85 
 
 Marriage, how the parties shall agree 
 after, 105 
 
 riches and advantages of, 286 
 
 riches and good fortune of, 290 
 
 of women, 289 
 
 signs of late, 287, 290 
 Mars, 143 
 
 in the twelve signs, 183 
 Medicine, astrology and, 111 
 Members of body the planets influ- 
 ence, 155 
 Mercury, 147 
 Months and weeks, 53 
 Moon, 148 
 
 in the twelve signs, 198 
 
 as she passes through the signs of 
 the Zodiac, 259 
 Moon's aspect in the heavens, 153 
 Mysteries, Eleusinian, 67 
 Mythologists, Greek, 62 
 
 Nature and effect of fixed stars, 271 
 
 of the twelve houses, 86 
 
 of the planets, 223 
 
 planetary influences on, 282 
 Neptune, 152 
 
 Observations, final, 244 
 on the effects of direction, 228 
 and predictions, 101 
 
 Of the aspects, 82 
 
 Origin of the days of the week, 8 
 
 Part of fortune, 242 
 
 Parts of ship ruled by signs, 103 
 
 Periods, chronological, 26 
 
 Persons, description of, 273 
 
 Pisces, ■ 246 
 
 Planetary influences on Nature, 282 
 
 Planet, Neptune, 152 
 
 Planets, the, 71 
 
 Buddhist, 62 
 
 and their significations, 93 
 
 characters of, 279 
 
 in their own houses, 140 
 
INDEX 
 
 333 
 
 Planets, ruling the seven days of the 
 week, 188 
 
 that hinder the thing .demanded, 
 133 
 
 the essential dignity of the, 122 
 
 the nature of the, 223 
 Polygon, first regular, 117 
 
 second regular, 118 
 
 third regular, 119 
 Predictions, observations and, 101 
 Preferment, 268 
 
 Principles of wisdom on which as- 
 trology is founded, 115 
 Problems, astronomical, 157 
 Professions, 268 
 Property, when to sell, 281 
 
 Querent, what is it ? 128 
 Quesited, what is it ? 128 
 Questions, the seventh house and its, 
 264 
 the tenth house and its, 268 
 
 Rationale of the Astrological as- 
 pect, 115 
 
 Remain in office or not, 269 
 
 Review, an historical, 1 
 
 Riches and advantages in marriage, 
 286 
 and good fortune by marriage, 290 
 
 Rules for judging lawsuits, 280 
 of moon's aspect in the heavens, 
 153 
 
 Sabbath of the Jews, Saturn and 
 
 the, 57 
 Safety of a ship, 101 
 Sagittarius, 255 
 Saturn, 140 * 
 
 and the Sabbath of the Jews, 57 
 
 the ancient god, 38 
 
 in the twelve signs, 177 
 Scorpio, 254 
 
 Seventh house and its questions, 
 264 
 
 Sickness and length of time before 
 recovery, 107 
 
 Signification of the twelve houses, 86 
 
 Significations, the planets and their, 
 93 
 
 Significator, what is it ? 128 
 
 Significators, effects of the aspects 
 between the, 20.j 
 
 Signs, countries ruled by the twelve, 
 261 
 the elementary motions of the 
 
 twelve, 135 
 parts of ship ruled by, 103 
 of the Zodiac ruling the months, 
 
 245 
 of late marriage, 290 
 the colors of the planets and, 100 
 of late marriage, 287 
 of the Zodiac, 74 
 Saturn in the twelve, 177 
 Jupiter in the twelve, 130 
 Mars in the twelve, 183 
 the sun in the twelve, 187 
 Venus in the twelve, 191 
 Mercury in the twelve, 195 
 the moon in the twelve, 198 
 
 Specific rules, 229 
 
 Spiritual affinities, 171 
 
 Sun, 144 
 in the twelve signs, 187 
 
 Sun's motion in the Zodiac, 75 
 
 Table of essential dignities of the 
 planets, 124 
 
 Tail, the dragon's head and, 77 
 
 Taurus, 248 
 
 Temperament under signs of the Zo- 
 diac, 273 
 
 Tenth house and its questions, 268 
 
 Terms, explanation of, 309 
 
 Testimony, losing, 280 
 winning, 280 
 
 Thing demanded, will it be brought 
 to perfection ? 12S 
 
 Time, art of measuring, 17 
 
334 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Time of erecting a figure, 132 
 Trade, 268 
 
 Trigonometrical problems, 157 
 Twelve signs, description of persons 
 in the, 177 
 
 Venus, 146 
 
 in the twelve signs, 191 
 Virgo, 251 
 
 Weather, aids to the foretelling of 
 
 the, 298 
 When to sell land or property, 281 
 Wife, form of body, etc., 291 
 Winning testimony, 2S0 
 
 Women, marriage of, 289 
 World, creation of the, 30 
 
 Years, climacteric, 120 
 
 Zodiac, disposition under signs of, 
 
 273 
 disease under signs of, 273 
 temperament under signs of, 273 
 ancient, of Thebes, 72 
 diagram of sun's motion in the, 
 
 75 
 the signs of the, 74 
 signs of, ruling the months, 245 
 moon as she passes through signs 
 
 of, 259 
 
 ^6 
 
 
 7? 
 
A.